CPP Managed Object

1 /1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 1(342)

CPP Managed Object Model

Management Information Model Syntax

CPP MANAGED OBJECT MODEL

1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 2

Copyright © Ericsson AB – 2006 All rights reserved

Disclaimer No part of this document may be reproduced in any form without the written permission of the copyright owner.

The contents of this document are subject to revision without notice due to continued progress in methodology, design and manufacturing. Ericsson shall have no liability for any error or damage of any kind resulting from the use of this document.

The information shall be treated as strictly confidential and shall not divulge, directly or indirectly, to any other person, firm, corporation, association or entity, for any purpose whatsoever, confidential information so received, and shall not make use of or copy such confidential information, except for the purpose of the agreement.

There is no backward compatibility guaranteed and no automatic consistency checks are provided. If any applications are built using the MOM, these applications will need updates after major node upgrades. For instance, MO scripts may need to be changed.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 3

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION.....................................................................................................................................6 GENERALMO..........................................................................................................................................6

LOGICAL VIEW REPORT.........................................................................................................................9 LOGICAL VIEW......................................................................................................................................9 ALLMODELS ...........................................................................................................................................9 <<MIM>> CPP_MOM .............................................................................................................................9 AAL0TPVCCTP .......................................................................................................................................9 AAL1TPVCCTP .....................................................................................................................................11 AAL2AP...................................................................................................................................................15 AAL2PATHDISTRIBUTIONUNIT......................................................................................................18 AAL2PATHVCCTP ...............................................................................................................................19 AAL2QOSCODEPOINTPROFILE......................................................................................................23 AAL2QOSPROFILE ..............................................................................................................................24 AAL2ROUTINGCASE...........................................................................................................................24 AAL2SP ...................................................................................................................................................26 AAL5TPVCCTP .....................................................................................................................................26 ATMCROSSCONNECTION.................................................................................................................29 ATMPORT ..............................................................................................................................................29 ATMTRAFFICDESCRIPTOR..............................................................................................................32 CONFIGURATIONVERSION..............................................................................................................34 DS0BUNDLE...........................................................................................................................................38 E1PHYSPATHTERM ............................................................................................................................39 E1TTP ......................................................................................................................................................41 E3PHYSPATHTERM ............................................................................................................................43 EQUIPMENT..........................................................................................................................................45 ETHERNETLINK ..................................................................................................................................45 ETM1 .......................................................................................................................................................48 ETM3 .......................................................................................................................................................49 ETM4 .......................................................................................................................................................50 ETMC1.....................................................................................................................................................50 ETMC41...................................................................................................................................................51 FAN ..........................................................................................................................................................52 GENERALPROCCESSORUNIT..........................................................................................................53 IMAGROUP............................................................................................................................................54 IMALINK ................................................................................................................................................57 INTERNALLINKGROUP.....................................................................................................................60 IP ..............................................................................................................................................................61 IPACCESSAUTOCONFIG ...................................................................................................................65 IPACCESSHOSTGPB............................................................................................................................65 IPACCESSHOSTMSB ...........................................................................................................................70 IPATMLINK ...........................................................................................................................................73 IPROUTINGTABLE ..............................................................................................................................77 IPSYSTEM ..............................................................................................................................................79 J1PHYSPATHTERM.............................................................................................................................80 JAVAVIRTUALMACHINE..................................................................................................................82 LICENSING ............................................................................................................................................84 LOADMODULE .....................................................................................................................................85 M3UASSOCIATION ..............................................................................................................................87 MANAGEDELEMENT..........................................................................................................................94 MANAGEDELEMENTDATA ..............................................................................................................94 MANAGEDOBJECT..............................................................................................................................99 MEDIUMACCESSUNIT .....................................................................................................................100 MSPG.....................................................................................................................................................101


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 4

MTP2PROFILEANSI...........................................................................................................................103 MTP2PROFILECHINA.......................................................................................................................103 MTP2PROFILEITU.............................................................................................................................103 MTP2TPANSI .......................................................................................................................................104 MTP2TPCHINA ...................................................................................................................................106 MTP2TPITU..........................................................................................................................................109 MTP3BAP..............................................................................................................................................111 MTP3BSLANSI.....................................................................................................................................113 MTP3BSLCHINA.................................................................................................................................116 MTP3BSLITU .......................................................................................................................................119 MTP3BSLS............................................................................................................................................123 MTP3BSLTTC......................................................................................................................................125 MTP3BSPANSI.....................................................................................................................................128 MTP3BSPCHINA .................................................................................................................................136 MTP3BSPITU .......................................................................................................................................143 MTP3BSPTTC ......................................................................................................................................151 MTP3BSR..............................................................................................................................................156 MTP3BSRS............................................................................................................................................158 NNISAALPROFILE.............................................................................................................................160 NNISAALTP..........................................................................................................................................161 OS155SPITTP .......................................................................................................................................164 OSPF ......................................................................................................................................................167 OSPFAREA ...........................................................................................................................................169 OSPFINTERFACE...............................................................................................................................171 PIUTYPE...............................................................................................................................................172 PLUGINUNIT .......................................................................................................................................173 PROGRAM............................................................................................................................................175 RELIABLEPROGRAMUNITER........................................................................................................177 REPERTOIRE ......................................................................................................................................178 SCCPACCOUNTINGCRITERIA.......................................................................................................179 SCCPAPLOCAL...................................................................................................................................180 SCCPAPREMOTE ...............................................................................................................................181 SCCPENTITYSET ...............................................................................................................................182 SCCPGLOBALTITLE.........................................................................................................................183 SCCPPOLICING..................................................................................................................................184 SCCPSCRC ...........................................................................................................................................186 SCCPSP .................................................................................................................................................186 SCTP ......................................................................................................................................................194 SLOT......................................................................................................................................................202 SPM ........................................................................................................................................................202 SPU.........................................................................................................................................................203 STS1SPETTP ........................................................................................................................................204 STS3CSPETTP......................................................................................................................................206 SUBRACK .............................................................................................................................................208 SWALLOCATION ...............................................................................................................................210 SWITCHCOREUNIT...........................................................................................................................211 SWITCHEXTENSIONUNIT...............................................................................................................212 SWITCHFABRIC.................................................................................................................................213 SWITCHINTERNALLINK .................................................................................................................214 SWITCHMODULE ..............................................................................................................................216 SWMANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................................218 SYNCHRONIZATION.........................................................................................................................218 SYSTEMFUNCTIONS.........................................................................................................................221 T1PHYSPATHTERM ..........................................................................................................................221 T1TTP ....................................................................................................................................................223 T3PHYSPATHTERM ..........................................................................................................................225


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 5

TIMINGUNIT .......................................................................................................................................227 TRANSPORTNETWORK...................................................................................................................227 TUSYNCREF ........................................................................................................................................228 UNISAALPROFILE.............................................................................................................................229 UNISAALTP..........................................................................................................................................229 UPGRADEPACKAGE.........................................................................................................................233 VC12TTP ...............................................................................................................................................239 VC4TTP.................................................................................................................................................241 VCLTP...................................................................................................................................................243 VPCTP ...................................................................................................................................................244 VPLTP ...................................................................................................................................................247 VT15TTP ...............................................................................................................................................248 WEBSERVER .......................................................................................................................................249 DEFINITIONS ......................................................................................................................................250 UPGRADEDEFS...................................................................................................................................250 SWMANAGEMENTDEFS ..................................................................................................................258 AAL2DEFS............................................................................................................................................263 EQUIPMENTDEFS..............................................................................................................................266 ETDEFS.................................................................................................................................................270 GENERALDEFS...................................................................................................................................271 MTP2DEFS ...........................................................................................................................................274 NODEDEFS...........................................................................................................................................279 SAALDEFS............................................................................................................................................281 TERMINATIONDEFS.........................................................................................................................285 SYNCDEFS ...........................................................................................................................................285 SWITCHDEFS......................................................................................................................................287 SCCPDEFS............................................................................................................................................288 PHYSPATHTERMDEFS.....................................................................................................................293 MTP3BDEFS.........................................................................................................................................295 IPDEFS ..................................................................................................................................................319 ATMDEFS .............................................................................................................................................321 CBU ........................................................................................................................................................323 VIEWS ...................................................................................................................................................325 AAL0VIEW ...........................................................................................................................................325 AAL1VIEW ...........................................................................................................................................326 AAL2VIEW ...........................................................................................................................................327 AAL5VIEW ...........................................................................................................................................328 ATMANDPHYSICALVIEW ...............................................................................................................329 ATMCROSSCONNECTVIEW ...........................................................................................................329 CBUVIEW .............................................................................................................................................330 EQUIPMENTVIEW.............................................................................................................................331 ETHERNETLINKVIEW .....................................................................................................................332 IPOVERATMLINKVIEW...................................................................................................................333 IPROUTERVIEW ................................................................................................................................334 MTP2VIEW...........................................................................................................................................334 MTP3BVIEW........................................................................................................................................335 SAALVIEW...........................................................................................................................................336 SCCPVIEW ...........................................................................................................................................337 SS7VIEW...............................................................................................................................................337 STRUCTUREVIEW.............................................................................................................................338 SWITCHFABRICVIEW......................................................................................................................338 SWMANAGEMENTVIEW .................................................................................................................339 SYNCHRONIZATIONVIEW .............................................................................................................340 TOTALVIEW........................................................................................................................................341


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 6

Introduction Abstract

This document specifies the CPP parts of the Managed Object Model. This document has been generated from a Rational Rose model, and is therefore not compliant with Ericsson templates and style guides.

Purpose The purpose of this document is to specify the CPP specific parts of the MOM and to show all relations between specific MOs. The content of this document is adapted for use together with the DTD, for generating an XML file. Note though, that some information in this model cannot be interpreted to XML model information using current DTD version.

GeneralMO General

Each MO is described in a separate chapter. The MOs are identified by means of a "naming attribute". This name is also called Relative Distinguished Name (RDN). The id part of this attribute is defined when the MO is created and cannot be changed after that. The naming attributes are not visible in the Word document MOM; they exist in the Rose model and in the XML MIM, though. A Local Distinguished Name (LDN) is a sequence of RDNs, which forms a unique name within the node. An example: The MO Subrack has a naming attribute that is a string called "SubrackId". If this "SubrackId" is "1", the RDN of the MO would be "Subrack=1". The LDN of the same MO could be "ManagedElement=1,Equipment=1,Subrack=1". Corba data types are used for data descriptions, since it is required for XML-generation. For details on alarms issued by the MOs described in this document, please refer to the document 1/001 21-CSX 101 09 Uen, Cross Reference List for Cello Alarms.

Not Allowed Characters in Strings No other characters than "A - Z", "a -z", "0 - 9" and "-", according to the character set American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard, must be used in MO name values and MO attribute values. The system does not enforce the usage of these characters, but use of other characters cannot guarantee the functionality of the system.

The basis for the character rule is based on the 3GPP TS 132 300 V6.2.0 and 3GPP TS 32.401 V6.2.0

Interpretation of Attribute Settings

Mandatory (not Optional) The attribute’s initial value setting is mandatory and must be provided in the create operation.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 7

Optional with initial value assigned The attribute’s initial value setting is optional and may be provided in the create operation. If it is not provided the system will set the attribute to the default value. The default value is specified after the data type. Optional but with no initial value assigned The attribute’s initial value is set by the system. ReadOnly Management system can retrieve the attribute value by a Management get operation, a Management set operation can not change it. A ReadOnly-attribute cannot be mandatory at create, only set by the system. ReadWrite A Management system can retrieve the attribute value by a Management get operation, a Management set operation can also change it. Restricted A Management system can retrieve the attribute value by a Management get operation, it can also be set by a Management create but never more. Persistent (not NonPersistent) The attribute value is stored persistently in the system. NonPersistent The attribute value is not stored persistently in the system. Notification The Management system will give information about when the attribute value is changed by the system or by a Management set operation. NoNotification The Management system will not give information about when the attribute value is changed by the system or by a Management set operation.

General for Operations Create The create operation is supported by all MO Types that can be created through a management request and MO Types created by the system. This applies for all MO Types, if nothing else is stated. Pre-condition for creation is that the parent MO instance has been created. Post-condition is that all configuration data included in the create request has been stored persistently. Delete All MO Types that can be deleted through a management request support the delete operation. There are also MO Types that are system created and cannot be deleted. This applies for all MO Types, if nothing else is stated. Pre-condition for deletion is that all children have been deleted.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 8

Post-condition is that all configuration data for the concerned MO has been deleted. Furthermore all resources controlled by the MO instance have been released.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 9

LOGICAL VIEW REPORT

Logical View This is the managed object model for Cello 4.3-3.

AllModels

<<MIM>> CPP_MOM

Aal0TpVccTp <<MOClass>> Aal0TpVccTp

This MO is used to represent the point in the node where an AAL0 connection is terminated. At this point the user exchange SDUs with its peer at the remote end of the AAL0 connection. Note! The performance monitoring counters in this MO is set to 0 when counterMode is set to PM_MODE_ON. In PM_MODE_OFF no information at all is retrived. So any value for pm-monitoring is measured from the time of setting counterMode to PM_MODE_ON. At node restart these performance monitoring counters is reset to 0.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 10

Attributes: userLabel : string, Default = ""

Label free for use. processorId : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute specifies on what processor the termination point resides. It could either be a board processor or main processor (MO type PlugInUnit), or a SP processor (MO type Spm).

operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational State reflects the operational state of the end points and the belonging node connections.

reservedBy : ManagedObject, ReadOnly

The identity of the reserving MO.

vclTpId : VclTp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The virtual channel to which this MO is termination. continuityCheck : boolean, Default = false

Continuitiy checking means that a cell is sent downstream when no user cell has been sent for a period of nominally 1 second. Activates VC end to end continuityCheck according to ITU.T rec I.610.

nomPmBlkSize : AtmNomPmBlkSize, Default = NOM_PM_BLKSIZE_2_10

Nominal performance monitoring (PM) blocksize. The minimum number of ATM cells to send before sending a Forward Performance Monitoring, FPM, cell.

counterMode : AtmCounterMode, Default = PM_MODE_OFF

PM mode is set to indicate type of performance monitoring mode (i.e. activation of bidirectional PM measurements).

pmFwLostCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of cells lost on the Virtual Channel Connections (VCC) and Virtual Path Connections (VPC). Condition: The number of received cells counted in this point is lower than the number of sent cells reported in the Forward Performance Monitoring (FPM) cell from the remote end. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells

pmFwMissinsCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of additional, mis-inserted, cells on the Virtual Channel Connections (VCC) and Virtual Path Connections (VPC). Condition: The number of received cells in this point is greater than the number of sent cells reported in the Forward Performance Monitoring (FPM) cell from the remote end Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells

pmFwErrBlocks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of blocks with error. Condition: Block with error (for example parity error) detected. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of blocks


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 11

pmLostFpmCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly Description: Number of lost Forward Performance Monitoring (FPM) cells. Condition: Expected FPM cell not received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells

pmBwLostCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of cells lost on the Virtual Channel Connections (VCC) and Virtual Path Connections (VPC). Condition: The number of sent cells received in Forward Performance Monitoring (FPM) cell from this point is greater than the number of received cells counted at the remote end. Both numbers are reported in the Backward Report (BR) cell from the remote node. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells

pmBwMissinsCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of additional mis-inserted cells on the Virtual Channel Connections (VCC) and Virtual Path Connections (VPC). Condition: The number of sent cells from this point is less than the number of received cells counted in the remote node. Both numbers are reported in the Backward Report (BR) cell from the remote node. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells

pmBwErrBlocks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of blocks with error. Condition: Block with error, for example parity error, detected in far end and reported in the Backward Report (BR) cell. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells

pmLostBrCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of lost Backward Reporting (BR) cells. Condition: A BR cell is lost Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells

alarmReport : AlarmReport, Default = ALARM_LOC

Attribute to decide what type of alarms to be reported.


The Aal1TpVccTp MO represents the Aal1 interworking function in a circuit emulation. The object refers to a Ds0Bundle which represents one end of the circuit emulation, and a VclTp which represents the other end.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 12

Note! The performance monitoring counters in this MO is set to 0 when counterMode is set to PM_MODE_ON. In PM_MODE_OFF no information at all is retrived. So any value for pm-monitoring is measured from the time of setting counterMode to PM_MODE_ON. At node restart these performance monitoring counters is reset to 0.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 13


Free tag for marking this managed object. ds0BundleId : Ds0Bundle, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The Ds0Bundle MO that this MO references. partialFill : long, Default = 47, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 23..47

Indicates how many bytes are filled in each ATM cell. The value 47 indicates that the partial filled cells is not used, i.e. all the cells are filled completely. Partial filling of cells in used in circuit emulation. It is used to reduce packetisation delay. Refer to the ATM Forum specifications for more details. Note! If Partial Fill is used a maximum of 10 timeslots can be configured on the Ds0Bundle MO that is used by the Aal1TpVccTp MO.

cdvt : long, Default = 1000, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 100..4000

Specifies the cell delay variation tolerance. Refer to ATM Forum specifications for more details. Unit is micro seconds.


The operational state of Aal1TpVccTp. continuityCheck : boolean, Default = false



Controls the activation of PM counters and F5 PM flow on the VC connection. nomPmBlockSize : AtmNomPmBlkSize, Default = NOM_PM_BLKSIZE_2_10







Description: Number of blocks with error. Condition: Block with error (for example parity error) detected. Counter type: PEG


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 14

Unit: Number of blocks

pmLostFpmCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of lost Forward Performance Monitoring (FPM) cells. Condition: Expected FPM cell not received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells










The VclTp MO that this MO references. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.




1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 15

Aal2Ap <<MOClass>> Aal2Ap

This MO represents a AAL2 Access Point signalling function associated with a single AAL2 signalling relationship to a remote peer AAL2 acess point signalling function. An AAL2 access point is either a high rate access point that uses MTP-3B for signalling or a low rate access point that uses UNI-SAAL for signalling. Aal2Ap - Aal2 Access Point Note! The performance monitoring counters in the AalAp MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 16


Free for use reservedBy : sequence<ManagedObject>, ReadOnly

This attribute holds a list of the reserving MOs.


Operational state of the AAL2 AP. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability status of the Aal2Ap. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

timerErq : long, Default = 5000, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 5000..30000

Q.2630.2 establishment request timer. Unit is milli seconds. timerRel : long, Default = 2000, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 2000..60000

Q.2630.2 release request timer. Unit is milli seconds. sigLinkId : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to a UniSaalTp or Mtp3bAp MO that provides a signalling link for the Aal2Ap. secondarySigLinkId : ManagedObject, Default = null, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to a secondary signalling link MO of type UniSaalTp. This attribute can only be set when sigLinkId is of type UniSaalTp.

rpuId : ReliableProgramUniter, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The physical location of an AP (Access Point) LR/HR (Low Rate/ High Rate) program represented by a reference to a RPU (ReliableProgramUniter) MO.

aal2QoSCodePointProfileId : Aal2QosCodePointProfile

The identity of the aal2QoSCodePointProfile used by this MO. Note! Once the attribute is set with a valid value, (ie, reference to Aal2QosCodePointProfile), it cannot be set to null.

pmExisOrigConns : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of existing connections for the Access Point (AP) originating in this node. Condition: Snapshot measurement of the existing number of connections for the Access Point (AP) originating in this node Counter type: GAUGE Unit: Number of connections

nrOfConfiguredAal2Paths : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The total number of Aal2PathVccTp MOs configured on this Aal2 Ap. nrOfUnavailableAal2Paths : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The total number of unavailable Aal2PathVccTp's on this Aal2 Ap, i.e. the number of Aal2PathVccTp MOs connectected to this Aal2Ap with 'administrativeState' LOCKED.

pmExisTermConns : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of existing connections for the Access Point (AP) terminating in this node. Condition: Snapshot measurement of the existing number of connections for the Access Point (AP) terminating in this node Counter type: GAUGE


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 17

Unit: Number of connections pmExisTransConns : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of existing connections for the Access Point (AP) transiting in this node. Condition: Snapshot measurement of the existing number of connections for the Access Point (AP) transiting in this node Counter type: GAUGE Unit: Number of connections

pmSuccOutConnsRemote : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of successful establishments of outgoing connections on this Access Point (AP). Condition: Successful outgoing connection establishment Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of establishments

pmSuccInConnsRemote : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of successful establishments of incoming connections on this Access Point (AP). Condition: Successful incoming connection establishment Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of establishments

pmUnSuccInConnsRemote : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of unsuccessful establishments of incoming connections on this Access Point (AP) caused by Reject from beyond this node. Condition: Unsuccessful incoming connection establishment caused by Reject from beyond this node Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of establishments

pmUnSuccOutConnsRemote : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of unsuccessful establishments of outgoing connections on this Access Point (AP) caused by Reject from the remote side, reset from the remote side, no reply or signalling link failure. Condition: Unsuccessful outgoing connection establishment caused by remote side or signalling link failures Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of establishments

pmUnSuccInConnsLocal : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of unsuccessful attempts to allocate Common Part Sublayer (CPS) resources during establishment of incoming connections on this Access Point (AP) caused by Channel Identifier (CID) and/or bandwidth collision or mismatch of Call Admission Control (CAC) between peers. Condition: Unsuccessful incoming connection establishment caused by unsuccessful resource allocation (CID, B/W, CAC) Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of establishments

pmUnSuccOutConnsLocal : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 18

Description: Number of unsuccessful attempts to allocate Common Part sublayer (CPS) resources during establishment of outgoing connections on this Access Point (AP). Caused by Rejects in CAC (Connections Admission Control). Condition: Unsuccessful outgoing connection establishment caused by CAC rejects Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of establishments

pmUnRecMessages : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received unrecognized Q.2630 messages on this Access Point (AP). Condition: Unrecognized Q.2630 message received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmUnRecParams : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Q.2630 messages with unrecognized parameters on this Access Point (AP). Condition: Unrecognized Q.2630 parameter received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNrOfRemotelyBlockedAal2Paths : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of all Aal2PathVccTp's that is connected to this Aal2Ap and with remoteBlockingState set to REMOTELY_BLOCKED. Condition: Snapshot measurement of the existing number of number of blocked AAL2 paths for the Access Point (AP) . Counter type: GAUGE Unit: Number of paths

Aal2PathDistributionUnit <<MOClass>> Aal2PathDistributionUnit

This MO is used to represent an AAL2 Path Distribution Unit. Such a unit handles a set of Aal2PathVccTps that belong to the same Aal2 AP and that are handled by the same Path Resource Handling Program. This Path Resource Handling Program is referenced by the rpuId attribute.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 19


Label for free use. rpuId : ReliableProgramUniter, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The physical location of a CPS RC (Common Part Sub-Layer Resource Control) program represented by a reference to a ReliableProgramUniter. Note that one ReliableProgramUniter MO may only be referenced once under one Aal2Ap. That means all Aal2PathDistributionUnits must reference different ReliableProgramUniter MO's. Two Aal2PathDistributionUnits under different Aal2Ap's may however reference the same ReliableProgramUniter MO.

aal2PathVccTpList : sequence<Aal2PathVccTp>

List of references to Aal2PathVccTp MO:s. Note! Setting of this attribute removes the current list of Aal2PathVccTp's. Each reference must be unique among all paths within all Aal2PathDistributionUnit's belonging to the same Aal2Ap. Note! All Aal2PathVccTp that will be removed in the aal2pathVccTpList by this set operation must must have administrativeState =LOCKED

Operations: addPath (aal2PathVccTpId : in sequence<Aal2PathVccTp>) : void, raises InvalidReferenceException Aal2PathIdNotUniqueException PathAlreadyRegisteredException

This action adds a list of Aal2PathVccTps to an Aal2PathDistributionUnit. If the data contains a reference to a non existing path, the exception InvalidReference is raised. If the path list contains a path that has a non-unique aal2PathId value, then the exception Aal2PathIdNotUnique is raised. The pathId value must be unique within all Aal2PathDistributionUnits under the same Aal2Ap. If the path list contains a path that already belongs to a Aal2PathDistributionUnit, then the exception PathAlreadyRegistered is raised. Note! Adding one or more Aal2PathVccTps using this action updates the attribute 'Aal2PathVccTpList'. Note! This action requires a transaction.

removePath (aal2PathList : in sequence<Aal2PathVccTp>) : void, raises NotInGroupException This action removes a list (sequence) of AAL2 path's from the Aal2PathDistributionUnit. If the path list contains a path that is not in this Aal2PathDistributionUnit, the exception NotInGroup is raised. Note! Removing one or more Aal2PathVccTps using this action updates the attribute 'Aal2PathVccTpList'. The Aal2PathVccTp that shall be removed must have administrativeState =LOCKED Note! This action requires a transaction.

Aal2PathVccTp <<MOClass>> Aal2PathVccTp

This MO is used to represent an AAL2 Path, i.e. an ATM VC connection that carries multiplexed AAL2 links. VCC TP - Virtual Channel Connection Termination Point. The total number of Aal2PathVccTps associated to an Aal2Ap, by connecting them to Aal2PathDistributionUnits under that Aal2Ap, must not exceed 632.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 20

The total number of Aal2PathVccTps associated to a ReliableProgramUniter, by connecting them to Aal2PathDistributionUnits associated to the ReliableProgramUniter, must not exceed 280. Note! The performance monitoring counters in this MO is set to 0 when counterMode is set to PM_MODE_ON. In PM_MODE_OFF no information at all is retrived. So any value for pm-monitoring is measured from the time of setting counterMode to PM_MODE_ON. At node restart these performance monitoring counters is reset to 0.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 21


For free use. vclTpId : VclTp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to the VclTp to be used by this Aal2PathVccTp. administrativeState : AdmState, Default = unlocked

The administrative state of the termination point. When setting the attribute to "shuttingDown" 1800 seconds (30 minutes) will elapse before the Aal2PathVccTp enters the state "locked".


Operational state of the termination point. reservedBy : ManagedObject, ReadOnly

The identity of the reserving Aal2PathDistribution MO.

availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability status of Aal2PathVccTp. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

continuityCheck : boolean, Default = false



PM mode is set to indicate type of performance monitoring mode (ie. activation of bidirectional PM measurements).

nomPmBlocksize : AtmNomPmBlkSize, Default = NOM_PM_BLKSIZE_2_10


timerCu : long, Default = 10, Range = 1..100

Timer that assures that CPS-packets with one or more octets already packed in the ATM cell wait at most the duration of timerCu before being scheduled for transmission. Units for timerCu is 10 to the power of -4 seconds. This value can be set in steps of 10 to the power of -4.

aal2PathId : long, Mandatory, Range = 1..2147483647

This attribute is used to identify the path in the Q.2630.1 protocol. The pathId value must be unique within all Aal2PathDistributionUnits under the same Aal2Ap All integers > 0 are allowed (not 0). The Aal2PathId is used by the Aal2 connection control function in two Aal2 nodes to uniquely identify an AAL2 path between the two nodes. This means that the value of the attribute Aal2PathId for an Aal2 path must be the same in each of the two nodes. In order to set this attribute, the Aal2PathVccTp may not be reserved. If an attempt is made, an "IsReservedCanNotSetPathId" exception is thrown. Note! Setting of this attribute will not have any effect until 'actionAddPath' in Aal2PathDistributionUnit MO' is called adding this MO to the list of Aal2PathVccTp MO's.

aal2PathOwner : boolean, Mandatory


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 22

This attribute indicates whether this Aal2 Path VCC Termination Point is considered the owner of the Aal2 Path in order to decide channel selection procedure in the Q.2630.1 protocol. Note! In order to set this attribute, the Aal2PathVccTp may not be reserved. If an attempt is made, an "IsReservedCanNotSetPathId" exception is thrown. Note! The administrativeState has to be LOCKED when this attribute is set, if not the "IsUnlockedCanNotSetPathOwner" exception is thrown. Note! Setting of this attribute will not have any effect until 'actionAddPath' in Aal2PathDistributionUnit MO' is called adding this MO to the list of Aal2PathVccTp MO's.


Attribute to decide what type of alarms to be reported. aal2QoSProfileId : Aal2QosProfile, Mandatory

The identity of the QosProfile used by the Aal2PathVccTp. aal2QoSAvailableProfiles : SupportedQoSClasses, Default = CLASS_A_B_C_D

This attribute specifies which QoSClass that can be supported by this Aal2Path.










Description: Number of cells lost on the Virtual Channel Connections (VCC) and Virtual Path Connections (VPC). Condition: The number of sent cells received in Forward Performance Monitoring (FPM) cell from this point is greater than the number of received cells counted


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 23

at the remote end. Both numbers are reported in the Backward Report (BR) cell from the remote node. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells






Description: Number of lost Backward Reporting (BR) cells. Condition: A BR cell is lost. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells

remoteBlockingState : RemoteBlockingStates, Default = UNDEFINED, NoNotification, ReadOnly

This attribute represents whether this Aal2 Path VCC Termination Point is locked or unlocked from remote end.

Aal2QosCodePointProfile <<MOClass>> Aal2QosCodePointProfile

This MO represents the QoS CodePoints for the different Aal2 QoS classes.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 24


Label free for use. qualityOfServiceCodePointA : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..255

The Code Point for Class A. Recommended value for Class A, 128.

qualityOfServiceCodePointB : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..255

The Code Point for Class B. Recommended value for Class B, 129.

qualityOfServiceCodePointC : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..255

The Code Point for Class C. Recommended value for Class C, 130.

qualityOfServiceCodePointD : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..255

The Code Point for Class D. Recommended value for Class D, 131.

reservedBy : sequence<Aal2Ap>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Holds the identity of the reserving Aal2Ap Mo.

Aal2QosProfile <<MOClass>> Aal2QosProfile

This MO represents the definitions of properties for a set of Aal2 quality of service classes.


Label for free use. profileClassA : QoSProfileClassA, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute holds the values applicable for QoS Class A. profileClassB : QoSProfileClassB, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute holds the values applicable for QoS Class B. profileClassC : QoSProfileClassC, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute holds the values applicable for QoS Class C. profileClassD : QoSProfileClassD, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute holds the values applicable for QoS Class D. reservedBy : sequence<Aal2PathVccTp>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of reserving Aal2PathVccTp MOs.

Aal2RoutingCase <<MOClass>> Aal2RoutingCase

This MO represents a AAL2 routing case which points out an AAL2 access point.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 25


For free use routeList : sequence<Aal2Ap>, NonPersistent, Restricted

An array of alternative routes identified by the concerned Aal2Ap MOs. A routeList can have 0 to 5 Aal2Aps. The Aal2Ap must be unique. Note! if this attribute is set, the routePriorityList also must be se with the same number of values ( if the routeList contains 3 routes, the routePriorityList must contain 3 prioritys).

routePriorityList : sequence<long>, NonPersistent, Restricted

A list of all the Aal2Ap priorities. The priority values can be in the range 1 to 5, one beeing the highest priority. The Aal2Aps can have the same priorities.

numberDirection : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, LengthRange = 1..15

Defines the possible set of AAL type 2 Service Endpoint Addresses (A2EA) that match the routing case. The number direction of a routing case shall be interpreted as all AAL type 2 Service Endpoint Addresses starting with the string of numbers defined in the number direction. For example, the AAL2 End System Addresses "12340" and "123400" will both match the number direction "1234". The AAL2 routing function uses a longest match comparison to select between routing cases with overlapping number directions. For example, given two routing cases A with the number direction "1234" and B with the number direction "12345" the AAL2 End System Address "12345" will be routed using routing case B, whereas the AAL type 2 Service Endpoint Addresses "12344" and "12346" will be routed using routing case A. NOTE: It is not allowed to use leading zeros when configuring this attribute. NOTE: It is not possible to replace an existing routing case by creating routing cases with number directions that completely overlap the number direction of the existing routing case. NOTE: It is not possible to create two routing cases with the exact same number directions in a node. NOTE: It is possible to create one or more routing cases with number directions that partially overlap the number direction of an existing routing case. Length range 1..15 Alphabet: "0123456789"

Operations: addAal2ApToRc (priority : in long, route : in Aal2Ap) : void, raises InvalidPriorityException IllegalArgumentTypeException IllegalAttributeValueException

Adds the identified (and existing) Aal2Ap MO to the routeList. This action should also be used when changing the priority for an existing Aal2Ap MO. When submitting an existing Aal2Ap MO with a new priority the routing list will be updated with the new priority for the specified Aal2Ap MO. Note! In order to be able to update the priority for a routing entry, the routing entry first has to be deleted and then submitted with the new priority. Note! This action requires a transaction.

removeAal2ApFromRc (route : in Aal2Ap) : void, raises IllegalAttributeValueException IllegalArgumentTypeException

Removes the identified Aal2Ap MO from the routeList. Note! This action requires a transaction.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 26

Aal2Sp <<MOClass>> Aal2Sp

The Aal2Sp (AAL2 Signalling Point) MO is used to represent the AAL type 2 Service Endpoint Address of the node in the AAL2 network. There is one and only one instance of this MO in the ATM NE system.


For free use a2ea : string, Mandatory, LengthRange = 1..15

An E.164 format number that specifies the AAL type 2 Service Endpoint Address of the node. Length Range: 1..15 Alphabet: "0123456789" Note! It is not allowed to use leading zeros when configuring this attribute.

pmUnsuccessfulConnsInternal : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Performance monitoring counter for the number of unsuccessful attempts to establish connections due to problems internally in the node. Condition: Unsuccessful connection establishment caused by internal problems in the node Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of establishments


This MO is used to represent the point in the node where an AAL5 connection is terminated. At this point the user exchanges SDUs with its peer at the remote end of the AAL5 connection. Note! The 'mtuSize' on the IpAtmLink MO does not include 8 bytes required for the LLC/SNAP header and this should be taken into consideration when setting the SduSize on the Aal5TpVccTp MO. Note! The performance monitoring counters in this MO is set to 0 when counterMode is set to PM_MODE_ON. In PM_MODE_OFF no information at all is retrived. So any value for pm-monitoring is measured from the time of setting counterMode to PM_MODE_ON. At node restart these performance monitoring counters is reset to 0..


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 27


User label for free use. processorId : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute specifies on what processor the protocol is terminated. It could either be a board processor or main processor (PlugInUnit) or a SP processor (Spm).


The virtual channel to which this MO is termination. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational State reflects the operational state of the end points and the belonging node connections.

fromUserMaxSduSize : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..2048

The maximum SDU size in number of octets received from the user (called maxIngressSduSize in the FRO domain). The allowed range is dependent on the processorType. SP: LowestMaxSduSize =1, HighestMaxSduSize=1600 BP: LowestMaxSduSize =1, HighestMaxSduSize=1600 MP:LowestMaxSduSize =1, HighestMaxSduSize=2048

toUserMaxSduSize : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..2048

The maximum SDU size in number of octets sent to the user (called maxEgressSduSize in the FRO domain). This attribute is controlled by the processor type. The allowed range is dependent on the processorType. SP: LowestMaxSduSize =1, HighestMaxSduSize=1600 BP: LowestMaxSduSize =1, HighestMaxSduSize=1600 MP:LowestMaxSduSize =1, HighestMaxSduSize=2048

reservedBy : ManagedObject, ReadOnly

The attribute is set by the action reserve from a user of Aal5TpVccTp. It could either be a Cello user like IpAtmLink/UniSaalTp or a node application.


Attribute to decide what type of alarms to be reported. continuityCheck : boolean, Default = false

Continuitiy checking means that a cell is sent downstream when no user cell has been sent for a period of nominally 1 second. Continuity check both enables generation of CC cells as well as detection of LOC






Description: Number of cells lost on the Virtual Channel Connections (VCC) and Virtual Path Connections (VPC). Condition: The number of received cells counted in this point is lower than the number of sent cells reported in the Forward Performance Monitoring (FPM) cell from the remote end. Counter type: PEG


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 28

Unit: Number of cells pmFwMissinsCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly













Description: Number of lost Backward Reporting (BR) cells.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 29

Condition: A BR cell is lost Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells

AtmCrossConnection <<MOClass>> AtmCrossConnection

This MO is used to represent the point-to-point ATM cross-connect relationship between two VCL termination points.


For free use. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Operational state for the cross connection. vclTpAId : VclTp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Identifies the VclTp managed object involved in the A side of the cross connection (which consists of an A and B side). Must not be the same as vclTpBId.

vclTpBId : VclTp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Identifies the VclTp managed object involved in the B side of the cross connection (which consists of an A and B side). Must not be the same as vclTpAId.

AtmPort <<MOClass>> AtmPort

The AtmPort MO is used to configure a physical port for ATM traffic. ATM can be transported accross the physical layer in three distinct and different ways: - Normal mode An AtmPort MO is created with a reference to physical layer object (any of E1PhysPathTerm, J1PhysPathTerm, T1PhysPathTerm, E3PhysPathTerm, T3PhysPathTerm, Sts3CspeTtp, E1Ttp, T1Ttp or Vc4Ttp). The payload of that physical layer object is used to transport the ATM traffic. - Fractional ATM mode An AtmPort MO is created with a reference to a Ds0Bundle object. The Ds0Bundle specifies in this case the timeslots on the physical layer (any of E1PhysPathTerm,J1PhysPathTerm, T1PhysPathTerm, T1Ttp or E1Ttp) that should be used for ATM traffic. The remaining timeslots are not used at all.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 30

I.e. when fractional ATM is used only one Ds0Bundle can exist as a child to a physical port MO. - IMA mode In IMA mode, a number of physical ports are grouped together to form one "virtual" physical ATM pipe. In this mode the AtmPort MO is created with a reference to an IMAGroup MO. Please refer to the ImaGroup MO for further details. Note! The performance monitoring counters in the AtmPort MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again..


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 31



The operational state of the ATM port. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability status of the AtmPort. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

pmTransmittedAtmCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Performance monitoring counter for number of transmitted ATM cells through the ATM port Condition: An ATM cell is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of ATM cells

pmReceivedAtmCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Performance monitoring counter for number of received ATM cells through the ATM port Condition: An ATM cell is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of ATM cells

valueOfLastCellWithUnexp : ValueOfUnex, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

This attribute returns the ATM header, (vpi, vci, pti), of the last received unexpected cell. uses : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to the physical port, IMA Group or Ds0Bundle used by the ATM port. The possible MOs are: E1PhysPathTerm, J1PhysPathTerm, T1PhysPathTerm, E3PhysPathTerm, T3PhysPathTerm, Sts3CspeTtp, Sts1SpeTtp, Vc4Ttp, E1Ttp, T1Ttp, Ds0Bundle and ImaGroup.

pmSecondsWithUnexp : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Performance monitoring counter for errored seconds with discarded cells due to protocol errors, unexpected events (UNEX). I.610: Protocol errors means reception of cells with either a non-standardized or a non-currently allocated header value. Condition: Unexpected ATM cells received Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds

hecCorrectionMode : boolean, Default = true, NoNotification, Restricted

Header Error Correction. This attribute specifies if the AtmPort should detect and correct single bit errors or detect multiple bit errors in the ATM header.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 32

AtmTrafficDescriptor <<MOClass>> AtmTrafficDescriptor

This MO specifies traffic and QoS parameters for virtual channel connections. The attributes can only be set in certain combinations: CBR: ingressAtmQos /egressAtmQos: 1, 2 ingressAtmPcr /egressAtmPcr: mandatory (must be specified) ingressAtmMcr /egressAtmMcr: optional (not used, any value submitted will be ignored) UBR+: ingressAtmQos /egressAtmQos: 3 ingressAtmPcr /egressAtmPcr: optional (if shaping is used the desired rate is specified, 0 means no shaping) ingressAtmMcr /egressAtmMcr: mandatory (must be specified) UBR: ingressAtmQos /egressAtmQos: 4 ingressAtmPcr /egressAtmPcr: optional (not used, any value submitted will be ignored) ingressAtmMcr /egressAtmMcr: optional (not used, any value submitted will be ignored) Note that the VP sub layer only supports ServiceCategory = CBR and QoS = 1. Note! The performance monitoring counters in the AtmTrafficDescriptor MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 33


This MO's user label. ingressAtmPcr : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted

Ingress ATM Peak cell rate (cells/s). Only positive values are allowed. This attribute is only mandatory when serviceCategory is CBR or UBR_PLUS. Note! When 'serviceCategory' is set to UBR this attribute has no relevance and the value submitted is ignored by the system. Note! When 'serviceCategory' is set to UBR+ the value 0 (zero) means that shaping is not used. A value larger than the minimum desired cell rate enables shaping to the rate specified.

ingressAtmQos : AtmQos, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Ingress ATM quality of service. This attribute can be set to Class 1 and 2 if attribute serviceCategory is set to CBR. This attribute can be set to Class 3 if attribute serviceCategory is set to UBR+. This attribute can be set to Class 4 if attribute serviceCategory is set to UBR.

egressAtmPcr : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted

Egress ATM Peak cell rate (cells/s). Only positive values allowed. This attribute is only mandatory when serviceCategory is CBR or UBR_PLUS. Note! When 'serviceCategory' is set to UBR this attribute has no relevance and the value submitted is ignored by the system. Note! When 'serviceCategory' is set to UBR+ the value 0 (zero) means that shaping is not used. A value larger than the minimum desired cell rate enables shaping to the rate specified.

egressAtmQos : AtmQos, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Egress ATM quality of service. This attribute can be set to Class 1 and 2 if attribute serviceCategory is set to CBR. This attribute can be set to Class 3 if attribute serviceCategory is set to UBR+. This attribute can be set to Class 4 if attribute serviceCategory is set to UBR.

reservedBy : sequence< ManagedObject >, ReadOnly

Sequence of Users that are using this AtmTrafficDescriptor.

egressAtmMcr : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted

Egress ATM minimum desired cell rate. Only positive values allowed. The attribute is only mandatory when serviceCategory is UBR+. Note! When 'serviceCategory' is set to CBR or UBR this attribute has no relevance and the value submitted is ignored by the system. Note! This attribute cannot have a value larger than for 'egressAtmPcr'.

ingressAtmMcr : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted

Ingress minimum desired cell rate (cells/s). Only positive vaues allowed. This attribute is mandatory only when serviceCategory is UBR+.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 34

Note! When 'serviceCategory' is set to CBR or UBR this attribute has no relevance and the value submitted is ignored by the system. Note! This attribute cannot have a value larger than for 'ingressAtmPcr'.

serviceCategory : ServiceCategory, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The service category.

ConfigurationVersion <<MOClass>> ConfigurationVersion

SystemCreated The Configuration Version, CV, is an MO managing all on disk saved node configuration. This MO keeps all administrative data about the CV's including path and file-names of the configuration files. There may be more than one CV on the disk but only one is used at the time. A CV is always based on one Upgrade Package. The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1, SwManagement=1, ConfigurationVersion=1.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 35


For free use. storedConfigurationVersions : sequence<ConfigurationVersionAttributes>, Default = "", ReadOnly

List of stored configuration versions in the node. Stored in and read from the file system. List of stored configuration versions (CV) in the node. The list is a sequence of CVs. Each CV is presented as structure. A CV structure has following fields: 1. Name 2. Identity 3. Type 4. UpgradePackageId 5. Operator name 6. Comment 7. Date 8. Status The CV list is formatted as a sequence of ConfigurationVersionAttributes. Each struct contains one CV. The following characters are allowed within the struct members below. [0-9], [A-Z], [a-z] and '&' , '%' , ':' , '.' , '_' , '-' Note! For comment and operatorName spaces (' ') are also allowed within the strings. Struct element description : -Name is in string format, max length is 40. -Identity is in string format, max length is 40. -Type is in string format, max length is 40. -UpgradePackageId is in string format, max length is 40. -Operator name is in string format, max length is 40. -Comment is in string format, max length is 40. -Date is in string format, max length is 40. Format for date is: weekday month date hour:min:seconds year. -Status is in string format, max length is 40. Note! The identity can not be the same as name. Identity should contain the product identity.

currentLoadedConfigurationVersion : string, Default = "", ReadOnly

The name of the current loaded configuration version. Stored in and read from the file system. This is the configuration version that the system started with, i.e. the configuration version that was startable at the last node restart.

startableConfigurationVersion : string, Default = "", ReadOnly

The name of the configuration version that will be used at next node restart. Stored in and read from the file system. This attribute is set by the action "setStartable( name of cv)". Also set at rollback by the system. The first CV in the rollback list is then used.

rollbackCounter : long, NoNotification

This counter is decremented by every node restart. Its initial value is set by attribute rollbackInitCounterValue. When counter=0 next node restart will issue a rollback. It is recomended that this attribute is not set by operator.

rollbackList : sequence<string>, Default = "", ReadOnly

A list of configuration versions to rollback to (configuration version name).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 36

The configuration version on the first line is used at the next rollback. That line is then automatically removed from the rollback list. This attribute is modified by actions setFirstRollbackList() and removeFromRollbackList()

currentUpgradePackage : UpgradePackage, Default = null, ReadOnly

A reference to current executing upgrade package. autoCreatedCVIsTurnedOn : boolean, Default = true

Flag that indicates that a configuration version will be created automatically once a day. timeForAutoCreatedCV : string, Default = "04:00"

Time for the automatic creation of configuration versions once a day. The string must be specified as "HH:MM" to be accepted at set. See also Class Attribute autoCreatedCVIsTurnedOn. The time is UTC time. Note! If changing the clock on the node, this attribute must be set or the JVM MP must be reastarted.

rollbackOn : boolean, Default = true

Flag that indicates if rollback is enabled or not. When true the system will automatically set the rollback counter. In case of cyclic restarts a rollback will be issued after x restarts. x is defined by the rollbackInitCounterValue.

rollbackInitTimerValue : long, Default = 30, Range = 1..10000

Used by the system when rollback is switched on (autoRollbackOn=true). After the given time the node is considered not in a cyclic restart mode. The rollback counter will then be reset to its initial value (rollbackInitCounterValue). Timer value in minutes. Note! The attributes 'rollbackInitTimerValue' and 'rollbackInitCounterValue' cannot be set unless the attribute 'rollbackOn' is set to "true".

rollbackInitCounterValue : long, Default = 5, Range = 1..10000

Initial value for the rollback counter. Used when rollback is switched on (autoRollbackOn=true). Note! The attributes 'rollbackInitTimerValue' and 'rollbackInitCounterValue' cannot be set unless the attribute 'rollbackOn' is set to "true".

commandlogStatus : boolean, Default = true, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

An attribute to indicate status of command log. It can be ON/OFF(true/false).

executingCv : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

The name of the executing Configuration Version, CV. Same as 'currentLoadedConfigurationVersion' after a node restart, changed to the value of lastCreatedCv when a CV is created.

lastCreatedCv : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

The name of the last created Configuration Version, CV.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 37

Operations: setStartable (configurationVersionName : in string) : void

The CV given will be the one used at the normal node restarts. Only A CV with status = OK can be set as startable. This action does not require a transaction.

create (configurationVersionName : in string, identity : in string, type : in ConfigurationVersionType = other, operatorName : in string, comment : in string) : void, raises ValueOutOfRangeException A new CV directory will be created. A DB backup from the current RAM CV, an ARMAMENT file and the file LLP:LMid is created at the directory. The current command log file is copied to the CV directory first, then it removes the file from the current directory. Note: The file cmdlog.properties under /c/ will not be saved to the CV. The following characters are allowed in the Strings: [0-9], [A-Z], [a-z] and '&' , '%' , ':' , '.' , '_' , '-' Note! For comment and operatorName spaces (' ') are also allowed within the strings -configurationVersionName is in string format, max length is 40 characters. -identity is in string format, max length is 40 characters. -operatorName is in string format, max length is 40 characters. -comment is in string format, max length is 40 characters. This action does not require a transaction. Note! The configurationVersionName and identity can not be the same. The identity should be the product identity.

delete (configurationVersionName : in string) : void Delete a configuration version (CV) permanently. If CV is referenced in the startable or in the rollback list, the action is not performed (an exception is thrown instead). Note! The CV is removed from the disk. No LoadModules are deleted. The CV is not deleted if any of the following conditions is fulfilled: - The CV is the startable CV - The Rollback list contains this CV - The CV is the loaded CV - This CV is the last created CV" This action does not require a transaction.

removeFromRollbackList (configurationVersionName : in string) : void Removes a Configuration Version (CV) from the rollback list. This action does not require a transaction.

setFirstRollbackList (configurationVersionName : in string) : void Adds a Configuration Version (CV) first in the rollback list. This will cause the node to chose this CV at the next rollback. A CV with status NOK, can't be put in the rollback list. This action does not require a transaction.

activateCommandLog (cmdlogdriveName : in string) : void, raises InvalidDriveNameException LogActivationException

This action activates the log. The inparameter is the drive name (where the command log file should be stored). Default command log is drive /c/. Note! Invoking this action affects the attribute'commandLogStatus'. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

deactivateCommandLog () : void, raises LogActivationException This action deactivates the logging of configuration commands.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 38

Please note that uncommited data will be lost. Note! Invoking this action affects the attribute'commandLogStatus'. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

Ds0Bundle <<MOClass>> Ds0Bundle

The Ds0Bundle, Digital Signalling Level 0, MO represents a number of timeslots on a physical port. Any of E1PhysPathTerm, J1PhysPathTerm, T1PhysPathTerm, E1Ttp or T1Ttp. The Ds0Bundle can be used in three different ways: - Fractional ATM Please refer to the AtmPort MO for details. Note that the TdmMode attribute must be disabled. -Circuit emulation Please refer to Aal1VccTp MO for details. Note that the TdmMode attribute must be disabled. Note that only 4 Ds0Bundle's per port can be configured when running circuit emulation. Although it is possible to create more than 4 Ds0Bundles, only a maximum of 4 Ds0Bundles per port can be configured correctly. - TDM Switching The Ds0Bundle is reserved for switching node internal Ds0 connections. In this mode, the tdmMode attribute should be enabled.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 39


Free tag for marking this managed object. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availabiltity status of Ds0Bundle. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.


The operational state of Ds0Bundle. listOfTimeSlots : sequence<long>, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The list gives the time slots (within ATM traffic fraction) that are to be allocated to the Ds0Bundle. When a Ds0Bundle is contained by a E1PhysPathTerm the slots that can be placed in this list are 1 to 31. When a Ds0Bundle is contained by a J1PhysPathTerm then the slots that can be placed in this list are 1 to 24. When a Ds0Bundle is contained by a T1PhysPathTerm then the slots that can be placed in this list are 1 to 24. When a Ds0Bundle is contained by a E1Ttp the slots that can be placed in this list are 1 to 31. Note: the same timeslot cannot appear more than once in the list! If a E1/J/T1PhysPathTerm contains more than one Ds0Bundle, then the Ds0Bundles listOfTimeSlots must be mutually exclusive (i.e. slots in one list cannot be used in another list). Note! If the Ds0Bundle is used for carrying SS7 traffic, the listOfTimeSlots can only contain 1 (one) time slot. In this case that is if the Ds0Bundle is reserved by an Mtp2TpAnsi, Mtp2TpItu or Mtp2TpChina.

tdmMode : boolean, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The state of tdmMode (Time Division Multiplexing), can be disabled/enabled.

reservedBy : sequence<ManagedObject>, NoNotification, ReadOnly


E1PhysPathTerm <<MOClass>> E1PhysPathTerm

This MO represents an E1 (i.e. 2 Mbit/s) physical interface in the node. The E1PhysPathTerm MO does not define which type of traffic (TDM or ATM) that the interface should support. Please refer to the Ds0Bundle, AtmPort, IMALink and IMAGroup objects for details about configuration of traffic type. Note! The performance monitoring counters in the E1PhysPathTerm MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 40


User label for free use. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the Physical Line Termination. lineNo : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..8

The actual Line number on the board.

reservedByTraffic : AtmPort, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The identity of the reserving AtmPort MO. loopback : LoopbackState, Default = none

This attribute describes the current Loopback State of this physical path termination. Note! administrativeStatus must be set to locked when setting loopback attribute.

administrativeState : AdmState, Default = locked

The administrative state. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


pmEs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Errored Seconds (ES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second where one or morel blocks or equivalent with one or more errors are received. The counter is also incremented if one or several defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occur during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds

pmSes : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Severely Errored Seconds (SES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second with a severe bit error ratio or equivalent. The counter is also incremented if one or more defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occurs during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds

crc4Mode : Crc4Mode, Default = AUTOMATIC

Indicates what Cyclical Redundancy Check 4 Mode that is being used. idlePattern : IdlePattern, Default = UNDEFINED

The idle pattern. NOTE: Going from A_LAW or U_LAW to UNDEFINED is always allowed but setting up one ET board with both U_LAW and A_LAW is not allowed. E.g. If you want to change from A_LAW to U_LAW on one ET board you have to change idlePattern on each physical port belonging to the board to UNDEFINED first. A_LAW -> UNDEFINED -> U_LAW or U_LAW -> UNDEFINED -> A_LAW

degDegThr : long, Default = 30, Range = 0..100

The threshold decides how many of the received blocks that are allowed to have bit errors. The measurement is made on a per-second basis and if the threshold is passed the second is considered bad. This is a percentage value.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 41

degDegM : long, Default = 7, Range = 2..10

How many bad seconds in a row that causes a Degraded Signal alarm.

rdiReporting : boolean, Default = false

Indicates whether Remote Defect Indication, RDI, alarms are to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false - reporting disabled.

aisReporting : boolean, Default = false

Indicates whether Alarm Indication Signal, AIS, alarms are to be issued. true - reporting enabled. false - reporting disabled.

shutDownTimeout : long, Default = 1800, Range = 0..100000

The shut-down timer. It is used when the administrativeState is set to shutdown. Value in seconds, must be a positive value.

reservedBySync : Synchronization, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The identity of the reserving Synchronization MO. reservedByImaLink : ImaLink, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The identity of the reserving ImaLink MO.

E1Ttp <<MOClass>> E1Ttp

SystemCreated This MO represents a channelised E1 interface in the node. The E1Ttp (Trail Termination Point) MO does not define which type of traffic (TDM or ATM) that the interface should support. Please refer to the Ds0Bundle, AtmPort, IMALink and IMAGroup objects for details about configuration of traffic type. The performance monitoring counters in the E1Ttp MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again. Note! This MO is automatically created as a consequence of creating an Os155SpiTtpMo Please refer to the Os155SpiTtpMo for more details.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 42

Attributes: degDegThr : long, Default = 30, Range = 0..100



How many bad seconds in a row that causes a Degraded Signal alarm.





crc4Mode : Crc4Mode, Default = AUTOMATIC

Indicates what Cyclical Redundancy Check 4 Mode that is being used. idlePattern : IdlePattern, Default = UNDEFINED



The operational state. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



Description: Number of Errored Seconds (ES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second where one or morel blocks or equivalent with one or more errors are received. The counter is also incremented if one or several defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occur during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds


Description: Number of Severely Errored Seconds (SES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second with a severe bit error ratio or equivalent. The counter is also incremented if one or more defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occurs during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 43

userLabel : string, Default = ""

User label for free use. reservedBy : AtmPort, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The identityof the reserving MO. reservedByImaLink : ImaLink, NoNotification, ReadOnly


E3PhysPathTerm <<MOClass>> E3PhysPathTerm

This MO represents an E3 (i.e. 34 Mbit/s) physical interface in the node. Please refer to the AtmPort object for details about configuration of traffic type. Note! The performance monitoring counters in the E3PhysPathTerm MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is too large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 44


Label for free use. administrativeState : AdmState, Default = locked

The administrative state of the E3PhysPathTerm. shutDownTimeout : long, Default = 1800, Range = 0..100000



enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the Physical Line Termination. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


lineNo : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..2

The actual Line number on the board. loopback : LoopbackState, Default = none

Possible values none - This is the normal state, no loop back is performed (and ordinary traffic is running). line - The physical path is looped on the line side, the external incoming path is looped back to the external outgoing path. system - The physical path is looped on the system side, the (node-) internal incoming path is looped back to the internal outgoing path. Note! administrativeStatus must be set to locked when setting loopback attribute.

degDegThr : long, Default = 30, Range = 0..100



How many bad seconds in a row that causes a Degraded Signal alarm. aisReporting : boolean, Default = false







1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 45

pmSes : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly Description: Severely Errored Seconds (SES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second with a severe bit error ratio or equivalent. The counter is also incremented if one or more defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occurs during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds


The identity of the reserving AtmPort MO. reservedBySync : Synchronization, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The identity of the reserving Synchronization MO.

Equipment <<MOClass>> Equipment

SystemCreated This Managed Object is used as a structural element for the network element, i.e. it only acts as a container for other MO:s. This MO structures the equipment of the network element. The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1, Equipment=1.


Label free for use.

EthernetLink <<MOClass>> EthernetLink

The Ethernet Link MO represents the Internet Protocol over Ethernet link. There is only one Ethernet link MO per Cello node. The changing of the IP address with operation assignIpAddress might cause interruption of the communication if the network management tool is connected via the ethernet link. Note: The EthernetLink MO can not be deleted! Note: The performance monitoring counters in the EthernetLink MO has a "Wrap-around time" of approximately 2 hours. Note: For EthernetLink MO configuration. See IP MO.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 46


The User Label attribute gives the operator the possibility to label the links.

ipAddress : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The attribute ipAddress states the IP address of the Ethernet link, it is also the IP address for the O&M host.. The input format used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each field consists of three digits. It must not be a broadcast or multicast address.

subnetMask : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The attribute subnetMask states the subnet mask of the Ethernet link. The input format used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each field consists of three digits. Note! The subnet mask has to contiguos. That is, it has the LSB set to 0 (zero). Example: 255.255.255.X Contiguous subnet mask: 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) Not-contiguous subnet mask: 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111010 (X = 250)

broadcastAddress : string, Mandatory

The input format used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each field consists of three digits.

mtuSize : long, Default = 1500, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The IP layer expects the Ethernet link to have an MTU size (maximum Ethernet frame size without fragmentization) of 1500 bytes. The value is always the default value.

metric : long, Default = 1, Range = 1..32767

The attribute metric states the metric of the Ethernet link. The metric value is calculated as 10^8/link bit speed. For example: Metric for 10 Mbps Ethernet = 10^8/10^7 = 10 Metric for 100 Mbps Ethernet = 10^8/10^8 = 1


The operational state of the Ethernet link is dependent of the operational states of the underlying MAU:s that represents the Ethernet transceiver function. If at least one operational MAU exists, the operational state of the Ethernet Link is set to "ENABLED"

interfaceName : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

The interface name. macAddress : sequence<long,6,nonUnique>, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The mac address is persistently stored in flash prom on the MP where the IP stack resides. It is stored there at manufacturing.

reservedBy : OspfInterface, NoNotification, ReadOnly

If set, indicates that this EthernetLink is reserved by the OspfInterface MAO represented by this attribute.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 47

availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

pmNoOfIfInUcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of input unicast packets delivered to higher layer. Condition: A unicast IP packet is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfIfInNUcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of input broadcast or multicast packets delivered to higher layer. Condition: A broadcast or multicast IP packet is received. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfIfOutUcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of packets that higher-level protocols requested to be transmitted to a subnetwork-unicast address. Condition: A unicast IP packet is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfIfInErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of input packets discarded due to any error. Condition: An erroneous IP packet is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfIfInDiscards : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of input packets discarded due to resource limitations. Condition: A lot of packets received at high rate Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfIfOutNUcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of output broadcast or multicast packets delivered to higher layer. Condition: A broadcast or multicast IP packet is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfIfOutDiscards : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of outbound packets discarded due to resource limitations.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 48

Operations: assignIpAddress (ipAddress : in string, subnetMask : in string) : void

This action sets the IP address and the subnet mask. The changing of the IP address with the operation assignIpAddress, causes an interruption of the communication between the node and the network management tool. If an incorrect or erroneous IP address is configured, the communication with the node might be lost until the node is restarted or the IP address is changed to the correct value. Note! This action requires a transaction.

Etm1 <<MOClass>> Etm1

This MO represents the hardware of the ET-M1 board type. It only represents the ET specific hardware, while the DBM module of the board is represented by the PlugInUnit MO. The ET-M1 board contains 8 physical ports that can be configured as either E1 (ETSI), J1 (TTC) or T1(ANSI). The board does not allow for a mix of E1, J1 and T1 ports, thus all configured ports on the board must be configured to the same standard. Each of the ports on the ET-M1 board can be used to carry either ATM traffic or circuit orientated (Nx64 Kbits/s connections) traffic. Each port can support up to 30 ATM VC connections. Two of these connections are reserved for AAL2 paths, and therefore two AAL2 multiplexers per port are available. The number of Aal2 multiplexers on the ET-M1 board are 16. Each port can support up to 2 VP connections. The ET-M1 board supports 1 bidirectional F4/F5 PM flow per port. Other restrictions: - All ports (configured for ATM) on the board must have the same value for the hecCorrection attribute (ATM Port MO). - It is possible to configure UBR+ traffic, but there is no guarantee on the minimum cell rate. - VP shaping is not supported (it is recommended to configure at most one VP per physical port). - VC shaping is not supported with an exception for AAL2 path traffic. This is shaped to the peak bandwidth on the VC connection. - When using the Etm1 board the performance monitoring counters in the transmit direction found on the AtmPort MO does not show the following cells: CC cells and OAM FPM cells. Note! IMA is not applicable for the ETM1 board. Note! When using fractional atm, timeslot 1 must be a part of the fraction. Note! ETM1 does not support EPD and PPD


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 49

Note! ETM1 does not have a proper buffer management. Thus fairness of UBR+ traffic can not be guaranteed and shaping on UBR+ traffic is not possible. Note! The number of VCC TP+VPC TP with performance monitoring enabled (i.e. PM mode <> off) is restricted to 1 per port.


user label for free use. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the Etm1 board. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



This MO represents the hardware of the ET-M3 board type. It only represents the ET specific hardware, while the DBM module of the board is represented by the PlugInUnit MO. The ET-M3 board contains 2 physical ports that can be configured as either E3 (ETSI) or T3(ANSI). Each port on the ET-M3 board can be used to carry ATM traffic. At the VP/VC endpoints, the Lost FPM/BR cells counters are not available. IMA is not applicable for theETM3 board. The ET-M3 board supports eight bidirectional F4/F5 PM flow per port. The number of VCC TP+VPC TP with performance monitoring enabled (i.e. PM mode <> off) is restricted to 8/port. Each port can support up to 240 ATM VC connections. Sixteen of these connections are reserved for AAL2 paths, and therefore sixteen AAL2 multiplexers per port are available. Each port can support up to 16 VP connections.

Attributes: operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the Etm3 board. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



Label for free use.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 50


This MO represents the hardware of the ET-M4 board type. It only represents the ET specific hardware, while the DBM module of the board is represented by the PlugInUnit MO. The ET-M4 board contains 2 physical ports that can be configured as either STM1(ETSI/TTC) or OC3C (ANSI). The board supports unchannelised ATM access (i.e. it maps ATMs cells directly into an SDH VC4 container). The board supports up to 1800 ATM VC connections. The number of terminated VPs are limited to 48/board. The board supports up to 750 VC UBR+ connections. The ET-M4 board contains 128 AAL2 multiplexers. The ET-M4 board supports up to 256 bidirectional F4/F5 PM flow per board. Note that only 128 can be used for VccTp. Note! IMA is not applicable for the ETM4 board. Note! The number of VCC TP+VPC TP with performance monitoring enabled (i.e. PM mode <> off) is restricted to 256 per board. Note! When using the Etm4 board the performance monitoring counters in the transmit direction found on the AtmPort MO does not show the following cells: CC cells and OAM FPM cells.



Enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the hardware ETM4. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


Etmc1 <<MOClass>> Etmc1

This MO represents the hardware of the ET-MC1 board type. It only represents the ET specific hardware, the DBM module of the board is represented by the PlugInUnit MO. The ET-MC1 board contains 8 phyiscal ports that can be configured as either E1 (ETSI), J1 (TTC) or T1(ANSI). The board does not allow for a mix of E1, J1 and T1 ports, thus all configured ports on the board must be configured to the same standard. Each port on the ET-MC1 board can be used to carry either ATM traffic or circuit orientated (Nx64 Kbits/s connections) traffic.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 51

Each port can support up to 30 ATM VC connections. Two of these connections are reserved for AAL2 paths, and therefore two AAL2 multiplexers per port are available. Each port can support up to 2 VP connections. The ET-MC1 port supports one bidirectional F4/F5 PM flow per port. At the VP/VC endpoints, the Lost FPM/BR cells counters are not available. Note! The ETMC1 supports IMA. For more details on restrictions please refer to 155 17-21/CSX 101 09 Uen. Note! When the Etmc1 is part of the Cbu it is only possible to configure 4 physical ports of type E1, J1 or T1 on the Etmc1 board.



Enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the ETMC1 board. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


Etmc41 <<MOClass>> Etmc41

This MO represents the hardware of the ET-MC41 board type. It only represents the ET specific hardware, while the DBM module of the board is represented by the PlugInUnit MO. The ET-MC41 board contains a 155 Mbits/s physical optical port. The board can be configured as a E1 channelised board providing 63 logical E1 interfaces. Each E1 logical channel on the ET-MC41 can be used to carry either ATM traffic or circuit oriented (Nx64 kbit/s) traffic. Each E1 logical channel can support up to 30 ATM VC connections. Two of these connections are reserved for aal2 paths, and therefore two AAL2 multiplexers per E1/DS1/J1 channel are available. Each E1/DS1/J1 channel can suport up to 2 VP connections. The ET-MC41 board support one biderectional F4/F5 PM flow per E1 channel. Note! The ETMC41 supports IMA. However the E1 ports being part of the same IMA group can not be selected randomly. Note! The number of VCC TP+VPC TP with performance monitoring enabled (i.e. PM mode <> off) is restricted to 1 / port


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 52

For more details on restrictions please refer to 155 17-21/CSX 101 09 Uen. Attributes: userLabel : string, Default = ""


Enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the ET-MC41 board. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


Fan <<MOClass>> Fan

The Fan is used for cooling the Cello-subrack and is connected to one or two SCU (switch core board). This MO is used for controlling and sending alarm from the Fan. Note, either the fan can be supplied by Cello and Fan MO is used, or alternatively the fan can supplied by a source external to Cello and therefore a ManagedObject MO is used to represent the fan.


user label for free use. administrativeState : AdmState, Default = locked

The administrativeState of Fan MO. connectedToScu : sequence<SwitchCoreUnit>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

A Fan must always be connected to a Switch Core unit that mediates the communication with a main processor. In this attribute it is possible to see which SwichCoreUnit that the fan is connected to.


The operational state is set to 'enabled' when the Fan has loaded and started its load module. piuType : PiuType, Mandatory

A reference to an available PiuType at create of a Fan.

controllingState : FanState, Default = standalone, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The application that controls the Fan has three main states: - standalone: running on itself, not manageable - autonomous: manageable state - noiseReduced: temporary state with reduced cooling NOTE: This attribute is not supported in CPP 4.

hdlcAddress : long, Default = 7, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..255

The physical address of the RS-485 communication link. Incorrect setting of the address can cause collision with other connected auxiliary units or lost connection. The default value should be suitable for most configurations.

reservedBy : ManagedObject, NoNotification, ReadOnly



1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 53

Operations: restartFan (restartCause : in RestartCause) : void, raises EquipException ValueOutOfRangeException

A restart will cause the Fan to be initiated, re-booted and all load modules to be reloaded from persistent memory. This is also known as a forced reload. Note! This action requires a transaction.

GeneralProccessorUnit <<MOClass>> GeneralProcessorUnit

The General purpose Processor Unit MO, GPU, represents the board specific HW on the GPB; hard disk, ethernet and serial port etc. Note! The 'availabilityStatus' for the GeneralProcessorUnit MO is retreived from the PlugInUnit MO.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 54


Label free for use. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Indicates if the function provided by the managed object is capable of performing its normal functions or not. Note! The value for operationalState is retrived from the GeneralProcessorUnit's parent, i.e. the PlugInUnit.

hdVolumeDSize : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total size in bytes of the D volume. hdVolumeDFreespace : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The amount in bytes of freespace available on the D volume. Each GPB board has its own D volume (D disk). The amount of free space on each disk must be large enough for the new files (loadmodules) of the next upgrade package. Especially, the D disks of the core MPs, i.e. the Fault Tolerant Core (FTC) GPB boards, must have enoguh room also for the configuration versions that may be created even before the next upgrade is started. The attribute minimumHdVolumeDFreespace is related to this value.

hdVolumePSize : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total size in bytes of the P volume. hdVolumePFreespace : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The amount in bytes of freespace available on the P volume. reservedBy : sequence<ManagedObject>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Holds the identity of the reserving MO. minimumHdVolumeDFreespace : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..999

Minimum number of Mbytes of free space on D volume before an alarm is issued. 0 means that no alarm will be sent. It is used as a threashold that triggers alarms when the D volume of any board is about to be full (i.e. when the attribute hdVolumeDFreespace exceeds this value). This value should be set large enough so that an alarm is raised for each D volume that is starting to have too little space for the new files of the next upgrade package. On the core MPs, i.e. the Fault tolerant Core (FTC) GPB boards, this value should be even larger, so that there is room also for the configuration version files (in addition to to the next upgrade files). This value should be small enough for each board, so that arlams are not sent unnecessarily when there is a lot of free space. Alarm is raised if the value of hdVolumeDFreespace becomes less than or equal to this value. But in order to cease the alarm, the free space must become at least 1 mega bytes larger than this value. To free space on the D volumes, some old UpgradePackage MOs should be deleted. If only the FTC boards are affected, then some old configuration versions should be deleted (is done via the ConfigurationVersion MO). UNIT : Mb

ImaGroup <<MOClass>> ImaGroup

IMA, Inverse Multiplexing for ATM, makes it possible to group several physical interfaces together to form a virtual physical pipe for atm. The capacity of this pipe is equal to the sum of each of the physical interfaces included in the group.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 55

When IMA should be configured, an ATMPort MO is created with reference to an IMAGroup MO rather than a pure physical interface MO. The IMAGroup MO in turn is created with a list of the physical port MO's that are included in the group. The physical port MO's must be of the same type and be located on the same ET board. For each of the physical port MO's included in the IMAGroup, an IMALink object is automatically created. The IMALink object is responsible for handling link specific performance and fault management related to IMA. The ports can be of type E1PhysPathTerm, J1PhysPathTerm, T1PhysPathTerm, E1Ttp, T1Ttp. The performance monitoring counters in the ImaGroup MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again. Note! A general restriction in Cello is that ports being part of the same IMA group must be located on the same board. Note! Only termination points on Etmc1 and Etmc41 boards are allowed as ImaLinks.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 56


Label free for use. physicalPortList : sequence<ManagedObject>, Mandatory

Holds a list of the physical ports connected to the ImaGroup. Can be of type: E1PhysPathTerm, J1PhysPathTerm, T1PhysPathTerm, E1Ttp, T1Ttp. Note! Physical ports should either be added or removed in one set- operation. Not both in the same set-operation."

requiredNumberOfLinks : long, Default = 1, Range = 1..8

The required number of links specifies the number of IMALinks that needs to be operational in order for the complete group to be operational. The bandwidth available for the ATMPort (and thus for creating VP/VC connections) is defined by this number. Setting the requiredNumberOfLinks field to K less than the number of physical links included in the IMAGroup, will reduce the bandwidth available to the atmport with the corresponding bandwidth but will also give the effect that K links failures can be tolerated with virtually no traffic disturbance.

activeLinks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The number of active links in the ImaGroup. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the ImaGroup. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


pmGrUasIma : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of one-second intervals where the group traffic state machine is down. Condition: One-second interval where the Group Traffic State Machine (GTSM) is down. (The Group Traffic State Machine (GTSM allows the Network Element to ensure that both ends have sufficient links before starting the transmission of cells to the Far-End). Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of seconds

pmGrFc : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Near-End (NE) group failure conditions. Condition: NE group failure occurs Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of failures

pmGrFcFe : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Far-End (FE) group failure conditions. Condition: FE group failure occurs Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of failures

reservedBy : AtmPort, NoNotification, ReadOnly


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 57


ImaLink <<MOClass>> ImaLink

SystemCreated This MO is automatically created as a consequence of creating an IMAGroup or adding links to an IMAGroup. It provides IMA Link specific performance and fault management information. The links can be of type E1PhysPathTerm, J1PhysPathTerm, T1PhysPathTerm, E1Ttp or T1Ttp. The performance monitoring counters in the ImaLink MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again. Note! A general restriction in Cello is that ports being part of the same IMA group must be located on the same board.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 58

Attributes: operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the ImaLink. If the operationalState is disabled the ImaLink will be blocked for traffic.



pmIvIma : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of invalid or missing Inverse Multiplexing for ATM (IMA) Control Protocol (ICP) cells during non-SES-IMA or non-UAS-IMA condition. (SES is Severely Errored Seconds and UAS is Unavailable Seconds). Condition: Invalid or missing ICP cells during non-SES-IMA or non-UAS-IMA condition Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells


Label free for use. pmOifIma : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Out of IMA Frame (OIF) anomalies during non-SES-IMA condition. (SES is Severely Errored Seconds). Condition: OIF anomalies during non-SES-IMA condition Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of anomalies

pmSesIma : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of one-second intervals containing >= 30% of the Inverse Multiplexing for ATM (IMA) Control Protocol (ICP) cells counted as ICP Violations (IV-IMAs), or one or more link defects such as Loss Of Signal (LOS), Out Of Frame/Loss Of Frame (OOF/LOF), Alarm Indication Signal: (AIS) or Cell Delineation (LCD) or Loss of IMA Frame (LIF) defects or Link Out of Delay Synchronization (LODS) defects during non-UAS-IMA condition. (UAS is UnAvailable Seconds). Condition: One second interval contains >= 30% of the ICP cells counted as IV-IMAs, or one or more link defects (e.g., LOS, OOF/LOF, AIS or LCD), LIF, LODS defects during non-UAS-IMA condition. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of seconds

pmSesImaFe : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of one-second intervals containing one or more RDI-IMA defects during non-UAS-IMA-FE condition. (RDI is Remote Defect Indicator, UAS is Unavailable Seconds, FE is Far-End). Condition: One or more RDI-IMA defects during non-UAS-IMA-FE condition lasts one second Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of seconds

pmUasIma : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of unavailable seconds where unavailability begins at the onset of 10 contiguous SES-IMA and ends at the onset of 10 contiguous seconds with no SES-IMA. (SES is Severely Errored Seconds). Condition: Unavailable second where unavailability begins at the onset of


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 59

10 contiguous SES-IMA and ends at the onset of 10 contiguous seconds with no SES-IMA Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of seconds

pmUasImaFe : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of unavailable seconds at Far-End (FE) where unavailability begins at the onset of 10 contiguous SES-IMA-FE and ends at the onset of 10 contiguous seconds with no SES-IMA-FE. (SES is Severely Errored Seconds) Condition: Unavailable second at FE where unavailability begins at the onset of 10 contiguous SES-IMA-FE and ends at the onset of 10 contiguous seconds with no SES-IMA-FE Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of seconds

pmTxUusIma : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of seconds intervals with Transmit side (Tx) Unusable at the Near End (NE) link state machine Condition: Tx Unusable at the NE Link State Machine (LSM) lasts one second Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of seconds

pmRxUusIma : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of seconds intervals with Receive side (Rx) Unusable at the Near End (NE) link state machine. Condition: Rx Unusable at the NE Link State Machine (LSM) lasts one second Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of seconds

pmTxUusImaFe : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of seconds intervals with Transit side (Tx) Unusable indications from the Far-End Link State Machine (FE LSM). Condition: Tx Unusable indications from the FE LSM lasts one second Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of seconds

pmRxUusImaFe : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of seconds intervals with Receive side (Rx) Unusable indications from the Far-End Link State Machine (FE LSM) Condition: Rx Unusable indications from the FE LSM lasts one second Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of seconds

pmTxFc : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Near End (NE) Transmit side (Tx) link failure alarm conditions. Condition: NE Tx link failure alarm condition Counter type: PEG


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 60

Unit: Number of failures pmRxFc : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Near End (NE) Receive side (Rx) link failure alarm conditions. Condition: NE Rx link failure alarm condition Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of failures

pmTxFcFe : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Far-End (FE) Transmit side (Tx) link failure alarm conditions Condition: FE Tx link failure alarm condition Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of failures

pmRxFcFe : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Count of Far-End (FE) Receive side (Rx) link failure alarm conditions Condition: FE Rx link failure alarm condition Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of failures

pmTxStuffIma : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Transmit side (Tx) stuffing events during non-SES-IMA condition. (SES is Severely Errored Seconds). Condition: Tx stuffing event during non-SES-IMA condition Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of events

pmRxStuffIma : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Receive side (Rx) stuffing events during non-SES-IMA condition. (SES is Severely Errored Seconds) Condition: Rx stuffing event during non-SES-IMA condition Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of events

uses : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to the physical port represented by this MO. Can be of types E1PhysPathTerm, J1PhysPathTerm, T1PhysPathTerm, E1Ttp or T1Ttp.

InternalLinkGroup <<MOClass>> InternalLinkGroup

The Internal Link Group MO represents all switch internal links connecting the main switch to an external switch. Switch internal links are automatically grouped in Reliable Groups for redundancy.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 61


For free use. switchModuleNumber1 : SwitchModule, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to the SwitchModule MO that is interconnected by the link in the InternalLinkGroup. switchModuleNumber2 : SwitchModule, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to the SwitchModule MO that is interconnected by the link in the InternalLinkGroup. administrativeState : AdmState, Default = unlocked

The administrative status of internal link group. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational status of internal link group. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


Operations: getRlgLinks (rlgNumber : in long) : sequence<longlong>, raises FroRequestFailedException

Returns a list of resource instance identities of the switch internal links in the specified Reliable Group. The existing Reliable Groups are listed with action getReliableLinkGroups. Note! This action is transactional.

getLinkStatus (instanceId : in long, rlgNumber : in long) : SwitchReliableGroup, raises FroRequestFailedException Returns the status of the specified switch internal link, within the specified Reliable Group. Note! This action is transactional.

getReliableLinkGroups () : sequence<long>, raises FroRequestFailedException Returns a sequence of Reliable Group numbers. Each Reliable Group is identified by a unique number which can be used to read out the identities of the switch internal links that are allocated to the Reliable Group. This is done with action getRlgLinks. The allocation of switch internal links to Reliable Groups is automatic. Note! This action is transactional.

Ip <<MOClass>> Ip

The Ip MO represents the IP protocol layer with IP forwarding functionality. Note: The performance monitoring counters in the Ip MO has a "Wrap-around time" of approximately 2 hours. Note: To get the IP running on this Node's Local Access LAN following preconditions must be fullfilled. 1) A MediumAccessUnit MO must be present for the board(s), which is connected or planned to be connected to this node Local Access LAN. 2) EthernetLink MO must be instanciated.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 62

3) Static route(s) must be added, via the IpRoutingTable MO Action "addStaticRoute", to be able to reach the this node. 4) The IP configuration must be activated by create and set a new CV and perform a node restart. Observe that previously configured default gateway created with "route add default" command in backup mode will no longer be used for ip routing. And the node ip address settings configured with ifconfig command in backup mode is no longer valid and the file in /d/configuration/le0.cfg has been removed


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 63


User label for free use. workingMode : WorkingMode, Mandatory

The workingMode of the IP MO controls if the IP stack in the node will work as a combined host/router (routerMode) or only as a host (hostMode).

retransInterval : long, Default = 4

The retransmission interval. The units are seconds. Must be a value > 0.

noOfRetrans : long, Default = 5

The number of retransmissions. Must be a value > 0.

dnsServer : string, Default = "127.0.0.1"

The Domain Name Server IP address. The IP address must be a Unicast IP address.

isRecursiveSearch : boolean, Default = true

Holds information about how the DNS client wants the DNS server do the search for the IP address in the network . It can be either Recursive search or Non-recursive search.

isSubDomainName : boolean, Default = true

Holds information about whether to use subsets of the fully qualified domain name to reach the simple domain name. It can be either Use subsets of domain name or Not use subsets of domain name.

isDefDomainName : boolean, Default = false

Holds information about whether the default domain name is present. It can be Present or Not present.

defDomainName : string, Default = ""

Contains default domain name. If 'isDefDomainName' is set to 'true' the domain name found in this attribute is used by the DNS resolver and there is no need to submit the complete domain name. If the domain name is for example 'ws5741.uab.ericsson.se' then the default domain name would be '.uab.ericsson.se'. If 'isDefDomainName' is set to true the there is no need for using '.uab.ericsson.se'. If set to false then the complete domain name has to be used. A valid domain name consists of 1 or more labels separated by dots ("."). Valid characters for a label shall be limited to letters 'a' - 'z', 'A' - 'Z', digits '0' - '9', the character '-' ("dash").Character case shall be preserved. Total length of a label shall not exceed 255 characters. Note! The first and last character in the domain name has to be within the following alphabet: letters 'a' - 'z', 'A' - 'Z' and digits '0' - '9'. For more information refer to RFC 952, 1101 and 1123.


The operational state of the IP MO is ENABLED if at least one link is operational. Shows whether the MO is OK (enabled) or failed (disabled). The values are set by the system.

numberOfLinks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Represents the number of interfaces (Ethernet and IP over ATM links) which has registered to the IP MO.



reservedBy : Ospf, NoNotification, ReadOnly

If set, indicates that this Ip is reserved by the Ospf represented by this attribute. useHostFile : boolean, Default = true


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 64

Indicates if the hosts file should be used or not. The hostFile is used by the resolver and chosen as a source of information before querying a DNS server. true - use the host file. false - do not use the host file.

dscp : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..63

The DiffServ CodePoint. The code point values are used by DiffServ enabled hosts and router to identify different service levels. When set, the DSCPs are mapped to PHBs (Per Hop Behaviours) by forwarding devices along the path between the source and destination. PHBs dictates how each packet will be handled i.e. what type of service that is applied to the packet when it is forwarded. Note! Only traffic originated from the node is tagged with the dscp value. The Cello router does not implement functionality for handling different service levels when routing IP traffic.

icmpRedirect : boolean, Default = true

Indicates if ICMP redirects is sent out or not. udpChecksumState : long, Default = 1

Enable/Disable generation of UDP checksum. 0 = disabled 1 = enabled The UDP checksum is used for verifying that the UDP header has not been damaged during transmit.

connectionAttemptTimer : long, Default = 75

The time that elapses before a connection (TCP) attempt times out. Unit is seconds.

maxRetransmissionAttempts : long, Default = 10, Range = -1..*

The maximum number of retransmission attempts before a TCP connection is dropped. The default value is 10 attempts, which is around 5 minutes. Setting this attribute value to -1 means infinity, and TCP will never give up in trying to establish a connection.

pmNoOfIpInReceives : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for total number of datagrams received. pmNoOfHdrErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of datagrams discarded due to format error. pmNoOfIpAddrErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of datagrams discarded due to misdelivery. pmNoOfIpForwDatagrams : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of datagrams forwarded. pmNoOfIpInDiscards : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of datagrams dascarded due to resource limitations. pmNoOfIpOutDiscards : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of datagrams discarded due to lack of resources. pmNoOfIpReasmReqds : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of fragments received needing reassembly. pmNoOfIpReasmOKs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of datagrams successfully reassembled.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 65

IpAccessAutoConfig <<MOClass>> IpAccessAutoConfig

This MO represents the Auto Configuration feature for the IpAccessHost's in Cello.


Label for free use. reservedBy : sequence<ManagedObject>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Hold a list of the identitys of the reserving IpAccessHost's. networkPrefix : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..32

The network prefix. The prefix denotes how many bits that are used for calculating the subnet mask.

nrOfUnusedAdresses : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The number of addresses in the range that are not used. totalNrOfAddresses : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The total number of addresses in the range. Note that the first address in the range will be the same one as the one for networkAddress.

minIpAddress : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The lowest value that can be used as host IP address. If autoConfig=ON for an IpAccessHost, the operator does not explicitly have to assign an Ip Address and prefixLength to the host. This is done by the Control Plane, based on the IpAccesAutoConfig identity specified for the IpAccessHost.

maxIpAddress : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The highest value that can be used as host IP address. If autoConfig=ON for an IpAccessHost, the operator does not explicitly have to assign an Ip Address and prefixLength to the host. This is done by the Control Plane, based on the IpAccesAutoConfig identity specified for the IpAccessHost.

IpAccessHostGpb <<MOClass>> IpAccessHostGpb

This MO represents the Ip Access Host used for payload. This host type executes on a GPB board (GeneralPocessorUnit). Note! If autoConfig is set to ON, the Ip Addresses and the Prefixes for this MO is set by the IpAccessAutoConfig MO. Note! There can be a maximum of 128 host's in the node, and only one host on each main processor. Note! The host cannot be configured on a MP which have a MediumAccessUnit-child MO. They are exclusive. Note! The 'administrativeState' has to be set to LOCKED in order to be able to delete this host.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 66


Label for free use. reservedBy : ManagedObject, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The identity of the reserving MO, can be of type Sctp. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state of the Ip Access Host. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = DEGRADED, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability status. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.


The administrative state of the Ip Access Host. shutDownTimer : long, Default = 10


linkStatusAddress1 : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The link status for IpAddress1. linkStatusAddress2 : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The link status for IpAddress2, only valid if 2 IpAddresses are configured for this host. generalProcessorUnitId : GeneralProcessorUnit, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Holds a reference to the GPU (GenerelProcessorUnit). autoConfig : AutoConfigurationMode, Default = OFF, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute specifies whether the auto configuration feature for the Ip AccessHost is used or not. autoConfigIdentity : IpAccessAutoConfig, NoNotification, Restricted

The identity of the IpAccessAutoConfig MO used by this host. Note! This attribute is mandatory if 'autoConfig' is set to ON.

autoConfigIdentity2 : IpAccessAutoConfig, NoNotification, Restricted

The identity of the IpAccessAutoConfig MO used by this host. Note! This attribute can only be set if 'autoConfig' is set to 'ON'. This attribute is not neccesary to set if 'autoConfig' is set to ON, unless the host shall have two Ip Addresses automatically assigned.

ipAddress : string, Default = "", NoNotification, Restricted

The IpAddress. Note! If autoConfig = OFF this attribute is mandatory. Note! If the autoConfiguration is used for this IpAccessHostGpb (autoConfig = ON) this attribute cannot be set. This attribute is then set by the 'IpAccessAutoConfig MO'. Note! If the attribute is set, its value must not be the same as for attribute ipAddress2.

ipAddress2 : string, Default = "", NoNotification, Restricted

The second IpAddress. Note! If autoConfig = OFF this attribute is possible to set. This attribute should only be set if multi-homing is used for this host (i.e. two addresses defined). Note! If the autoConfiguration is used for this IpAccessHostGpb (autoConfig = ON) this attribute cannot be set. This attribute is then set by the 'IpAccessAutoConfig MO'. Note! If the attribute is set, its value must not be the same as for attribute 'ipAddress'.

pathMTUDiscovery : boolean, Default = false

Specifies whether path MTU discovery should be used by this host. Note! in order to be able to set the value for this attribute, the administrative state has to be locked.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 67

mtu : long, Default = 1500, Range = 72..2048 The maximum transfer unit. The default MTU setting is 1500 bytes, which is the maximum size of an Ethernet II frame (including the IP header, but excluding the Ethernet header). The IP stack will fragment IP datagrams according to this value. If pathMTUDiscovery is set to true, the initial value of MTU is 1500. The MTU value used by the IP stack for fragmentation may be lowered by the discovery mechanism. The actual fragmentation value is not reflected by this attribute, when path MTU discovery is activated. Note! in order to be able to set the value for this attribute, the administrative state has to be locked.

ipDefaultTtl : long, Default = 50, Range = 1..255

The default value inserted into the Time-To-Live field of the IP header of datagrams originated at this entity, whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer protocol. Note! in order to be able to set the value for this attribute, the administrative state has to be locked.

ipReasmTimeout : long, Default = 300

The maximum number of seconds which received fragments are held while they are awaiting reassembly at this entity. Note! in order to be able to set the value for this attribute, the administrative state has to be locked. Note! The value for this attribute has to be positive.

nextHopIpAddr : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The next hop IP address. nextHopIpAddr2 : string, Default = "", NoNotification, Restricted

The secondary next hop IP address. Note! This attribute must only be set if one of the following conditions are fulfilled: 1. Attribute 'ipAddress2' is set. 2. Attribute 'autoConfig' = 'ON' and attribute 'autoConfigIdentity2' is set.

networkPrefix : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..32

The network prefix. The prefix denotes how many bits that are used for calculating the subnet mask. Note! The default value 0 (zero) is most likely not possible to use and an other value should be submitted if this attribute is configured manually. Note! If auto configuration is not used (autoConfig = OFF) this attribute must be set (i.e. this attribute is then 'mandatory'). Note! If auto configuration is used (autoConfig = ON) this attribute cannot be set, networkPrefix is then set by the ipAccessAutoConfig MO class.

networkPrefix2 : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..32

The second network prefix. The prefix denotes how many bits that are used for calculating the subnet mask. Note! The default value 0 (zero) is most likely not possible to use and an other value should be submitted if this attribute is configured manually. Note! If auto configuration is not used (autoConfig = OFF) and ipAddress2 is set this attribute must be set (i.e. this attribute is then 'mandatory'). Note! If auto configuration is used (autoConfig = ON) this attribute cannot be set, networkPrefix2 is then set by the ipAccessAutoConfig MO class.

pmIpInReceives : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of input datagrams received from interfaces, including those received in error. pmIpInHdrErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP headers, including bad checksums, version number mismatch, other format errors, time-to-live exceeded, errors discovered in processing their IP options, etc.

pmIpInAddrErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 68

The number of input datagrams discarded because the IP address in their IP header's destination field was not a valid address to be received at this entity. This count includes invalid addresses (e.g., 0.0.0.0) and addresses of unsupported Classes (e.g., Class E). For entities which are not IP routers and therefore do not forward datagrams, this counter includes datagrams discarded because the destination address was not a local address.

pmIpInUnknownProtos : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of locally-addressed datagrams received successfully but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.

pmIpInDiscards : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of input IP datagrams for which no problems were encountered to prevent their continued processing, but which were discarded (e.g., for lack of buffer space). Note that this counter does not include any datagrams discarded while awaiting re-assembly.

pmIpInDelivers : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP user-protocols (including ICMP). pmIpOutRequests : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of IP datagrams which local IP user-protocols (including ICMP) supplied to IP in requests for transmission. Note that this counter does not include any datagrams counted in ipForwDatagrams

pmIpOutDiscards : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of output IP datagrams for which no problem was encountered to prevent their transmission to their destination, but which were discarded (e.g., for lack of buffer space). Note that this counter would include datagrams counted in ipForwDatagrams if any such packets met this (discretionary) discard criterion.

pmIpReasmReqds : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of IP fragments received which needed to be reassembled at this entity.

pmIpReasmOKs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of IP datagrams successfully re-assembled.

pmIpReasmFails : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of failures detected by the IP re-assembly algorithm (for whatever reason: timed out, errors, etc). Note that this is not necessarily a count of discarded IP fragments since some algorithms (notably the algorithm in RFC 815) can lose track of the number of fragments by combining them as they are received.

pmIpFragOKs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of IP datagrams that have been successfully fragmented at this entity.

pmIpFragFails : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of IP datagrams that have been discarded because they needed to be fragmented at this entity but could not be, e.g., because their Don't Fragment flag was set.

pmIpFragCreates : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of IP datagram fragments that have been generated as a result of fragmentation at this entity.

pmIcmpInMsgs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of ICMP messages which the entityreceived. Note that this counter includes all those counted by icmpInErrors

pmIcmpInErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP messages which the entity received but determined as having ICMP-specific errors (bad ICMP checksums, bad length, etc.).

pmIcmpInDestUnreachs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received. pmIcmpInTimeExcds : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 69

pmIcmpInParamProbs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received.

pmIcmpInSrcQuenchs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Source Quench messages received. pmIcmpInRedirects : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Redirect messages received. pmIcmpInEchos : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Echo (request) messages received. pmIcmpInEchoReps : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received. pmIcmpOutMsgs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of ICMP messages which this entity attempted to send. Note that this counter includes all those counted by icmpOutErrors.

pmIcmpOutErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP messages which this entity did not send due to problems discovered within ICMP such as a lack of buffers. This value should not include errors discovered outside the ICMP layer such as the inability of IP to route the resultant datagram. In some implementations there may be no types of error which contribute to this counter's value.

pmIcmpOutDestUnreachs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent. pmIcmpOutParmProbs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent. pmIcmpOutEchos : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Echo (request) messages sent. pmIcmpOutEchoReps : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent. pmUdpInDatagrams : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users. pmUdpNoPorts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of received UDP datagrams for which there was no application at the destination port. pmUdpInErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of received UDP datagrams that could not be delivered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination port.

pmUdpOutDatagrams : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity. pmNoOfIfInUcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of input unicast packets delivered to higher layer. pmNoOfIfOutUcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of out unicast packets delivered to higher layer. pmNoOfIfInErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of input packets discarded due to any error. pmNoOfIfInDiscards : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of input packets discarded due to resource limitations. pmNoOfIfInBroadcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of input broadcast packets delivered to higher layer. pmNoOfIfInMulticastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of input multicast packets delivered to higher layer.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 70

pmNoOfIfOutBroadcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly Performance monitoring counter for the number of output broadcast packets delivered to higher layer.

pmNoOfIfOutMulticastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of output multicast packets delivered to higher layer.

IpAccessHostMsb <<MOClass>> IpAccessHostMsb

This MO represents the Ip Access Host used for payload. This host type executes on a MSB board (Media Stream Board used by Media Gateway). Note! If autoConfig is set to ON, the Ip Addresses and the Prefixes for this MO is set by the IpAccessAutoConfig MO. Note! There can be a maximum of 128 host's in the node. Note! The references to Aal5TpVccTp MO's has to be set in pairs. Note! The IpAccessMsbHost must execute on the same BP as the Aal5TpVccTp that are defined in the attributes 'aal5TpVccTpRef1' and 'aal5TpVccTpRef2'. Note! The 'administrativeState' has to be set to LOCKED in order to be able to delete this host.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 71


Label for free use. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state of the Ip Access Host. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = DEGRADED, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



The administrative state of the Ip Access Host. shutDownTimer : long, Default = 10


dspId : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, NonPersistent, Restricted, Range = 1..16

The identity of the DSP (Digital Signalling Processor) on a MSB board. Note! The value of this attribute has to be unique among the host's that execute on the same board.

aal5TpVccTpRef1 : Aal5TpVccTp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Holds a reference to an Aal5 termination point (Aal5TpVccTp MO). Note! The Aal5TpVccTp references are mutually exclusive.

aal5TpVccTpRef2 : Aal5TpVccTp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Holds a reference to an Aal5 termination point (Aal5TpVccTp MO). Note! The Aal5TpVccTp references are mutually exclusive.

autoConfig : AutoConfigurationMode, Default = OFF, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute specifies whether the auto configuration feature for the Ip Access Host is used or not. autoConfigIdentity : IpAccessAutoConfig, NoNotification, Restricted

The identity of the IpAccessAutoConfig MO used by this host. Note! This attribute can only be set if 'autoConfig' is set to 'ON'.

ipAddress : string, Default = "", NoNotification, Restricted

The IpAddress. Note! If autoConfig = OFF this attribute is mandatory. Note! If the autoConfiguration is used for this IpAccessHost (autoConfig = ON) this attribute cannot be set. This attribute is then set by the 'IpAccessAutoConfig MO'. Note! The IpAddress has to be unique within the node.

networkPrefix : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..32

The network prefix. The prefix denotes how many bits that are used for calculating the subnet mask. Note! If auto configuration is used (autoConfig = ON) this attribute cannot be set, the networkPrefix is then set in the ipAccessAutoConfig MO class. Note! If auto configuration is not used (autoConfig = OFF) this attribute must be set.

linkStatusAddress : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The link Status for Ip Address. mtu : long, Default = 1024, Range = 72..2048

The maximum transfer unit.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 72

Note! in order to be able to set the value for this attribute, the administrative state has to be locked.

ipDefaultTtl : long, Default = 50, Range = 1..255

The default value inserted into the Time-To-Live field of the IP header of datagrams originated at this entity, whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer protocol. Note! in order to be able to set the value for this attribute, the administrative state has to be locked.

pmIpInReceives : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of input datagrams received from interfaces, including those received in error. pmIpInHdrErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP headers, including bad checksums, version number mismatch, other format errors, time-to-live exceeded, errors discovered in processing their IP options, etc.

pmIpInAddrErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of input datagrams discarded because the IP address in their IP header's destination field was not a valid address to be received at this entity. This count includes invalid addresses (e.g., 0.0.0.0) and addresses of unsupported Classes (e.g., Class E). For entities which are not IP routers and therefore do not forward datagrams, this counter includes datagrams discarded because the destination address was not a local address.

pmIpInUnknownProtos : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of locally-addressed datagrams received successfully but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.

pmIpInDiscards : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of input IP datagrams for which no problems were encountered to prevent their continued processing, but which were discarded (e.g., for lack of buffer space). Note that this counter does not include any datagrams discarded while awaiting re-assembly.

pmIpInDelivers : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP user-protocols (including ICMP). pmIpOutRequests : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of IP datagrams which local IP user-protocols (including ICMP) supplied to IP in requests for transmission. Note that this counter does not include any datagrams counted in ipForwDatagrams

pmIpOutDiscards : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of output IP datagrams for which no problem was encountered to prevent their transmission to their destination, but which were discarded (e.g., for lack of buffer space). Note that this counter would include datagrams counted in ipForwDatagrams if any such packets met this (discretionary) discard criterion.

pmIcmpInMsgs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of ICMP messages which the entity received. Note that this counter includes all those counted by icmpInErrors

pmIcmpInErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP messages which the entity received but determined as having ICMP-specific errors (bad ICMP checksums, bad length, etc.).

pmIcmpInDestUnreachs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received. pmIcmpInTimeExcds : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received. pmIcmpInParamProbs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received. pmIcmpInSrcQuenchs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Source Quench messages received. pmIcmpInRedirects : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 73

The number of ICMP Redirect messages received. pmIcmpInEchos : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Echo (request) messages received. pmIcmpInEchoReps : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received. pmIcmpOutMsgs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of ICMP messages which this entity attempted to send. Note that this counter includes all those counted by icmpOutErrors.

pmIcmpOutErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP messages which this entity did not send due to problems discovered within ICMP such as a lack of buffers. This value should not include errors discovered outside the ICMP layer such as the inability of IP to route the resultant datagram. In some implementations there may be no types of error which contribute to this counter's value.

pmIcmpOutDestUnreachs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent. pmIcmpOutParmProbs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent. pmIcmpOutEchos : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Echo (request) messages sent. pmIcmpOutEchoReps : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent. pmUdpInDatagrams : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users. pmUdpNoPorts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of received UDP datagrams for which there was no application at the destination port. pmUdpInErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of received UDP datagrams that could not be delivered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination port.

pmUdpOutDatagrams : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity. reservedBy : ManagedObject, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The identity of the reserving MO. plugInUnitId : PlugInUnit, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Holds a reference to the PlugInUnit. Note that the 'plugInUnitId has to be the same as the one defined in the attribute 'processorId' found on the Aal5TpVccTpMo.

IpAtmLink <<MOClass>> IpAtmLink

This MO represents an Internet Protocol over ATM link. LLC/SNAP encapsulated packets over Atm Adaptation Layer 5, AAL5, ATM PVCs are used. Note: The performance monitoring counters in the IpAtmLink MO has a "Wrap-around time" of approximately 2 hours.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 74

Note! When setting the 'fromUserMaxSduSize' and 'toUserMaxSduSize' on the Aal5TpVccTp MO the defined SduSize should be 8 bytes larger then the 'mtuSize' on the IpAtmLink. Note! Only Aal5TpVccTp's that terminates on an MP (Main Processor) may be used when setting up IpAtmLink's.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 75


The User Label attribute gives the operator the possibility to label the links.


The operational state of the IP over ATM link is dependent of the operational states of the underlying AAL5 termination points that are used to transport IP datagrams. If at least one operational AAL5 termination point (MO: AAL5 TP VCC TP) exists, the operational state of the IP over ATM Link is set to "ENABLED"


The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled. It is a bit mapped CORBA long, where one or more of the bits may be set. If none of the bits are set then the availability status is considered to be undefined.

reservedBy : OspfInterface, NoNotification, ReadOnly

If set, indicates that this IpAtmLink is reserved by the OspfInterface represented by this attribute. ipAddress : string, Mandatory, Restricted

The input format used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each field consists of three digits.

subnetMask : string, Mandatory, Restricted

The attribute subnetMask states the subnet mask of the IP over ATM link (point to point link). The input format used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each field consists of three digits. For a point to point link, the subnetmask 255.255.255.252 is very likely. Note! The subnet mask has to be contiguos. That is, it has the LSB's set to 0 (zero). Example: 255.255.255.X Contiguous subnet mask: 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) Not-contiguous subnet mask: 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111010 (X = 250)

mtuSize : long, Default = 1500, Range = 576..2040

The attribute mtuSize states the maximum IP datagram size that may be sent on the IP over ATM link in bytes, without fragmentation. Recommended MTU size is 1500 bytes to prevent IP fragmentation. Note that the size of the IP datagram does not include the 8 Bytes added for the LLC/SNAP header before putting the IP datagram in AAL5 SDU.

metric : long, Default = 1, Range = 1..32767

The attribute metric states the metric "cost" of the IP over ATM link. The metric value is calculated as 10^8 /link bit speed. For example: Metric for 10 Mbps Ethernet = 10^8/10^7 = 10 Metric for 100 Mbps Ethernet = 10^8/10^8 = 1

monitor : boolean, Default = true

This attribute indicates whether InvATMARP monitor is turned on or off. monitorInterval : long, Default = 10, Range = 1..60

The interval between sending monitor packets. Unit is seconds.

monitorRetries : long, Default = 10, Range = 1..255


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 76

The number of retries when sending monitor packets. interfaceName : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

The interface name.

aal5TpVccTpSelectionMode : Aal5TpSelectionModes, Default = NO_PREFERENCE

The selection mode for the Aal5TpVccTp's used by the IpAtmLink MO. Determines how the IpAtmLink MO selects the Aal5 termination points used. In case 'NO_PREFERENCE', 'LOCAL_MP_SELECT_VCC_AT_LINK_UP', LOCAL_MP_PEER_SELECTION_VCC' or 'LOCAL_MP_ACTIVE_RESELECTION' is selected the IpAtmLink MO will prefer Aal5TpVccTp on local MP (i.e. Aal5TpVccTp MOs executing on the same MP as the IpAtmLink), but other Aal5TpVccTp will be accepted if needed. In case 'ONLY_LOCAL_MP' is selected, the ipAtmLink (Inet Link) will consider Aal5TpVccTp residing on other MPs as a malfunction and discard the usage of them. No InvArp sending will be performed on them and all incomming trafic on them will be discarded. If no local Aal5TpVccTp exists the operational state of the link will be changed to disabled.

Aal5TpVccTpIdList : sequence<Aal5TpVccTp, 4>, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

References to MOs of type Aal5TpVccTp representing the underlying AAL5 termination points (of a AAL5 PVC:s) for the IP over Atm link. The operator gives a list of relative distinguished names of the Aal5TpVccTp MO's to be used by the IP over ATM link. An Aal5TpVccTp MO may only be specified once in the list. To change in the set of Aal5TpVccTp MO's related to the IP over ATM link the link has to be deleted and then created with the desired set of AAL5 TP. Note! Only Aal5TpVccTp's that terminates on an MP (Main Processor) may be used when setting up IpAtmLink's.

pmNoOfIfInUcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of input unicast packets delivered to higher layer. Condition: A unicast IP packet is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfIfInNUcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of input broadcast or multicast packets delivered to higher layer. Condition: A broadcast or multicast IP packet is received. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfIfOutUcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of packets that higher-level protocols requested to be transmitted to a subnetwork-unicast address. Condition: A unicast IP packet is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfIfOutNUcastPkts : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of output broadcast or multicast packets delivered to higher layer.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 77

Condition: A broadcast or multicast IP packet is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfIfInErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of input packets discarded due to any error. Condition: An erroneous IP packet is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfIfInDiscards : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of input packets discarded due to resource limitations. Condition: A lot of packets received at high rate Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of IP packets

pmNoOfifOutDiscards : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for the number of outbound packets discarded due to resource limitations.

Operations: assignIpAddress (ipAddress : in string, subnetMask : in string) : void

This action sets the IP address and the subnet mask. The changing of the IP address with the operation assignIpAddress, it might cause an interruption of the communication between the node and the network management tool. If an incorrect or erroneous IP address is configured, the communication with the node might be lost until the node is restarted or the IP address is changed to the correct value. Note! This action requires a transaction.

IpRoutingTable <<MOClass>> IpRoutingTable

SystemCreated This MO holds the IP routing table. The IpRoutingTable MO is automatically created when the Ip MO is created. The IpRoutingTable MO can not be created manually. The IpRoutingTable MO can not be deleted.


Label free for use. indexOfDeletableStaticRoutes : sequence<long>, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

This attribute gives the indexes for the static routes that are possible to delete by the operator.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 78

Operations: addStaticRoute (ipAddress : in string, subnetMask : in string, hopIpAddress : in string, routeMetric : in long,

redistribute : in boolean) : void, raises FroRequestFailedException Used to add a new static route to the routing table. It can be indicated if the static route should be redistributed by OSPF. When adding a static route with an ipaddress, which is not a subnet address, the ipaddress is recalculated to the corresponding subnet address, based on the ipaddress and the subnet mask. So when looking for this route using the action 'getRoutingTableEntry' it is in fact the recalculated ipaddress, that is displayed and not the ip address entered with addStaticRoute. This is an automatic correction. Note! If an attempt is made to add a static route with hopIpAddress starting with 0.0 an exception will be thrown. Note! This action requires a transaction.

listRoutes () : string List routes actions is used to list all routes in the routing table. It requires no input parameters. The output is a formatted string, indicating the number of routes in the table followed by route information for each of these routes. The number of routes in the table is found at the very start of the returned string. Immediately following this is the information on each route in the list in turn. The route information for each route begins with a new line character ("\n") and is followed by the following data items (in the order written below), which are separated from each other by a SPACE character: - Destination IP address - Destination Network mask - Next hop IP address/Interface index of connected networks in dot-decimal format - Route metric - Route type - Interface name - Redistribute - Active Note that the next hop ipaddress is not an ipaddress per se, it is the subnet on wich the host/router to route to resides. Below is an example list of routes that could be returned from this action: "\n123.123.123.123 234.234.234.234 0.0.0.7 10 13 LE0 FALSE active\n122.122.122.122 233.233.233.233 0.0.0.6 2 8 LE0 TRUE active\n132.132.132.132 243.243.243.243. 0.0.0.7 9 13 LE0 TRUE inactive" In this case, there are three routes in the routing table. The first route has destination IP address of 123.123.123.123, the second route has it set to 122.122.122.122, while finally the third has it set to 132.132.132.132. NOTE that the route types can be of the following types: INET_RTPROTO_OTHER 1 INET_RTPROTO_LOCAL 2 INET_RTPROTO_NETMGMT 3 INET_RTPROTO_ICMP 4 INET_RTPROTO_OSPF 13 The types listed above also denote the origin of the routing entry. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

getRoutingTableEntry (index : in long) : RoutingTableEntry, raises InvalidIndexException Returns a RoutingTableEntry according to the specified index. Should be used with action 'numberOfRoutes' within a transaction. To refresh the routing table stored in the MO, invoke the action 'numberOfRoutes'.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 79

Precondition: 0 <= index <= numberOfRoutes() - 1 Note! This action does not require a transaction.

numberOfRoutes () : long Returns the number of entries in the routing table. Each time this action is invoked, the MO retrieves routing table information from the resource layer and then builds a new array of RoutingTable structs to store this information. This action along with getRoutingTableEntry(), which allows one to iterate through the array stored in the MO, should be used together with a transaction.

deleteStaticRoute (routingTableEntry : in RoutingTableEntry) : void, raises FroRequestFailedException Removes the RoutingTableEntry submitted as a parameter from the Routing Table, if it is found in the table. Note that only static roues, previously added, can be deleted with this action. Note! This action requires a transaction.

IpSystem <<MOClass>> IpSystem

SystemCreated The IP System MO constitutes the top structure level for IP related MOs in a Cello node. The IpSystem MO is automatically created and cannot be deleted. The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1, IpSystem=1.


An operator defined label.

Operations: ping (host : in string) : string

Ping - used to call a host or router to find out if it is present in the network. The following input parameter is used by the Ping action: The domain name or IP address to the host that shall be called. The following parameter is returned: Ping result: 'IP address/domain name' - is alive or no answer. Note! This action requires a transaction.

traceRoute (host : in string) : string Trace route - used to get information about the route through the IP network that is used for a destination with a specific IP address. The following input parameter is used by the trace route action: The domain name or IP address to a host that shall be trace-routed. The following parameter is returned: Trace result - list of IP addresses/domain names or path not found. Note! This action requires a transaction.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 80

J1PhysPathTerm <<MOClass>> J1PhysPathTerm

This MO represents an J1 (i.e. 1.5 Mbit/s) physical interface in the node. The J1PhysPathTerm MO does not define which type of traffic (TDM or ATM) that the interface should support. Please refer to the Ds0Bundle, AtmPort, IMALink and IMAGroup objects for details about configuration of traffic type. The performance monitoring counters in the J1PhysPathTerm MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 81


User label for free use. lineNo : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..8






The administrative state. physicalLineType : J1Type, Default = j1_G

Supported interfaces is defined in J1Types reservedByTraffic : AtmPort, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The identity of the reserving AtmPort MO.

degThreshold : long, Default = 6, Range = 3..9

Maximum allowed BER(Bit Error Rate). Degraded signal (DEG) if BER > degThreshold. The attribute gives a maximum BER of 10e-X, where X ranges from 5 to 9 (default 6)

loopback : LoopbackState, Default = none







1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 82

idlePattern : IdlePattern, Default = UNDEFINED The idle pattern. NOTE: Going from A_LAW or U_LAW to UNDEFINED is always allowed but setting up one ET board with both U_LAW and A_LAW is not allowed. E.g. If you want to change from A_LAW to U_LAW on one ET board you have to change idlePattern on each physical port belonging to the board to UNDEFINED first. A_LAW -> UNDEFINED -> U_LAW or U_LAW -> UNDEFINED -> A_LAW










JavaVirtualMachine <<MOClass>> Jvm

SystemCreated The JVM MO is used to represent the Java Virtual Machine. This object is used for configuration JVM parameters, including SW management of Java class libraries used in the machine. The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1, Equipment=1, JVM=1. Note! When creating the Program MO of the jvm loadmodule then restart timer shall be set to at least 15 min. Any values less than that will be set to 15 min.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 83


Label free for use. classpath : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

Current classpath, the JVM is using admClasspath : sequence<LoadModule>

New classpath that will be activated at next restart of JVM. The classpath has a directory, which contains the load module, i.e. the classpath references the load module.

freeMemory : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Free memory in the java machine, in bytes. NOTE: Before this value is read from the system the action 'garbageCollect' is invoked.

totalMemory : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Total amount of memory allocated to the java machine, in bytes. mopplets : sequence<string>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Contains all classes that are to be initilised and started when the JVM restarts. Technical note: The specified classes must implement the se.ericsson.cello.moframework.Mopplet interface and be found in a jar/zip-file pointed out by the classpath.

main : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

Defines the start class name. e.g. "se.ericsson.cello.oms.Oms"

options : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

Current options: -D<property>=<value> Set a system property value. Commonly java.class.path -Xms<size> Specify the size, in bytes, of the memory allocation pool. -Xss<size> Set thread stack size in bytes. -Xverify:[all | remote | none] Verify classes according to the suboption. -Xverify:all verifies all classes. -Xverify:remote verifies remote classes only. -Xverify:none turns off class verification.

properties : sequence<string>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Determines the current system properties.

reliableProgramUniter : ReliableProgramUniter, NoNotification, ReadOnly

A reference to the ReliableProgramUniter that refers to the programs in the which the JVM executes. admMain : string, Default = ""

New start class that will be activated at next restart of the JVM. e.g. "se.ericsson.cello.oms.Oms"

admOptions : sequence<string>

This attribute is used when setting one or more administrative options. A set option is operational after the next Java Machine restart. See also attribute 'options' One or more options can be set, one option in each string of the sequence according to description below: Current options: -D<property>=<value> Set a system property value. Commonly java.class.path -Xms<size> Specify the size, in bytes, of the memory allocation pool. -Xss<size> Set thread stack size in bytes. -Xverify:[all | remote | none] Verify classes according to the suboption. -Xverify:all verifies all classes. -Xverify:remote verifies remote classes only.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 84

-Xverify:none turns off class verification. reservedBySwAllocation : sequence<SwAllocation>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

This attribute holds the identity of the reserving MO.

Operations: garbageCollect () : void

Runs the garbage collector. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

setProperty (name : in string, value : in string) : void Sets a system property (i.e. propertys in the operating system). Note! The valeus set with this action is not saved in the database. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

restart () : void Restart of executing JVM instance. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

Licensing <<MOClass>> Licensing

SystemCreated This MO represents the Licensing (Software Keys) functions in Cello.


Label free for use. emergencyStateInfo : EmergencyInfo, NoNotification, ReadOnly

This attribute holds information about the emergency status and the time remaining in the current state. Note! If the node is in emergency state USE_DEGRADED, or the emergency state is USE_DISABLED, the the value of'time' is insignificant.

licenseFileUrl : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly, LengthRange = 0..256

This attribute returns the URL to the License Key File so it can be viewed with an XML capable web browser in case this is a licensed node. Note! In case the node is not licensed, an empty string will be returned.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 85

Operations: updateLicenseKeyFile (userId : in string, password : in string, ipAddress : in string, sFile : in string) : void

This action sends a request to the FTP/SFTP server to update the license key file. User Id for login to FTP/SFTP server where license key files are located. If a null string userId is given, anonymous FTP/SFTP transfer is assumed. Max length is 20 characters. Password for login to the FTP/SFTP server where license key files are located. Max length is 20 characters. The IpAddress of the FTP/SFTP server where license key files are located. Max length is 16 characters. Source name and path of the license key file on the FTP/SFTP server. Max length is 256 charcters. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

setEmergencyState () : void This action sets the license server into emergency state. I.e. opens up all licensed features and capacity restrictions. Disabling emergency state is done by loading a new license key file. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

LoadModule <<MOClass>> LoadModule

This MO is used to represent software installed in the file system. LoadModule MO can represent files with executable code, files with text information (COI) or directories in Cello file system. MOs of this type are created automatically during system upgrade. MOs of this type are possible to create manually but a system upgrade is recommended to create them. Note! In order for a program to be reliable the following conditions must be fulfilled: 1. The attribute 'loaderType' must be set to 'OseLoader'. 2. The attribute 'oseProgramLoadClass' must be set to a value > 100. 3. The program must execute on a MP (Main Processor).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 86


Free tag for marking this managed object. productData : AdminProductData, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Product information data. loadModuleFilePath : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The path to this load module in the file system, including the file name. Example: /c/load_modules/CXC112874R1A01 where /c/load_modules/ is the directory and CXC112874R1A01 is the file name.

loaderType : LoadModuleLoaderType, Default = OseLoader, NoNotification, Restricted

The type of the program loader. Note! This corresponds to LoaderName in the Upgrade Control File (UCF).

otherLoaderName : string, Default = "", NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute must have a value if the loaderType attribute equals other. preLoad : LoadModulePreLoadType, Default = no

A recommendation to the system to (if possible) cache this load module close to where its program(s) execute(s), e.g. in a flash file system. The purpose of this attribute is to enable faster loading at restart of programs referring to this load module.

fileFormat : string, Default = ""

The file format (RPDOUT, html, java, fpga, ...). oseProgramLoadClass : LoadClass, Default = application, NoNotification, Restricted

Specifies in which load phase programs of this load module should be started. Note: If the LoadModule is a java archive file (.jar) it will be loaded in the load phase of the java machine rather than according to its own oseProgramLoadClass.

reliableProgramLabel : string, Default = "", NoNotification, Restricted

Reliable program identity. Compare this to the reliableProgramLabel in ReliableProgramUniter MO.

isDirectory : boolean, Default = false, NoNotification, Restricted

Indicates if the load module is a file or directory. oseProgramPoolSize : long, Default = 0

This attribute sets the size of the program pool size. In the referenced loadModule there is possible to set this value at create. This value will then be fetched by program and used at create if no value is submitted at create of the program Mo. The referenced load module has a default size defined at compile time which is used if no value is submitted at create of loadModule or the program Mo. Note! The value of this attribute is overwritten during Software Upgrade. Unit is byte.

oseProgramHeapSize : long, Default = 0

This attribute sets the size of the program heap size. In the referenced loadModule there is possible to set this value at create. This value will then be fetched by program and used at create if no value is submitted at create of the program Mo. The referenced load module has a default size defined at compile time which is used if no value is submitted at create of loadModule or the program Mo. Note! The value of this attribute is overwritten during Software Upgrade.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 87

Unit is byte.

programMustBeSingleton : boolean, Default = false, NoNotification, Restricted

Indicator whether the (OSE) program must be a singleton or not. moppletEntries : sequence<string>, NoNotification, Restricted

Contains all class that are to be initialised and started when the JVM restarts. Technical note: The class name must specify the full package and class name in standard Java syntax, e.g. "se.ericsson.cello.X" ; must implement the se.ericsson.cello.moframework.Mopplet interface and be found in this LoadModule.

reservedByUpgradePackage : boolean, Default = false, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Indicates whether this MO has been reserved by the UpgradePackage MO or not.

M3uAssociation <<MOClass>> M3uAssociation

This MO represents the M3UA Association part of the M3UA (MTP3-User Adaptaion Layer) that is a protocol for the transport of any SS7 MTP3-User signalling (e.g., ISUP and SCCP messages) over IP using the services of the Stream Control Transmission Protocol. Note! When configuring associations for dual standards it's not possible to mix associations on one RPU with associations on another RPU, i.e. all the associations on one SCTP server must be configured to the same RPU. Note! Restrictions on M3UA Association: 1. The local port number is hard coded to 2905. 2. For a single stack, with two SCTP and one M3UA associations on each SCTP the remote IP-address must be unique for each association. This means that a CPP node with two SCTP can only have two associations towards a node with two remote IP-addresses.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 88


Label free for use. reservedBy : sequence<Mtp3bSr>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Holds a list of the reserving Signaling Route's (Mtp3bSr MO).


The Operational State of the M3Ua mtp3bSrsId : Mtp3bSrs, Mandatory, NoNotification, NonPersistent, Restricted

The identity of the Signalling Route Set used. sctpId : Sctp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The SctpHost used by this association. dscp : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..63

The DSCP, DiffServCodePoint, for the internal M3UA user. Only one DSCP value is valid and set by the first defined MO 'instance'. NOTE: The value set for the 'dscp' when creating the first M3uAssociation under a signaling point will also be used for all other M3uAssociation MO's that are created under this signaling point. So setting the value for the 'dscp' on other instances than the first one created will have no effect. Note that associations created under a different signaling point can have a different dscp-value.

associationState : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly, Range = 0..15

The possible states of an M3Ua association. Bit 1 = 1 indicates INACTIVE Bit 2 = 1 indicates ACTIVE Bit 3 = 1 indicates ESTABLISHED Bit 4 = 1 indicates DOWN These values are mutually exclusive.

localIpMask : HomingState, Default = SINGLE_HOMED_1, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute denotes whether single or multi homing is used. Note! that all M3uAssociations that refers to the same SCTP MO must have this attribute set to the same value. Note! If localipMask=2 or localipMask=3 . the attribute ipAddress2 or autoConfigIdentity2 in IpAccessHostGpb MO must be defined.

autoStartAssociation : boolean, Default = true, NoNotification, Restricted

If true, the M3ua layer in the stack will after a restart, start up all signalling associations. remotePortNumber : long, Default = 2905, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..65535

The port number of the remote signalling point (SP). remoteIpAddress1 : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Remote IpAddress 1, if not used the value should be an empty string. Range is 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Note! This address is concidered as the primary IP-address. In case of association establisment failure 'remoteIpAddress2' will be used.

remoteIpAddress2 : string, Default = "", NoNotification, Restricted

Remote IpAddress 2, if not used the value should be an empty string. Range is 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Note! This address cannot be the same as remoteIpAddress1. This address is used when trying to establish association in case association attempt using 'remoteIpAddress1' fails.

pmNoOfCommunicationLost : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of communication losses. Condition: Communication is lost


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 89

Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfCongestions : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of congestions. Condition: A congestion occurs Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfDunaRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Destination Unavailable (DUNA) messages received through the association Condition: A DUNA message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfDavaRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Destination Available (DAVA) messages received through the association. Condition: A DAVA message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfSconRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Signalling Congestion (SCON) messages received through the association. Condition: An SCON message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfDupuRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Destination User Part Unavailable (DUPU) messages received through the association. Condition: A DUPU message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfDataMsgSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of DATA messages sent on the associations related to this signalling point. Condition: A DATA message is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfDunaSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Destination Unavailable (DUNA) messages sent through the association. Condition: A DUNA message is sent


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 90

Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfDavaSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Destination Available (DAVA) messages sent through the association. Condition: A DAVA message is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfSconSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Signalling Congestion (SCON) messages sent through the association. Condition: An SCON message is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfDupuSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Destination User Part Unavailable (DUPU) messages sent through the association. Condition: A DUPU message is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfDataMsgRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: Number of payload data (DATA) messages received through the association Condition: A DATA message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfErrorMsgRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: Number of ERROR messages received through the association. Condition: An ERROR message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfErrorMsgSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: Number of ERROR messages sent through the association. Condition: An ERROR message is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfNotifyMsgRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: Number of NOTIFY messages received through the association. Condition: A NOTIFY message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 91

pmNoOfDaudMsgSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Destination State Audit (DAUD) messages sent on the associations related to this signalling point. Condition: A DAUD message is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfDaudMsgRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Destination State Audit (DAUD) messages received on the associations related to this signalling point. Condition: A DAUD message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspupSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Up (ASPUPs) sent. Condition: An ASPUP is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspupReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Up (ASPUPs) received. Condition: An ASPUP is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspdnSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Down (ASPDNs) sent. Condition: An ASPDN is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspdnReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Down (ASPDNs) received. Condition: An ASPDN is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspacSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Active (ASPACs) sent. Condition: An ASPAC is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 92

pmNoOfAspacReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Active (ASPACs) received. Condition: An ASPAC is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspiaSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Inactive (ASPIAs) sent. Condition: An ASPIA is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspiaReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Inactive (ASPIAs) received. Condition: An ASPIA is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspupAckSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Up Acknowledgements (ASPUP ACK) sent. Condition: An ASPUP ACK is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspupAckReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Up Acknowledgements (ASPUP ACK) received. Condition: An ASPUP ACK is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspdnAckSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Down Acknowledgement (ASPDN ACKs) sent. Condition: An ASPDN ACK is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspdnAckReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Down Acknowledgement (ASPDN ACKs) received. Condition: An ASPDN ACK is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 93

pmNoOfAspacAckSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Active Acknowledgements (ASPAC ACK) sent. Condition: An ASPAC ACK is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspacAckReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Active Acknowledgements (ASPAC ACK) received. Condition: An ASPAC ACK is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspiaAckSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Inactive Acknowledgements (ASPIA ACK) received. Condition: An ASPIA ACK is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAspiaAckReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Application Server Process (ASP) Inactive Acknowledgements (ASPIA ACK) received. Condition: An ASPIA ACK is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfM3uaDataMsgDiscarded : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of DATA messages discarded. Condition: A DATA message is discarded Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

Operations: setAutoActivate () : void

This action starts the association. Note! This action requires a transaction.

setAutoDown () : void This action stops the association. The action is not allowed (according to the M3UA specification) if this is the only active association towards a certain remote node. Note! No transaction needed.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 94

ManagedElement <<MOClass>> ManagedElement

SystemCreated The Managed Element MO is the top MO in the MOM. A management application will communicate with the Managed Element MO for the purpose of monitoring it and controlling it. The ManagedElement MO is automatically created and cannot be deleted. The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1.


For free use. site : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 0..255

This attribute gives information about geographical location (e.g. place name). logicalName : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 0..255

This attribute gives a logical name of a site.

productType : string, Default = Node, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute describes the product type and is always set to the value "Node". productName : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 0..12

This attribute describes the implemented functionality. productNumber : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 0..24

This attribute uniquely identifies the product (e.g. ROF123). productRevision : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 0..7

This attribute identifies the version of the product (e.g. R2A). faultTolerantCoreStates : sequence<string>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

This attribute will make it possible to retreive information of PIUs (maximum 2 PIUs) that are running FTC. The attribute would contain array of strings that would something as below e.g. ManagedElement=1,Equipment=1,Subrack=1,Slot=1,PlugInUnit=1;ftcState=Active ManagedElement=1,Equipment=1,Subrack=1,Slot=2,PlugInUnit=1;ftcState=PassiveReady The possible FTC states are Init, NotConfigured, Active, Unavailable, PassiveNotReady, PassiveReady

Operations: restart (restartRank : in RestartRank) : void

Restart the node with an unconditional reload. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

ManagedElementData <<MOClass>> ManagedElementData

SystemCreated This object contains attributes and actions on Cello node-level. The ManagedElementData MO is automatically created and cannot be deleted.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 95

The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1, ManagedElementData=1.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 96

Attributes: autoConfigurationAllowed : boolean, Default = false

This attribute specifies if the system is allowed to auto create detected objects. Note that slots will always be auto created. Note! When setting this attribute from true to false the system creates a new CV.

documentServerAddress : string, Default = ""

The base URL for the documentation server (ALEX). The attribute is read by Element Management application to find the documentation server in the network.

logonServerAddress : string, Default = ""

A list of node names or IP addresses of the single logon servers (SLSs). The list uses commas to seperate the single logon server addresses, e.g. "https://SLS1,https://SLS2,https://SLS3", these addresses consists of the URLs to the concerned SLS servers. The attribute is read by Element Management application to find the single logon server in the network.

dhcpServerAddresses : sequence<string,10>, Default = empty, NoNotification, ReadOnly

IP addresses to the DHCP server, used by the DHCP Relay Agent. Default is an empty array. Adding and removing addresses is done through the actions addDhcpServerAddress() and removeDhcpServerAddress().

performanceDataPath : string, Default = ""

This attribute is used by the internal performance management service to know where to store it's data files. The attribute is the name of a path in the node. Example: /c/public_html/cello/XML_files/

ntpServerAddressPrimary : string, Default = ""

This is the IP address to the NTP server ntpServiceActivePrimary : boolean, Default = false

This is a boolean that controls if the node should poll the primary NTP server for information. ntpMinPollPrimary : long, Default = 64, Range = 16..131072

This value states the minimum interval (in seconds) for polling the primary NTP server. Note! This value has to be > 0.

ntpMaxPollPrimary : long, Default = 1024, Range = 16..131072

This value states the maximum interval (in seconds) for polling the primary NTP server. Note! This value has to be > 0.

ntpBurstFlagPrimary : boolean, Default = false

This is the burst flag used towards the primary NTP server. ntpServerAddressSecondary : string, Default = ""

This is an alternative IP address to a NTP server ntpServiceActiveSecondary : boolean, Default = false

This is a boolean that controls if the node should poll the secondary NTP server for information. ntpMinPollSecondary : long, Default = 64, Range = 16..131072

This value states the minimum interval (in seconds) for polling the secondary NTP server. Note! This value has to be > 0.

ntpMaxPollSecondary : long, Default = 1024, Range = 16..131072

This value states the maximum interval (in seconds) for polling the secondary NTP server. Note! This value has to be > 0.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 97

ntpBurstFlagSecondary : boolean, Default = false This is the burst flag used towards the secondary NTP server.

nodeUTCTime : longlong, Default = 0

This attribute specifies the UTC time used in the node. The attribute value is milliseconds since epoch (January 1, 1970, 00:00:00 GMT). The value may only be set while ntpServiceActive both for primary and secondary is false.

nodeLocalTimeZone : string, Default = ""

This value states in what time zone the node is located. This attribute is needed by management application to convert UTC time from a log or NTP service to local time. It will not change the real time clock on the node. The timeZone is represented by three characters, example GMT. Available options are: TimeZone ID Offset GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) 0 UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) 0 ECT ( Central European Standard Time) + 1 EET (Eastern European Time) + 2 ART (Eastern European Time) + 2 EAT (Eastern African Time) + 3 MET (Iran Time) + 3.5 NET (Armenia Time) + 4 PLT (Pakistan Time) + 5 IST (India Standard Time) + 5.5 BST (Bangladesh Time) + 6 VST (Indochina Time) + 7 CTT (China Standard Time) + 8 JST (Japan Standard Time) + 9 CST (Central Standard Time) + 9.5 EST (Eastern Standard Time) + 10 AET (Eastern Standard Time) + 10 SST (Solomon Is. Time) + 11 NST (New Zealand Standard Time) + 12 CAT (Central Alaska Time) - 1 AGT (Argentina Time) - 3 BET (Brazil Time) - 3 CNT (Newfoundland Standard Time) - 3.5 PRT (Atlantic Standard Time) - 4 IET (Eastern Standard Time) - 5 ACT (Central Standard Time) - 6 PNT (Mountain Standard Time) - 7 MST (Mountain Standard Time) - 7 PST (Pacific Standard Time) - 8 AST (Alaska Standard Time) - 9 HST (Hawaii Standard Time) - 10 MIT (West Saoma Time) - 11 -- Reference: http://www.greenwichmeantime.com

daylightSavingTime : boolean, Default = false

This attribute states weather daylight saving time is used on this node. It is used to by the management application and will not change the real time clock on the node.

hdVolumeCSize : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The total size of the C volume on the Cello node in bytes. The C volume may be replicated on several hard disks.

hdVolumeCFreespace : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The number of bytes of free space available on the C volume. The C volume may be replicated on several hard disks in a Cello node. The amount of free space on the C volume must be large enough for the new files (loadmodules) of the forthcomming upgrade package. The attribute minimumHdVolumeCFreespace is related to this value.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 98

nodeUniqueID : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

This is a unique node identity to be set only in the factory. swServerUrlList : string, Default = ""

A list of URLs of external server for downloading of software. A comma-separated list or URLs, complete with path and name of property file. Note: For downloading of software for system upgrade, see attribute ftpServerIpAddress in MO UpdradePackage.

piuGroupEscalationType : NodeRestartType, Default = WARM_AT_PIU_RESTART

The type of node restart when it is a problem with the last PIU in a PIU group. syncModeOperation : SyncMode, Default = NOT_USED

The sync mode operation of the node. Note that this attribute is only relevant when the node contains CBU board. For all other cases the value shall be set to NOT_USED.

minimumHdVolumeCFreespace : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..999

Minimum number of Mbytes of free space on C volume before an alarm is issued. 0 means that no alarm will be sent. It is used as a threashold that triggers alarms when the C volume is about to be full (i.e. when the attribute hdVolumeCFreespace exceeds this value). The value should be set large enough so that an alarm is raised when the C volume is starting to have too little space for the new files of the next upgrade package. The value should be small enough, so that the arlam is not sent unnecessarily when there is a lot of free space. Alarm is raised if the value of hdVolumeCFreespace becomes less than or equal to this value. But in order to cease the alarm, the free space must become at least 1 mega bytes larger than this value. To free space on the C volume, some old UpgradePackage MOs should be deleted. UNIT : Mb


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 99

Operations: createNtpPrimary (ntpServerAddressPrimary : in string, ntpMinPollPrimary : in long, ntpMaxPollPrimary :

in long, ntpBurstFlagPrimary : in boolean, ntpServiceActivePrimary : in boolean) : void This action creates the primary Network Time Protocol. There can only exist one primary and one secondary ntp. Once the ntp is created it is possible to change the attributes, i.e ip address, burst flag, max- and min poll and which is the active one. Note! This action requires a transaction.

createNtpSecondary (ntpServerAddressSecondary : in string, ntpMinPollSecondary : in long, ntpMaxPollSecondary : in long, ntpBurstFlagSecondary : in boolean, ntpServiceActiveSecondary : in boolean) : void This action creates the secondary/alterative Network Time Protocol. There can only exist one primary and one secondary ntp. Once the ntp is created it is possible to change the attributes, i.e ip address, burst flag, max- and min poll and which is the active one. Note! This action requires a transaction.

deleteNtpPrimary () : void This action deletes the primary NTP. An exception will be thrown if the primary attributes are accessed (set and get). Note! This action requires a transaction.

deleteNtpSecondary () : void This action deletes the secondary NTP. An exception will be thrown if the secondary attributes are accessed (set and get). Note! This action requires a transaction.

addDhcpServerAddress (ipAddressArray : in sequence<string>) : void, raises FroRequestFailedException Takes an array of Ip addresses (Strings), and adds them to the list held by the Dhcp Relay Agent fRO. Note! This action requires a transaction.

removeDhcpServerAddress (ipAddressArray : in sequence<string>) : void Takes an array of Ip addresses (Strings), and removes them from the list held by the Dhcp Relay Agent fRO. Note! This action requires a transaction.

setNodeUniqueId (nodeUniqueId : in string) : void Used for setting the nodeUniqueId attribute. This method should only be used in the factory, i.e. it is not for general use by the operator. Note! This action requires a transaction.

ManagedObject <<MOClass>> ManagedObject

The Managed Object MO is not part of the model. It is only used to have valid reference types for certain attributes.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 100

Attributes: Operations: getType () : string getId () : string getParent () : ManagedObject getChildren () : long getFullDistinguishedName () : string delete () : void, raises MoHasChildrenException MoReservedByOtherUserException FroRequestFailedException FroNotAccessibleException UndeletableMoException TransactionRequiredException getLocalDistinguishedName () : string create () : ManagedObject, raises MoNameAlreadyTakenException AttrMissingAtCreateException AttrNotSettableAtCreateException IllegalParentException MoCardinalityViolationException NoSuchAttributeException MoCanNotBeCreatedException NoSuchFieldException NotHandledAttributeTypeException WrongAttributeTypeException ValueOutOfRangeException FroRequestFailedException FroNotAccessibleException TransactionRequiredException IpException IpFormatException EquipException AttrValueNotUniqueException MaxNumberExceededException MoReservedNotDeletableException

MediumAccessUnit <<MOClass>> MediumAccessUnit

The Medium Access Unit (MAU) MO represents the Ethernet transceiver function on a General Processor Board (GPB). Note! Ethernet links which are modelled by a MediumAccessUnit MO are used for O&M IP traffic only. MediumAccessUnit MOs must not be configured under a GeneralProcessorUnit MO which have a IpAccessHostGpb referring to it. Note! This object is known in standards as "MediumAttachmentUnit". Note: When this MO has been created a node restart is required. Create and set a new CV and restart the node.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 101


Label for free use.


Description of operational state which has an enumerated datatype availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


connectorLabel : string, Default = Eth, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute is used by a management system to show the label on the port the connector is attached to. pmNoOfDot3StatsLateCollisions : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of times that a collision was detected on the interface after the minimum length of a frame. Condition: A frame collision occurs Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of collisions

pmNoOfDot3StatsFCSErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of frames that did not pass the Frame Check Sequence (FCS) check. (When the packet is received, it compares values with the FSC and if it is damaged it gets removed). Condition: A frame did not pass the FCS check Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of frames

linkSpeed : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The Link Speed, measurment unit is Mb/s.. duplexMode : MauDuplexMode, Default = FULL_DUPLEX, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The duplex mode used.

Mspg <<MOClass>> Mspg

The MSPG (Multiplex Section Protection Group) object enables two different protection mechanism in Cello. First it enables a standard 1+1 MSP mechanism. A failure on the working line will thus cause a sub 50 ms switch to the standby line. Secondly the MSPG is used to enable equipment protection, whereas a failure of the working board will cause a switch to the standby board. While executing an equipment protection switch, the node on the other end of the multiplexer section, will experience a standard 1+1 MSP switch. It is possible to force traffic to one port/board by using administrative state. Setting administrative state to locked on the working board, will automatically cause an equipment switch to the standby board. Similarily setting administrative state to locked on the working port, will cause an MSP switch to the standby port.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 102

The process of configuring a MSP protection interface is as follows: 1) Create the working interface as normal. 2) Create the standby interface by creating an Os155SpiTtp with mux mode set to STANDBY (standby for protection). 3) Create a MSPG object with references to the two Os155SpiTtp objects. Note! The ports selected for MSPG must be have the attribute standardMode configured in exactly the same way. Note! The Os155SpiTtp created for standby will not create any children, i.e no Vc4Ttp or Vc4Ttp, Vc12Ttp and E1Ttp will be created. Nor will object of type Sts1SpeTtp, Vt15Ttp or T1Ttp be created.

Attributes: os155SpiWorkingId : Os155SpiTtp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The working OS155 pyhiscal path termination. This is the administrative value. To retrive the Id of the current working port, use the selectedPort.

os155SpiStandbyId : Os155SpiTtp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The standby OS155 physical path termination. This is the administrative value.

switchMode : SwitchModes, Default = AUTOMATIC, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The switching mode. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state of the Mspg. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



User label for free use. selectedPort : Os155SpiTtp, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The port currently selected by the MSPG. The selected port can only change due to a MSP or equipment switch.

selectedBoard : ManagedObject, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The board currently providing the user traffic interface to the Cello switch. The only action that can change the selected board is an equipment switch.

degCauseMsp : boolean, Default = false

If set to true, then a swith is performed upon detection of DEG.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 103

Operations: manualMspSwitch () : void, raises FailedResourceException LockedResourceException UnknownReasonException

Initiates a switch when there does not exist a defect. This action can fail for the following reasons: FailedResource - the switch was not possible due to a traffic affecting fault on the port to which the switch was requested (i.e. the one not currently selected). LockedResource - the port/resource to which the switch is intended is administratively locked i.e. the port/resource is locked/disabled or its PlugInUnit is locked. UnknownReason - there exists another fault that prevents the action. Note! This action requires a transaction. LockedResource - the port/resource to which the switch is intended is administratively locked (i.e. the port/resource is locked/disabled or its PlugInUnit is locked)".

Mtp2ProfileAnsi <<MOClass>> Mtp2ProfileAnsi

The MTP 2 Profile MO represents and keeps attribute values used by one or more MTP 2 ANSI termination point MOs.


This MOs user label. profileData : Mtp2ProfileDataAnsi, NoNotification, Restricted

Struct containing profile data. reservedBy : sequence<Mtp2TpAnsi>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of Mtp2TpAnsi MOs that have reserved this Mtp2TpProfileAnsi MO.

Mtp2ProfileChina <<MOClass>> Mtp2ProfileChina

The MTP2 Profile MO represents and keeps attribute values used by one or more MTP2 China termination point MOs.

Attributes: profileData : Mtp2ProfileDataChina, NoNotification, Restricted reservedBy : sequence<Mtp2TpChina>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of Mtp2TpChina MOs that have reserved this Mtp2TpProfileChina MO. userLabel : string, Default = ""

The MOs user label.

Mtp2ProfileItu <<MOClass>> Mtp2ProfileItu

The MTP 2 Profile MO represents and keeps attribute values used by one or more MTP 2 ITU termination point MOs.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 104


The MOs user label. profileData : Mtp2ProfileDataItu, NoNotification, Restricted

Struct containing profile data. reservedBy : sequence<Mtp2TpItu>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of Mtp2TpItu MOs that have reserved this Mtp2TpProfileItu MO.

Mtp2TpAnsi <<MOClass>> Mtp2TpAnsi

This MO represents a MTP2 Termination Point for the ANSI standard , as defined in T1.111-1996. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp2Ansi MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is: a hardware fault, link receives START request from mtp3b layer, aal1 server/adm restart or node restart. NOTE: This MO cannot in anyway be related (either contained by or dependent on) an MO that belongs to a standard which is NOT the ANSI standard. NOTE: There is a restriction of a maximum of 32 Mtp2Tp's per MP.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 105


Free tag for marking this managed object. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state of the MTP2 Signalling Terminal. mtp2ProfileAnsiId : Mtp2ProfileAnsi, Mandatory, NoNotification

Reference to a Mtp2ProfileAnsi MO. Note: The bitRate can not be changed.

pmNoOfReTransmittedOctets : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of retransmitted octets. Condition: A retransmitted octet is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of octets

pmNoOfNacks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of negative acknowledgements received. Condition: A negative acknowledgement is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfSuReceivedInError : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of signal units received in error. Condition: SU received in error Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfSendBufferOctets : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of octets in send buffer. Condition: A received Status Indication Busy (SIB) or the retransmit buffer is full Counter type: GAUGE Unit: Number of octets

pmRemoteSIBTime : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Total time in remote Status Indication Busy, (SIB) Receiving. Condition: Elapsed 50 ms period in status SIB (Receiving) Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of 50ms periods

pmNoOfSIOSIFTransmitted : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Signalling Information Octet (SIO) and Signalling Information Field (SIF) octets transmitted. Condition: An SIO or SIF octet is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of octets


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 106

pmNoOfMSUReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly Description: Number of Message Signal Units (MSUs) received. Condition: An MSU is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of MSUs

reservedBy : Mtp3bSlAnsi, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of reserving MO. ds0BundleId : Ds0Bundle, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The Ds0Bundle MO that this MO references. plugInUnitId : PlugInUnit, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The PlugInUnit MO that this MO references. It indicates on which processor the Termination Point will be. Note: The PlugInUnit must be of type GPB.

pmNoOfMSUTransmitted : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Message Signal Units (MSUs) transmitted. Condition: An MSU is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of MSUs

pmNoOfSIOSIFReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Signalling Information Octet and Signalling Information Field (SIO & SIF) octets received. Condition: An SIO or SIF octet is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of octets

Mtp2TpChina <<MOClass>> Mtp2TpChina

This MO represents a MTP 2 termination point for the China standard, as defined in GF001-9001, plus supplement 1-3. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp2China MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is: a hardware fault, link receives START request from mtp3b layer, aal1 server/adm restart or node restart. NOTE: This MO cannot in anyway be related (either contained by or dependent on) an MO that belongs to a standard which is NOT the China standard. NOTE: There is a restriction of a maximum of 32 Mtp2Tp's per MP.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 107


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 108

Attributes: ds0BundleId : Ds0Bundle, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The Ds0Bundle MO that this MO references. mtp2ProfileChinaId : Mtp2ProfileChina, Mandatory, NoNotification

Reference to a Mtp2ProfileChina MO. Note: The bitRate can not be changed.


The operational state of the MTP2 Signalling Terminal. pmNoOfMSUTransmitted : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly














1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 109




reservedBy : Mtp3bSlChina, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of reserving MO. userLabel : string, Default = ""

Free tag for marking this managed object. plugInUnitId : PlugInUnit, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted


pmNoOfMSUReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Message Signal Units (MSUs) received. Condition: An MSU is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of MSUs

Mtp2TpItu <<MOClass>> Mtp2TpItu

This MO represents a MTP2 Termination Point for the ITU standard, as defined in Recommendation Q.703 07/96. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp2Itu MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is: a hardware fault, link receives START request from mtp3b layer, aal1 server/adm restart or node restart. NOTE: This MO cannot in anyway be related (either contain or by dependence) to an MO that belongs to a standard which is NOT the ITU standard. NOTE: There is a restriction of a maximum of 32 Mtp2Tp's per MP.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 110


Free tag for marking this managed object. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state of the MTP2 Signalling Terminal. mtp2ProfileItuId : Mtp2ProfileItu, Mandatory, NoNotification

Reference to a Mtp2ProfileItu MO. Note: The bitRate can not be changed.














1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 111

reservedBy : Mtp3bSlItu, NoNotification, ReadOnly The attribute is set by the list of reserving MO's.

ds0BundleId : Ds0Bundle, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The Ds0Bundle MO that this MO references. plugInUnitId : PlugInUnit, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted


pmNoOfMSUTransmitted : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly




pmNoOfMSUReceived : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Message Signal Units (MSUs) received. Condition: An MSU is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of MSUs

Mtp3bAp <<MOClass>> Mtp3bAp

This MO represents an MTP3b Access Point (in a remote node). An MTP3b AP is a logical point in the MTP network at which an MTP3b user can access the services provided by MTP3b and the MTP3b can deliver its services to the MTP3b user. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp3Ap MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is shutdown request from CLI (Cluster Interface).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 112


User label for free use. routeSetId : Mtp3bSrs, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The routeSetId attribute points out the MTP3b Signalling Route Set (SRS) to which the Mtp3bAp MO is connected.

serviceInd : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..15

The serviceInd attribute (Service Indicator, SI) is used by traffic handling functions to perform message distribution. Only SI=3 for SCCP usage and SI=12 for Q.2630.1 usage and SI=14 for GCP (H.248) usage have any meaning in this case. Full range of values for attribute SI: 0 = Signalling network management messages 1 = Signalling network testing & maintenance regular messages 2 = Signalling network testing & maintenance special messages* 3 = SCCP 4 = Telephone User Part (TUP) 5 = ISDN User Part (ISUP) 6 = Data User Part, call and circuit related messages 7 = Data User Part, facility registration and cancellation messages 8 = MTP Testing User Part 9 = Broadband ISDN User Part 10 = Satellite ISDN User Part 11 = Spare 12 = Q.2630.1 13 = Spare 14 = H.248 15 = Spare Note! The serviceIndicator has to be unique for each Mtp3bAp witin the same Mtp3bSrs.




List of reserving MOs. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operationalState attribute determines the operational status of the MTP3b AP .

pmNoOfUserPartUnavailRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received User Part Unavailable messages. Condition: A User Part Unavailable message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfAdjacentSPNotAccessible : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Adjacent Signalling Points (SPs) that are not accessible via direct links. Condition: At link set failure, association failure or congestion Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of SPs


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 113

Mtp3bSlAnsi <<MOClass>> Mtp3bSlAnsi

This MO represents an MTP3b Signalling Link for the ANSI standard. It represents the termination of the signalling link within the signalling point as defined in T1.111-1996. The total amount of links between any two specific nodes in the network shall not be more than 80 independent on how many linksets that are defined between the two nodes. The signalLinkCode for a link must be unique between the nodes, independent on which linkSet the link belongs to. A maximum of five linksets with a maximum of 16 links in each linkset can be configured. A maximum of 16 links between two adjacent nodes can be configured. NOTE: This MO cannot in anyway be related (either contain or by dependence) to an MO that belongs to a standard which is NOT the ANSI standard. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp3SlAnsi MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is shutdown request from CLI (Cluster Interface). Note! When connecting a Mtp3bSlAnsi to a NniSaalTp MO the relation between the timer 'timerT2' in NniSaalProfileData and the timer 'timerTstart' in Mtp3bSpAnsiTimerData has to be considered and the formula that needs to be applied is: 'timerT2' < 'timerTstart'


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 114



This attribute reflects the operational status of the Mtp3bSlAnsi. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


tpId : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The tpId attribute points out the termination point of the lower layer protocol. For narrowband this signalling link will be connected to an MTP L2 termination point (Mtp2Tp MO). And for broadband it will be connected to a NNI SAAL termination point (NniSaalTp Mo).

linkState : long, Default = 1, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The link state of the Mtp3bSlAnsi. The link state is a bit map which contains a combination of the following values: (in hexadecimal format) 0x00 Available 0x01 Failed 0x02 Remotely blocked 0x04 Locally blocked 0x08 Remotely inhibited 0x10 Locally inhibited 0x20 Deactivated

linkCongestLevel : CongestLevel, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The congestion level of the link. Note! This attribute is depricated and will be removed in later version.

usageState : Mtp3bUsageState, Default = IDLE, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

There are three possible states for the usageState attribute: - idle, the Mtp3bSl carries no traffic. - active, the Mtp3bSl is working normally, and there is traffic, and it is not congested. - busy, the Mtp3bSl is working but is congested (traffic is routed on other links).

signLinkCode : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..15

The signalling link code, SLC, used for this link. The signLinkCode for a link must be unique between the nodes, independent on in which linkSet the link belongs.

proceduralState : Mtp3bProceduralState, Default = NOT_INITIALIZED, NoNotification, NonPersistent,

ReadOnly The procedural state of the link. 0 - not initialized 1 - initialized

autoStartLink : boolean, Default = true, NoNotification, Restricted

Controls if the Mtp3bSL should be activated at create. pmNoOfAALINServiceInd : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received link-in-service indications. Condition: A link-in-service indication is received Counter type: PEG


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 115

Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfAALOUTInd : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received link-out-of-service indications. Condition: A link-out-of-service indication is received. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfCOOXCOSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Change Over Order (COO) or Extended Change Over order (XCO) messages. Condition: A COO or XCO message is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfCBDSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Change Back Declaration (CBD) messages. Condition: A CBD message is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfLocalLinkCongestRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of local link-congestion primitives received. Condition: A link congestion primitive is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfLocalLinkCongestCeaseRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of local link congestion ceased primitives received. Condition: A link congestion ceased primitive is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfMSURec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Message Signal Units (MSUs) on this signalling link. Condition: An MSU is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of MSUs

pmNoOfMSUSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Message Signal Units (MSUs) on this signalling link. Condition: A MSU is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of MSUs


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 116

Operations: deactivate () : void

This action deactivates the signalling link. It will also set autoStartLink = false. Note! This action requires a transaction.

activate () : void This action activates the signalling link with normal alignment. It will also set autoStartLink = true. Note! This action requires a transaction.

emergencyActivate () : void This action activates the signalling link with emergency alignment. It will also set autoStartLink = true Note! This action requires a transaction.

localInhibit () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException This action inhibits the Mtp3bSlAnsi. Signalling link management inhibiting is requested by management when it becomes necessary, e.g for maintenance or testing purposes to make or keep a signalling link unavailable to User Part-generated signalling traffic. Inhibiting of a signalling link may be requested by management function at either end of the link. The request is granted, provided that the inhibiting action does not cause any previously accessible destinations to become inaccessible at either end of the signalling link. The request may also be refused under certain circumstances such as congestion. Exception FroRequestFailed if it was not possible to inhibit. Note! This action requires a transaction.

localUninhibit () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException This action uninhibits the Mtp3bSlAnsi. Exception FrorequestFailed if it was not possible to uninhibit. Note! This action requires a transaction.

Mtp3bSlChina <<MOClass>> Mtp3bSlChina

This MO represents an MTP3b Signalling Link for the China standard. It represents the termination of the signalling link within the signalling point as defined in GF001-9001, plus supplement 1-3. The total amount of links between any two specific nodes in the network shall not be more than 16, independent on how many linksets that are defined between the two nodes. The signalLinkCode for a link must be unique between the nodes, independent on which linkSet the link belongs to. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp3SlChina MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is shutdown request from CLI (Cluster Interface). Note! This MO cannot in anyway be related (either contain or by dependence) to an MO that belongs to a standard that is NOT the China standard. Note! When connecting a Mtp3bSlChina to a NniSaalTp MO the relation between the timer 'timerT2' in NniSaalProfileData and the timer 'timerTstart' in Mtp3bSpChinaTimerData has to be considered and the formula that needs to be applied is: 'timerT2' < 'timerTstart' .


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 117



This attribute reflects the operational status of the Mtp3bSl. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



Controls if the Mtp3b Signalling Link should be activated at create. linkState : long, Default = 1, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The link state of the Mtp3bSl. The link state is a bit map which contains a combination of the following values: (in hexadecimal format) 0x00 Available 0x01 Failed 0x02 Remotely blocked 0x04 Locally blocked 0x08 Remotely inhibited 0x10 Locally inhibited 0x20 Deactivated



prioBeforeSio : boolean, Default = false

This Boolean tells if the message priority shall be inserted in an octet before the Service Indicator Octet (SIO). China default is false.





tpId : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted




pmNoOfAALINServiceInd : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received link-in-service indications.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 118

Condition: A link-in-service indication is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences














Description: Number of sent Message Signal Units (MSUs) on this signalling link. Condition: A MSU is sent Counter type: PEG


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 119

Unit: Number of MSUs

Operations: activate () : void

This action activates the Mtp3bSl with normal alignment. It will also set autoStartLink = true. Note! This action requires a transaction.

deactivate () : void This action deactivates the Mtp3bSl. It will also set autoStartLink = false. Note! This action requires a transaction.

emergencyActivate () : void This action activates the Mtp3bSl with emergency alignment. It will also set autoStartLink = true Note! This action requires a transaction.

localInhibit () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException This action inhibits the Mtp3bSlChina. Signalling link management inhibiting is requested by management when it becomes necessary, e.g for maintenance or testing purposes to make or keep a signalling link unavailable to User Part-generated signalling traffic. Inhibiting of a signalling link may be requested by management function at either end of the link. The request is granted, provided that the inhibiting action does not cause any previously accessible destinations to become inaccessible at either end of the signalling link. The request may also be refused under certain circumstances such as congestion. Exception FroRequestFailed if it was not possible to inhibit. Note! This action requires a transaction.

localUninhibit () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException This action uninhibits the Mtp3bSlItu. Exception FrorequestFailed if it was not possible to uninhibit. Note! This action requires a transaction.

Mtp3bSlItu <<MOClass>> Mtp3bSlItu

This MO represents an MTP3b Signalling Link for the ITU standard. It represents the termination of the signalling link within the signalling point as defined in Q.704 and Q.2210 (07/96). The total amount of links between any two specific nodes in the network shall not be more than 16, independent on how many linksets that are defined between the two nodes. The signalLinkCode for a link must be unique between the nodes, independent on which linkSet the link belongs to. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp3SlItu MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is shutdown request from CLI (Cluster Interface). Note! This MO cannot in anyway be related (either contain or by dependence) to an MO that belongs to a standard which is NOT the ITU standard.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 120

Note! When connecting a Mtp3bSlItu to a NniSaalTp MO the relation between the timer 'timerT2' in NniSaalProfileData and the timer 'timerTstart' in Mtp3bSpItuTimerData has to be considered and the formula that needs to be applied is: 'timerT2' < 'timerTstart' .


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 121


User label for free use. tpId : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted
















Controls if the Mtp3b Signalling Link should be activated at create. prioBeforeSio : boolean, Default = false

This Boolean tells if the message priority shall be inserted in an octet before the Service Indicator Octet (SIO). ITU default is false.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 122

pmNoOfAALINServiceInd : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly Description: Number of received link-in-service indications. Condition: A link-in-service indication is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences














Description: Number of sent Message Signal Units (MSUs) on this signalling link. Condition: A MSU is sent


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 123

Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of MSUs

Operations: localInhibit () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException

This action inhibits the Mtp3bSlItu. Signalling link management inhibiting is requested by management when it becomes necessary, e.g for maintenance or testing purposes to make or keep a signalling link unavailable to User Part-generated signalling traffic. Inhibiting of a signalling link may be requested by management function at either end of the link. The request is granted, provided that the inhibiting action does not cause any previously accessible destinations to become inaccessible at either end of the signalling link. The request may also be refused under certain circumstances such as congestion. Exception FroRequestFailed if it was not possible to inhibit. Note! This action requires a transaction.

localUninhibit () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException This action uninhibits the Mtp3bSlItu. Exception FrorequestFailed if it was not possible to uninhibit. Note! This action requires a transaction.

deactivate () : void This action deactivates the Mtp3bSl. It will also set autoStartLink = false. Note! This action requires a transaction.

activate () : void This action activates the Mtp3bSl with normal alignment. It will also set autoStartLink = true. Note! This action requires a transaction.

emergencyActivate () : void This action activates the Mtp3bSl with emergency alignment. It will also set autoStartLink = true Note! This action requires a transaction.

Mtp3bSls <<MOClass>> Mtp3bSls

This MO represents the SS7 Signalling Link Set as defined in Recommendation Q.704 Ver. 3, April 28 1992 (ITU) T1.111-1996 (ANSI), JT-Q.704 Ver. 3, April 28 1992 (TTC) or GF001-9001 1990 (China). It provides information about a set of signalling links between an OPC/Adjacent PC pair. A link set is constructed from between 1 to16 Signalling Links (for China, Itu, Ttc and the ANSI standard), all of which have the same two end points (signalling points) as the Signalling Link Set. A Signalling LInk Set may be part of many routes. Note! It's not possible to create links that has different types of bearer service in the same link set. The first created link in a link set defines the type of bearer service i.e. if it is narrow band, broad band or IP.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 124


Use label for free use. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state of the MTP3B SLS. The operability of the MTP3B SLS is described by the operationalState attribute which has two possible values: - Enabled: The MTP3B SLS is partly or fully operable and available for use. At least one of the belonging links (SL) is enabled. - Disabled: The MTP3B SLS is totally inoperable and unable to provide service to the user.




The usageState reflects the usage state of the links in the link set. There are three possible values: - Active: At least one of the belonging SLs of the SLS is Active and no link is Busy. - Busy: If one of the belonging links is Busy. - Idle: All SLs of the SLS are Unavailable.

periodicLinkTestFlag : boolean, Default = true, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The periodicLinkTestFlag indicates if periodic sending of SLTM/SLTA messages are used or not. The SLTM message will be sent on every link which is "aligned" at an interval of (SLTM timer). The answer, SLTA is supposed to arrive within (SLTA timer). If this doesn’t happen, or if the received SLTA doesn’t match the sent SLTM a second SLTM will be sent. If this SLTM also fail then the link will be considered 'out-of-service' and a restart of that link will begin. ANSI: true is default. ITU: true is default. China: true is default. TTC: false is default. Note that TTC does not use this feature.

mtp3bSrsId : Mtp3bSrs, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The mtp3bSrsId attribute points out the corresponding MTP3b Signalling Route Set MO (adjacentDPC). reservedBy : sequence<Mtp3bSr>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of reserving MOs.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 125

Operations: deactivateLinkSet () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException FroNotAccessibleException

This action deactivates a link set, which means the containing signalling links are taken out of service. Note! This action requires a transaction.

activateLinkSet () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException FroNotAccessibleException

A linkset containing signalling links which are all out of service, is called a deactivated linkset. In order to start up the signalling links and get them into service, there is an Activate Link Set action, or rather, there are two similar actions for activation of a link set. If the action fails to activate a link the ActivationFailed exception is raised. Note! This action requires a transaction.

emergencyActivateLinkSet () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException FroNotAccessibleException

This action activates the signalling link with emergency alignment. It will also set autoStartLink = true Note! This action requires a transaction.

Mtp3bSlTtc <<MOClass>> Mtp3bSlTtc

This MO represents an MTP3b Signalling Link for the TTC standard. It represents the termination of the signalling link within the signalling point as defined in JT-Q.704 Ver. 3, April 28 1992 and JT-Q.2210 Ver.1 April 24 1996. The total amount of links between any two specific nodes in the network shall not be more than 16, independent on how many linksets that are defined between the two nodes. The signalLinkCode for a link must be unique between the nodes, independent on which linkSet the link belongs to. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp3SlTtc MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is shutdown request from CLI (Cluster Interface). Note! This MO cannot in anyway be related (either contain or by dependence) to an MO that belongs to a standard which is NOT the TTC standard.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 126


User label for free use. tpId : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The tpId attribute points out the termination point of the lower layer protocol. Only BroadBand is supported for TTC. The MO will be connected to a NNI SAAL termination point (NniSaalTp Mo).











The TTC three bit signalling link code (SLC) and TTC one bit A/Bindicator, used for this link. The code have to be unique in this signal link set, i.e the signallingLinkCode for all the Mtp3bSl that belongs to the same Mtp3bSls must be unique (mutual exclusive). Note! The LSB is treated as A/B indicator (according to TTC standard), i.e. values 0,2,4 ... indicate A/B indicator set to 0 (equals A), and values 1,3,5 ... indicate A/B indicator set to 1 (equals B).




Controls if the Mtp3b Signalling Link should be activated at create. prioBeforeSio : boolean, Default = true

This Boolean tells if the message priority shall be inserted in an octet before the Service Indicator Octet (SIO). true = use prio octet according to TTC standard. false = do not use prio octet inmessage.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 127

pmNoOfAALINServiceInd : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received link-in-service indications. Condition: A link-in-service indication is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences














Description: Number of sent Message Signal Units (MSUs) on this signalling link.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 128

Condition: A MSU is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of MSUs

Operations: deactivate () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException FroNotAccessibleException

This action deactivates the Mtp3bSl. It will also set autoStartLink = false. Note! This action requires a transaction.

activate () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException FroNotAccessibleException

This action activates the signalling link with normal alignment. It will also set autoStartLink = true. Note! This action requires a transaction.

emergencyActivate () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException FroNotAccessibleException

This action activates the signalling link with emergency alignment. It will also set autoStartLink = true Note! This action requires a transaction.

Mtp3bSpAnsi <<MOClass>> Mtp3bSpAnsi

Mtp3b Signalling Point for the ANSI standard. This MO represents/models the MTP3b Signaling Point characteristics/functions according to the Ansi standard. A signaling point is a logical node in the signaling network. The combination of signaling points and their interconnecting signaling links form the SS No. 7 signaling network. The signaling point represented by this object is a Local Signaling Point. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp3SpAnsi MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is shutdown request from CLI (Cluster Interface). NOTE: IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO CREATE SIGNALLING POINTS OF DIFFERENT STANDARDS! NOTE: This MO cannot in anyway be related (either contain or by dependence) to an MO that belongs to a standard which is NOT the ANSI standard. NOTE: The combination of network indicator (networkInd) and Signalling Point Code (signallingPointCode) has to be unique for each Signalling Point. NOTE: A maximum of 15 instances of this MO can be created on (referencing) the same PlugInUnit.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 129

NOTE: The maximum number of Signalling Points that can be created in a CPP based node is 24. NOTE: Deleting a singel L3 Signal Point is not possible. NOTE: Any object created under a certain SP (Signaling Point) cannot refer to an object created under another SP. Nor can it refer to an object created under another SP.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 130


User label for free use. rpuId : ReliableProgramUniter, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Holds a reference to the Reliable Program Uniter. The RPU is at the server.

networkInd : Mtp3bNetworkInd, Mandatory

The network indicator, NI, is used for discrimination of messages between functionally different networks. Note: To set the networkInd all links related to the Mtp3bSp MO must be deleted or deactivated and all M3uAssociations must be deleted. Note: RPU-switch is needed to activate the change of networkInd.

signallingPointCode : long, Mandatory, Range = 1..16777215

The signallingPointCode (Local Point Code) attribute (SPC) is used together with the network indicator (NI, networkInd attribute) to uniquely identify the MTP Signalling Point, SP. SP = NI-SPC. Size (2 exp 24)-1 (16777215). The SignallingPointCode (SPC) is normally grouped together as three numbers wich correspond to network identifier, network cluster, network cluster member. The three numbers are coded as 8-8-8 bits in the total SPC. To enter the SPC-value, you have to convert the 3 numbers to their binary code and then convert the whole 24-bit patterna as an integer. Sometimes the SPC is used as a whole uniqe number (no internal structure). Note: To set the signallingPointCode all links related to the Mtp3bSp MO must be deleted or deactivated and all M3uAssociations must be deleted. Note: RPU-switch is needed to activate the change of signallingPointCode.

testPatternSltm : string, Default = "A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5", LengthRange = 2..30

The testPatternSltm attribute represents a string testpattern in the Signalling Link Test Message. Minimum string length 2 characters, maximum 30 characters. Allowed characters are 0-9, A-F. Only even number of characters is allowed.

nodeBehaviour : NodeBehaviourType, Default = SEP, NoNotification, Restricted

The nodeBehaviour attribute represents the MTP3b node type. maxSizeReroutBuf : long, Default = 2000, Range = 0..5000

The maxSizeReroutBuf attribute represents the maximum size (in kB) of the rerouting buffer. maxSizeChangeBuf : long, Default = 2000, Range = 0..5000

The maxSizeChangeBuf attribute represents the maximum size (in kB) of the changeover buffer. transFrHandler : Mtp3bTfrHandling, Default = IGNORED

Determines how a TransFer Restricted signal (TFR) should be treated.

sioSpare : Mtp3bSioSpareBitsUse, Default = PRIO

The sioSpare2 attribute determines if the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet) should be treated as spare.

m3uaNoOfAttempsOfDauds : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..65535

For M3UA, number of attempts to send the DAUD message. If set to 0, DAUD will be sent indefinitely until DAVA is received.

noOfAttempsOfAssociationEstablishment : long, Default = 4, Range = 0..65535

Number of attempts to send the SCTP_ASSOCIATE_REQ message. statusIndInterval : long, Default = 4, Range = 0..255

The statusIndInterval attribute sets the interval for sending MTP-STATUS indication, i.e. send indication every Nth message .

resendTfcInterval : long, Default = 8, Range = 0..255

Send TFC back to originating signalling point code for every n:th message when the destination is congested. Set to 0 will suppress sending of TFC.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 131

sendSltmBefLink : boolean, Default = true

The sendSltmBefLink attribute determines if the SLTM (Signalling Link Test Message) should be sent and a SLTA received before the link is considered to be in service. Note! It is not recommended nor is it in accordance with standard to set the value of this attribute to 'false'

spPriority : Mtp3bSpAnsiPriorityData

Struct containing the ANSI priority attributes.

noOfCongestLevelForNI : long, Default = 1, Range = 1..3

Defines the number of congestion levels for NI. routeSetCongestTestFlag : long, Default = 1, Range = 0..1

Selection of which procedure to use during congestion handling if the national option with priorities is used. 0, use TcTimer as described by the TTC standard. 1, use Route Set Congestion Test as described by the ANSI, ITU and China Standard.


The operationalState attribute reflects the operational status of the MTP3b SP. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


spTimer : Mtp3bSpAnsiTimerData

Struct containing ANSI specific timer data. reservedBy : sequence<ManagedObject>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Holds a list of the reserving MO's. Can be of type SccpSp. pmNoOfForcedRerouteSuccessPerf : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of successfully performed forced reroutings. Condition: A successful forced rerouting occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number occurrences

pmNoOfControlledRerouteSuccessPerf : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of successfully performed controlled reroutings. Condition: A successful controlled rerouting occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfEmergencyChangeOverRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Emergency Change Over orders (ECO) messages. Condition: An ECO is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfChangeOverRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Change Over (COO) order or Extended Change Over order messages (XCO) received. Condition: A COO or XCO is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 132

pmNoOfChangeBackDeclRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Change Back Declarations (CBD) messages. Condition: A CBD message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfSLTAFirstTimeOutRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Signalling Link Test Acknowledgement (SLTA) first time-out received. Condition: The first SLTA message not received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfSLTASecondTimeOutRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Signalling Link Test Acknowledgement (SLTA) second time-out received. Condition: A second SLTA message not received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfUPMsgDiscardedDueToRoutingErr : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of user part (UP) messages (MTP_TRANSFER_req) discarded due to routing error. Condition: A UP message discarded due to routing error Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfCOAXCASent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Change Over Acknowledgement (COA) or Extended Changeover Acknowledgement (XCA) messages. Condition: A COA or XCA is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfECOSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Emergency Changeover Order (ECO) messages. Condition: A ECO is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfECASent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Emergency Changeover Acknowledgement (ECA) messages. Condition: An ECA is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfCOAXCARec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 133

Description: Number of received Changeover Order Acknowledgement (COA) or Extended Changeover Acknowledgement (XCA) messages. Condition: A COA or XCA is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfCBARec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Changeback Acknowledgement (CBA) messages. Condition: A CBA is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfECARec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Emergency Changeover Acknowledgement (ECA) messages. Condition: An ECA is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfTRARec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Traffic Restart Allowed (TRA) messages. Condition: A TRA is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfTRASent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Traffic Restart Allowed (TRA) messages. Condition: A TRA is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfTimerT21WasStarted : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of times an adjacent node has restarted. Condition: Restart of adjacent node Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfCBASent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Changeback Acknowledgement (CBA) messages. Condition: A CBA is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfUnsuccessForcedRerouting : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of unsuccessfully performed forced reroutings. Condition: A forced rerouting failed


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 134


pmNoOfSuccessAssocEstablish : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of successful association establishments. Condition: A successful association establishment occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfUnsuccessAssocEstablish : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of unsuccessful association establishments. Condition: An association establishment failed Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of failures

pmNoOfSctpCommunicationErr : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) communication error. Condition: An SCTP communication error occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfSctpSendFailure : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) send failures. Condition: An SCTP send failure occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfSctpBufOverflow : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) stop sending data messages. Condition: The SCTP in buffer is full for an association Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfSctpResumeSending : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) resume sending data message. Condition: An SCTP resume sending data occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfSctpNetworkStatusChange : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) network status change. Condition: An SCTP network status change occurred Counter type: PEG


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 135

Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfSctpAssociationRestart : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) association restarts Condition: An SCTP association restart occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfSuccessAssocAbort : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of successful abortions of signalling associations. Condition: A signalling association abortion occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfSuccessAssocShutDown : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of successful shutdowns of signalling associations. Condition: A signalling association shutdown occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfUnsuccessAssocAbort : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of unsuccessful abortions of signalling associations Condition: A signalling association abortion failed Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of failures

pmNoOfIncomingAssocEstabRequestInStateDownWhenStateEstabIsBlocked : long, Default = 0,

NoNotification, ReadOnly Description: The number of incoming requests for association establishment when the state on the association is ’DOWN’ and establishment of associations is blocked. Condition: An incoming association establishment request, when association state is DOWN and establishment is blocked Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfMaxTrialsForAssocEstabReached : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of times that the max limit for trying to establish an association has been reached Condition: An association establishment attempt above the max limit occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfMaxTrialsForAssocActivReached : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of times that the max limit for trying to activate an association has been reached.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 136

Condition: An association activation attempt above the max limit occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmNoOfLowerPrioMsgDiscarded : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Description: The number of messages with low priority that been discarded. Condition: An low priority message is discarded Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of discards

Mtp3bSpChina <<MOClass>> Mtp3bSpChina

Mtp3b Signalling Point for the China standard. This MO represents/models the MTP3b Signaling Point characteristics/functions according to the China standard. A signaling point is a logical node in the signaling network. The combination of signaling points and their interconnecting signaling links form the SS No. 7 signaling network. The signaling point represented by this object is a Local Signaling Point. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp3SpChina MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is shutdown request from CLI (Cluster Interface). Note! This MO cannot in anyway be related (either contain or by dependence) to an MO that belongs to a standard which is NOT the China standard. Note! The combination of network indicator (networkInd) and Signalling Point Code (signallingPointCode) has to be unique for each Signalling Point. Note! A maximum of 15 instances of this MO can be created on (referencing) the same PlugInUnit. Note! The maximum number of Signalling Points that can be created in a CPP based node is 24. Note! Deleting a singel L3 Signal Point is not possible. Note! Any object created under a certain SP (Signaling Point) cannot refer to an object created under another SP. Nor can it refer to an object created under another SP. Note! When configuring for dual standards the scc server for China has to reside on a different MP pair then the SCC server for ITU. Also note that "version" should be set to "CHINA".


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 137

Attributes: maxSizeChangeBuf : long, Default = 2000, Range = 0..5000

The maxSizeChangeBuf attribute represents the maximum size (in kB) of the changeover buffer. maxSizeReroutBuf : long, Default = 2000, Range = 0..5000

The maxSizeReroutBuf attribute represents the maximum size (in kB) of the rerouting buffer. networkInd : Mtp3bNetworkInd, Mandatory

The network indicator, NI, is used for discrimination of messages between functionally different networks. Note: To set the networkInd all links related to the Mtp3bSp MO must be deleted or deactivated and all M3uAssociations must be deleted. Note: RPU-switch is needed to activate the change of networkInd.




The operationalState attribute reflects the operational status of the MTP3b SP. reservedBy : sequence<ManagedObject>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Holds a list of the reserving MO's. Can be of type SccpSp. sendSltmBefLink : boolean, Default = true


signallingPointCode : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..16777215

The signallingPointCode (Local Point Code) attribute (SPC) is used together with the network indicator (NI, networkInd attribute) to uniquely identify the MTP Signalling Point, SP. SP = NI-SPC. Size (2 exp 24)-1 (16777215). The SignallingPointCode (SPC) is nornally used as a whole unique number (no internal structure). But sometimes the SPC is grouped together as three numbers which corresponds to zone, area/network, signalling point. If this is the case the three numbers are coded as 8-8-8 bits in the total SPC. To enter the SPC-value then you have to convert the three numbers to their binary code and then convert the whole 24-bit pattern as an integer. Note: To set the signallingPointCode all links related to the Mtp3bSp MO must be deleted or deactivated and all M3uAssociations must be deleted. Note: RPU-switch is needed to activate the change of signallingPointCode.


The nodeBehaviour attribute represents the MTP3b node type.






sioSpare : Mtp3bSioSpareBitsUse, Default = SPARE

The sioSpare attribute determines if the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet) should be treated as spare.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 138

spPriority : Mtp3bSpChinaPriorityData Struct containing the priority attributes. Note: The China and ITU priorityData is identical so the ItuPriorityData is used for China to avoid duplication of data.

spTimer : Mtp3bSpChinaTimerData

Struct containing China specific timer attributes statusIndInterval : long, Default = 4, Range = 0..255




transFrHandler : Mtp3bTfrHandling, Default = IGNORED

Determines if a TransFer Restricted signal (TFR) should be treated as a TFA (TransFer Allowed signal) or be ignored.




User label for free use. m3uaNoOfAttempsOfDauds : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..65535



Number of attempts to send the SCTP_ASSOCIATE_REQ message. version : Mtp3bItuVersion, Default = CHINA, NoNotification, ReadOnly

This attribute shows what MTP3b ITU standard the system follows. With ITU, it is possible using this attribute to set which of the ITU standard versions that shall be followed. Note! Setting of another value than 'ITU_T_07_96' at create will have no effect. The Signaling Point will always be created with the value 'ITU_T_07_96'. Note! It is not possible to hav signaling points with different versions in the node so setting of this attribute will effect all signaling points. The value for the last created or changed signaling point will be used for all signaling points.






1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 139

















1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 140




pmNoOfForcedRerouteSuccessPerf : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly







Description: The number of times an adjacent node has restarted. Condition: Restart of adjacent node Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences




Description: Number of sent Traffic Restart Allowed (TRA) messages. Condition: A TRA is sent


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 141

Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages


Description: Number of unsuccessfully performed forced reroutings. Condition: A forced rerouting failed Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences












Description: Number of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) stop sending data messages. Condition: The SCTP in buffer is full for an association Counter type: PEG


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 142

Unit: Number of occurrences pmNoOfSctpResumeSending : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



Description: Number of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) network status change. Condition: An SCTP network status change occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences










NoNotification, ReadOnly Description: The number of incoming requests for association establishment when the state on the association is ’DOWN’ and establishment of associations is blocked. Condition: An incoming association establishment request, when association state is DOWN and establishment is blocked


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 143





Description: The number of times that the max limit for trying to activate an association has been reached. Condition: An association activation attempt above the max limit occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences



Mtp3bSpItu <<MOClass>> Mtp3bSpItu

Mtp3b Signalling Point for the ITU standard. This MO represents/models the MTP3b Signaling Point characteristics/functions according to the ITU standard. A signaling point is a logical node in the signaling network. The combination of signaling points and their interconnecting signaling links form the SS No. 7 signaling network. The signaling point represented by this object is a Local Signaling Point. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp3SpItu MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is shutdown request from CLI (Cluster Interface). Note! This MO cannot in anyway be related (either contain or by dependence) to an MO that belongs to a standard which is NOT the ITU standard. Note! The combination of network indicator (networkInd) and Signalling Point Code (signallingPointCode) has to be unique for each Signalling Point.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 144

Note! A maximum of 15 instances of this MO can be created on (referencing) the same PlugInUnit. Note! The maximum number of Signalling Points that can be created in a CPP based node is 24. Note! Deleting a singel L3 Signal Point is not possible. Note! The value of the attribute 'version' is valid for all SPs (Mtp3bSpItu MOs) and the value of the last created or changed SP will be used for all SPs. Note! When configuring for dual standards the scc server for ITU has to reside on a different MP pair then the SCC server for China. Note! The default values in Mtp3bSpItu for the timers T18-T21 is set for version=ITU_T_07_96 If the Version is changed to ITU_T_88 the timers T18-T21 must be changed to: T18 = 20 s ,T19 = 4 s , T20 =4 s , T21 = 30 s


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 145


User label for free use. networkInd : Mtp3bNetworkInd, Mandatory

The networkInd attribute (NI) is used by signalling message handling functions in MTP3b. Note: To set the networkInd all links related to the Mtp3bSp MO must be deleted or deactivated and all M3uAssociations must be deleted. Note: RPU-switch is needed to activate the change of networkInd.

signallingPointCode : long, Mandatory, Range = 1..16383

The signallingPointCode (Local Point Code) attribute (SPC) is used together with the network indicator (NI, networkInd attribute) to uniquely identify the MTP Signalling Point, SP. SP = NI-SPC. Size (2 exp 14)-1 (16383). The SignallingPointCode (SPC) is normally used as a whole unique number (no internal structure). But sometimes the SPC is grouped together as three numbers which corresponds to zone, area/network, signalling point. If this is the case the three numbers are coded as 3-8-3 bits in the total SPC. To enter the SPC-value then you have to convert the three numbers to their binary code and then convert the whole 14-bit pattern as an integer. Note: To set the signallingPointCode all links related to the Mtp3bSp MO must be deleted or deactivated and all M3uAssociations must be deleted. Note: RPU-switch is needed to activate the change of signallingPointCode.

version : Mtp3bItuVersion, Default = ITU_T_07_96

This attribute shows what MTP3b ITU standard the system follows. With ITU, it is possible using this attribute to set which of the ITU standard versions that shall be followed. Note! Setting of another value than 'ITU_T_07_96' at create will have no effect. The Signaling Point will always be created with the value 'ITU_T_07_96'. Note! It is not possible to hav signaling points with different versions in the node so setting of this attribute will effect all signaling points. The value for the last created or changed signaling point will be used for all signaling points.


The nodeBehaviour attribute represents the MTP3b node type.






maxSizeReroutBuf : long, Default = 2000, Range = 0..5000


The maxSizeChangeBuf attribute represents the maximum size (in kB) of the changeover buffer. transFrHandler : Mtp3bTfrHandling, Default = IGNORED

Determines if a TransFer Restricted signal (TFR) should be treated as a TFA (TransFer Allowed signal) or be ignored.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 146

sioSpare : Mtp3bSioSpareBitsUse, Default = PRIO The sioSpare2 attribute determines if the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet) should be treated as spare.

statusIndInterval : long, Default = 4, Range = 0..255


sendSltmBefLink : boolean, Default = true




spPriority : Mtp3bSpItuPriorityData

Struct containing the priority attributes.

spTimer : Mtp3bSpItuTimerData

Struct containing ITU specific timer attributes rpuId : ReliableProgramUniter, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted





m3uaNoOfAttempsOfDauds : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..65535



Number of attempts to send the SCTP_ASSOCIATE_REQ message. reservedBy : sequence<ManagedObject>, NoNotification, ReadOnly






1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 147

pmNoOfEmergencyChangeOverRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly Description: Number of received Emergency Change Over orders (ECO) messages. Condition: An ECO is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages















1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 148















Description: The number of times an adjacent node has restarted.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 149

Condition: Restart of adjacent node Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences














Description: Number of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) stop sending data messages. Condition: The SCTP in buffer is full for an association Counter type: PEG


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 150

Unit: Number of occurrences pmNoOfSctpResumeSending : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



Description: Number of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) network status change. Condition: An SCTP network status change occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences










NoNotification, ReadOnly Description: The number of incoming requests for association establishment when the state on the association is ’DOWN’ and establishment of associations is blocked. Condition: An incoming association establishment request, when association state is DOWN and establishment is blocked


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 151





Description: The number of times that the max limit for trying to activate an association has been reached. Condition: An association activation attempt above the max limit occurred Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences



Mtp3bSpTtc <<MOClass>> Mtp3bSpTtc

Mtp3b Signalling Point for the TTC standard. This MO represents/models the MTP3b Signaling Point characteristics/functions according to the TTC standard. A signaling point is a logical node in the signaling network. The combination of signaling points and their interconnecting signaling links form the SS No. 7 signaling network. The signaling point represented by this object is a Local Signaling Point. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp3SpTtc MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is shutdown request from CLI (Cluster Interface). Note: This MO cannot in anyway be related (either contain or by dependence) to an MO that belongs to a standard which is NOT the TTC standard.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 152

Note! The combination of network indicator (networkInd) and Signalling Point Code (signallingPointCode) has to be unique for each Signalling Point. Note! A maximum of 15 instances of this MO can be created on (referencing) the same PlugInUnit. Note! The maximum number of Signalling Points that can be created in a CPP based node is 24. Note! Deleting a singel L3 Signal Point is not possible.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 153


User label for free use. networkInd : Mtp3bNetworkIndTtc, Mandatory

The networkInd attribute (NI) is used by signalling message handling functions in MTP3b. Note: To set the networkInd all links related to the Mtp3bSp MO must be deleted or deactivated and all M3uAssociations must be deleted. Note: RPU-switch is needed to activate the change of networkInd.

signallingPointCode : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..65535

The signallingPointCode (Local Point Code) attribute (SPC) is used together with the network indicator (NI, networkInd attribute) to uniquely identify the MTP Signalling Point, SP. SP = NI-SPC. Size (2 exp 16)-1 (65535). The SignallingPointCode (SPC) is always used as a whole unique number (no internal structure). Note: To set the signallingPointCode all links related to the Mtp3bSp MO must be deleted or deactivated and all M3uAssociations must be deleted. Note: RPU-switch is needed to activate the change of signallingPointCode.


The nodeBehaviour attribute represents the MTP3b node type. Note! Only SEP and STP is supported for the Ttc standard.

routeSetCongestTestFlag : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..1




maxSizeReroutBuf : long, Default = 2000, Range = 0..5000


The maxSizeChangeBuf attribute represents the maximum size (in kB) of the changeover buffer. statusIndInterval : long, Default = 4, Range = 0..255


testPatternSltm : string, Default = "7711", LengthRange = 4

The testPatternSltm attribute represents a string testpattern in the Signalling Link Test Message. String length 4 characters. Allowed characters are 0-9, A-F.

spPriority : Mtp3bSpTtcPriorityData

Struct containing the TTC priority attributes.



spTimer : Mtp3bSpTtcTimerData

Struct containing TTC timer attributes.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 154

noOfCongestLevelForNI : long, Default = 1, Range = 1..3 Defines the number of congestion levels for NI.


















1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 155

pmNoOfCOAXCASent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly Description: Number of sent Change Over Acknowledgement (COA) or Extended Changeover Acknowledgement (XCA) messages. Condition: A COA or XCA is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages















1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 156






Mtp3bSr <<MOClass>> Mtp3bSr

This MO represents a MTP3b Signalling Route. A Signalling Route is used to convey MTP3b User messages from a origin SP to a destination SP (Signalling Point). This MO is multiple instansiated and is contained in the MO MTP3b Signalling Route Set. A Signalling Route is from a network point of view the sequence of link sets from a originating signalling point to a destination signalling point. Note! At least one signalling route in the signalling route set must have priority = 1. If lower priorities are defined the next level must be priority=2. (e.g. routes with priority =1 and =3 in a route set will not work). Note! Signalling Routes belonging to the same route set with the same priority must have the same type of bearer (Broad Band or Narrow Band). Note! When configuring Signalling Routes the following must be taken into consideration. There are two types of Signalling Routes: 1. Routes with signalling links to adjacent nodes 2. Routes to "non-adjacent" destinations, that is a route via an Signalling Transfer Point (STP). To an adjacent node only one Signalling Link Set with one Signalling Route must be configured. The number of links in a Signalling Link Set is two links for broadband redundancy and maximum 16 links for narrowband capacity. In a Signalling Route Set to an adjacent node the first route must be adjacent and have highest priority (Prio=1). If a second "non-adjacent" route is configured in the Signalling Route Set this must have high priority (Prio=2).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 157

Note! If the Mtp3bSr MO is connected to a Mtp3bSls MO the attribute "routeType" has to be set to TDM_ATM and if it is connected to an M3uAssociation MO the "routeType" has to be set to IP.


User label for free use. linkSetM3uId : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The MTP3b Signalling Link Set (MTP3bSls) or M3uAssociation to which the MTP3bSr MO is connected.


Operational state notification.There are two possible states for the operationalState attribute: - enabled, possible to perform operations on the MTP3b SR. - disabled, not possible to perform operations on the MTP3b SR.


There are three possible states for the usageState attribute: -active, route is active. -busy, route is congested. -idle, route not in use. (idle=0, active=1, busy=2)



priority : long, Mandatory, Range = 1..5

The priority of the alternative route. The traffic is directed to the highest priority route(s) available in the route set. If more than one route has the same priority within a route set then loadsharing is permitted between these routes. The value 1 is considered as the highest priority.

routeType : Mtp3bRouteType, Default = TDM_ATM, NoNotification, Restricted

The type of the route. RouteBlockingState : RouteState, Default = NOT_BLOCKED, NoNotification, ReadOnly pmNoOfSecondsAccumulatedRouteUnavailable : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The (accumulated) number of seconds the route has been unavailable Condition: Elapsed 1 second period in status unavailable Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of seconds

Operations: blockSignalingRoute () : void

This action blocks the Signaling Route. Note! This action does not require a transaction. Note: If there is only one route then it can not be blocked.

deBlockSignalingRoute () : void This action deblocks the Signaling Route. Note! This action requires antransaction.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 158

Mtp3bSrs <<MOClass>> Mtp3bSrs

This MO represents/models a MTP3b Signalling Route Set. The performance monitoring counters found in Mtp3Srs MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is shutdown request from CLI (Cluster Interface).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 159



The operational state of the Mtp3bSrs MO. There are two possible states for the operationalState attribute: - enabled, the MO is partly or fully operational. - disabled, the MO is not operational.


The attribute is set by the local action Reserve.

autoReroute : boolean, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

This flag indicates Whether automatic rerouting is performed(true) or not(false), between IP and ATM/TDM routes when configuration is made. If set to 'false', it has to be done manually, for ex. by management actions(orders). Note! The attribute 'autoReroute' will always be set to 'false' regardless of value submitted. This attribute is to be removed in coming releases.

destPointCode : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..16777215

The destPointCode attribute (destination point code, DPC) represents the point code of this Mtp3b SRS MO. The Destination Point Code in a Route Set has to be unique within each Signaling Point. Note! The format of destPointCode must correspond to the signallingPointCode format in the Mtp3bSp, i.e. ITU, ANSI, TTC or China.

congestedLevel : Mtp3bCongestLevel, Default = notCongested, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

There are two possible states for the congestedLevel attribute: - notCongested, no change in congestion level. - congested, change in congestion level has occurred.

pmNoOfDiscardedMsgFromBroadToNarrow : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of messages discarded from broadband to narrowband. Condition: A broadband message is larger than 272 octets and discarded, due to being too large for Narrowband. Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfTransferControlledRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Transfer Control (TFC) messages. Condition: A TFC message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfTransferProhibitedRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Transfer Prohibited (TFP) messages. Condition: A TFP message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfTransferAllowedRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Transfer Allowed (TFA) messages.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 160

Condition: A TFA message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

Operations: routeSetTestAnyRoute () : long

The route set test is only available for the Japanese Mtp3b, TTC. See JT-Q.707 for details. The test selects a route in the route set and tests it. Possible return codes are: 0 : successful test 48 : unsuccessful test Note! This action does not require a transaction.

routeSetTestSpecificRoute (routeId : in Mtp3bSr) : long The route set test is only available for the Japanese Mtp3b, TTC. See JT-Q.707 for details. The test tests the specified route. Possible return codes are: 0 : successful test 48 : unsuccessful test Note! This action does not require a transaction.

NniSaalProfile <<MOClass>> NniSaalProfile

The NniSaal Profile MO represents and keeps attribute values used by one or more NNI SAAL termination point MOs. Note! The default values in the NniSaalProfile are based on 2000 messages/s and a message size of 2 ATM cells.


Label for free use. reservedBy : sequence<NniSaalTp>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of NniSaalTp’s that have reserved this NniSaalProfile. profileData : NniSaalProfileData, NoNotification, Restricted

See structure NniSaalProfileData.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 161

NniSaalTp <<MOClass>> NniSaalTp

The MO represents an access point for a user where a NNI SAAL connection is terminated. The access point depends on an AAL5 connection termination located on the same processor. NniSaalTp can only terminate on a Mp processor. Note! The performance monitoring counters found in NniSaalTp MO is set to zero when the Mo and its RO is created. These counters are not reset unless there occurs a fault situation that demands a restart and recreation of the ROs. Also note that some of these counters are reset based on other conditions. For more details please refer to the descriptions of the performance monitoring counters in this MO.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 162



The operational state of the NniSaalTp MO. reservedBy : ManagedObject, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The reserving MO. nniSaalProfileId : NniSaalProfile, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to a NniSaalProfile MO. The maxStat attribute defined in the NniSaalProfile MO is controlled by the AAL5 SDU size defined in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. See the description of the maxStat attribute in the NniSaalProfile MO. Note! The consistency check of the attributes in the two MOs mentioned above could not be performed until the NniSaalTp MO was created since there is no direct relation between the objects. It is therefore the responsibility of NniSaalTp to verify the consistency.

aal5TpVccTpId : Aal5TpVccTp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to a Aal5TpVccTp MO. Note: The Aal5 termination point must terminate on a main processor, MP.

maxSduSize : long, Default = 128, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 128..2044

Maximum SAAL SDU size. The attribute is dependent on the AAL5 maximum SDU size defined in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. The 'maxSduSize' may not exceed the AAL5 maximum SDU size (the lower of the two directions, fromUserMaxSduSize and toUserMaxSduSize). Example: If 'fromUserMaxSduSize' is set to 256 and 'toUserMaxSduSize' is set to 512 in the Aal5TpVccTp MO, the ' maxSduSize' in the NniSaalTp MO may not exceed 252. (i.e. maxSduSize <= the aal5MaxSduSize - 4 bytes) Note! When setting the value of 'maxSduSize' the 4 bytes used by the SAAL layer for the SAAL header has to be considered. Note! The upper limit of 2044 (2048 including the SAAL header) is due to limitations on the AAL5 layer. Note! The default value for maxSDUSize is the minimum value and must be changed for most applications.

pmNoOfSentSDUs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of successfully sent Service Data Units (SDU). Counts the number of successfully sent messages to the application using SAAL. Reset when the link goes InService or the counter "overflows". Condition: An SDU is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of SDUs

pmNoOfReceivedSDUs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of successfully received Service Data Units (SDU). Counts the number of successfully received messages from the application using SAAL. Reset when the link goes InService or the counter "overflows”. Condition: An SDU is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of SDUs

pmLinkInServiceTime : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The accumulated time (in seconds) the signalling link has been in service (in assured data transfer mode) since it was created. If the link is down the value is 0.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 163

Condition: Signalling link in service Counter type: GAUGE Unit: Seconds

pmNoOfAllSLFailures : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of all Signalling Link failures. Is a total sum of the error counters: - Number of protocol errors - Number of unsuccessfully retransmissions - Number of NoResponses - Number of other errors. Condition: Signalling link failure Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of failures

pmNoOfNoResponses : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of no responses. Counts the number of no responses detected during the last 30 minutes. Condition: No response on a ping Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of no responses

pmNoOfLocalCongestions : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of local congestions. This counter is increased when the sum of SAAL send and retransmission buffers is filled to more than the congestionOnSet attribute is configured to. Condition: Out buffers filled above congestion level Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of congestions

pmNoOfRemoteCongestions : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of remote congestions. This counter is increased when the remote side gives SAAL no credit. Reset when the link goes InService or the counter "overflows". Condition: Credit=0 received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of congestions

pmNoOfAlignmentFailures : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of alignment or proving failures. This counter is increased when "alignment not successful". The counter is reset when the link is created or when the counter "overflows". Condition: An unsuccessful alignment Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of errors

pmNoOfSequenceDataLosses : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Sequences Data (SD) loss. Counts the number of SD loss detected during the last 30 minutes. Condition: A lost SD Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of detections


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 164

pmNoOfProtocolErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly Description: Number of unsolicited or inappropriate Protocol Data Units (PDUs). Counts the number of protocol errors detected during the last 30 minutes. Condition: A protocol error Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of errors

pmNoOfUnsuccReTransmissions : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of unsuccessful retransmissions. Counts the number of unsuccessful retransmissions detected during the last 30 minutes. Condition: A retransmission error Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of errors

pmNoOfOtherErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of other list element errors. Counts the number of other errors detected during the last 30 minutes. Condition: A received error code (Q-U ) Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of errors

Os155SpiTtp <<MOClass>> Os155SpiTtp

This MO represents the physical interface and the termination of the SDH Regenerator and Multiplexer Section Layers. When creating the Os155SpiTtp a number of additional objects will be created. Depending on the values of standardmode and muxmode different objects will be created as described below: muxmode = VC4_STS3CSPE_LEVEL standardmode = ETSI, TTC A Vc4 MO is created under the Os155SpiTtp MO. muxmode = VC4_STS3CSPE_LEVEL standardmode = ANSI A Sts3CspeTtp MO is created under the Os155SpiTtp MO. The following 3 configurations is only applicable for the ET-MC41 board. muxmode = standby standardmode = ETSI, TTC, ANSI No objects under the Os155SpiTtp is created. muxmode = E1_J1_T1_LEVEL standardmode = ETSI A Vc4 MO, 63 Vc12Ttp MO's and 63 E1Ttp MO's is created under the Os155SpiTtp MO


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 165

muxmode = E1_J1_T1_LEVEL standardmode = ANSI 3 Sts1SpeTtp MO's, 3*28 Vt15Ttp MO's and 3*28 TiTtp MO's is created under the Os155SpiTtp MO. The performance monitoring counters in the Os155SpiTtp MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is too large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again. Note! If the Os155SpiTtp is configured as part of an Mspg protection group and is configured as standby, muxMode set to standby, no children's to this MO will be created.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 166

Attributes: lineNo : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..2

The actual line number.

standardMode : StandardMode, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The standard that this MO is operating to. shutDownTimeout : long, Default = 1800, Range = 0..100000


muxMode : MuxMode, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The level at which the STM-1/OC3 signal is demultiplexed. If parent is of type Etmc41, the valid muxMode is STANDBY or E1_J1_T1_LEVEL. If parent is of type Etm4, the valid muxMode is STANDBY or VC4_STS3CSPE_LEVEL.

msDegThreshold : long, Default = 30, Range = 0..100

MS - multiplexer section. The threshold decides how many of the received blocks that are allowed to have bit errors. The measurement is made on a per-second basis and if the threshold is passed the second is considered bad. This is a percentage value. Note: When operating to the ANSI standard, this attribute has no meaning.

msDegM : long, Default = 7, Range = 2..10

MS - multiplexer section. How many bad seconds in a row that causes a Degraded Signal alarm. Note: When operating to the ANSI standard, this attribute has no meaning.

msRdiReporting : boolean, Default = false


msAisReporting : boolean, Default = false


loopBack : Os155LoopBack, Default = NONE

Enables or disables line loopback, i.e. the received signal is returned in the transmitted direction. none - This is the normal state, no loop back is performed (and ordinary traffic is running). line - The physical path is looped on the line side, the external incoming path is looped back to the external outgoing path. Note! administrativeStatus must be set to locked when setting loopback attribute.


The administrative state. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


The availability status.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 167


pmMsEs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Multiplexer Section (MS), Errored Seconds (ES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second where one or more blocks or equivalent with one or more errors are received. The counter is also incremented if one or several defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occur during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds

pmMsSes : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Multiplexer Section (MS), Severely Errored Seconds (SES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second with a severe bit error ratio or equivalent. The counter is also incremented if one or more defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occurs during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of fragments


List of reserving MOs. userLabel : string, Default = ""

User label for free use. reservedBySync : Synchronization, NoNotification, ReadOnly


Ospf <<MOClass>> Ospf

The Ospf MO represents an instance of the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing protocol running in a Cello node. When the Ospf MO is created a default OspfArea MO is also created. This OspfArea has the areaId 000.000.000.000. It will be deleted when deleting the Ospf MO. The attribute range0 in the default OspfArea will contain the following values: advertise = false ipAddress = 000.000.000.000 subnetMask = 000.000.000.000


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 168


User label for free use. ospfRouterId : string, Mandatory

The ospfRouterId attribute is in the form of an IP address. In order to able to set ospfRouterId the attribute administrativeState has to be set to locked. The ospfRouterId is uniquely identifying the router in the Autonomous System. By convention to ensure uniqueness, this should be configured to the value of one of the routers IP interface addresses.

ospfASBdrRtrStatus : boolean, Default = false

The ospfASBdrRtrStatus attribute controls, whether this router is configured as an Autonomous System border router (Routers connected to multiple areas are called area border routers). The attribute must be set to 'True' if the user wants to configure static routes, which should be distributed to other OSPF routes as external routes. Configuration of static routes is the same as adding and deleting static routes to the IpRoutingTable Mo.


The operational state of the MO. The operationalState can only be enabled when the IP MO is in workingMode routerMode.


The administrative state of the MO. ospfAreaBdrRtrStatus : boolean, Default = false, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Area border router flag - indicates whether the router is acting as an area border router or not. ipMo : Ip, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The name of the Ip MO that the Ospf MO is to use availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


pmNoOfOspfOriginateNewLsas : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of new Link-State Advertisements (LSAs) that have been originated. This number is incremented each time the router originates a new LSA. For more detailed information, see RFC 1850. Condition: A link related to OSPF interface changes state, or during LSA refresh every 30 minutes Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of events

pmNoOfOspfRxNewLsas : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of Link-State Advertisements (LSAs) received determined to be new instantiations. This number does not include newer instantiations of self-originated link-state advertisements. For more detailed information, see RFC 1850. Condition: A LSA is sent from the neighbor Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of events

recoverTopoDb : boolean, Default = true

Indicates whether the topology database is to be recovered from the database at restart. topoDbStoreInterv : long, Default = 60

The interval, in seconds, with which the topology database will be stored.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 169

OspfArea <<MOClass>> OspfArea

An OSPF autonomous system is divided into OSPF areas. The OSPF Area MO represents such OSPF areas. A default OspfArea MO is automatically created when the Ospf MO is created. It has the identity = 1, so LDN of this MO will be ManagedElement=1,IpSystem=1,Ospf=1,OspfArea=1. The default OspfArea MO can only be deleted by deleting the Ospf MO. Note! A maximum of 4 OspfAreas can be configured each with a maximum of 8 interfaces.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 170


Label free for use. stubArea : boolean, Default = false

Indicates whether the OSPF area is a stub area or not. importExternalLsa : boolean, Default = true

Indicates whether importing Autonomous System external LSA's is supported. sendAreaSummary : boolean, Default = false

Import Area summary - indicates whether the router will originate and propagate summary LSAs into a stub-area.

stubAreaMetric : long, Default = 1

Cost for default route that the router advertises into the area if the area is a stub area and the router is an area border router. By default set to the least metric among the interfaces to other areas.

stubAreaMetricType : OspfMetricType, Default = comparableCost

Stub Area metric type. RFC 1850 (OSPF V2 MIB): comparableCost (external type 1) nonComparable (external type 2)

areaLsaChecksum : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Area Lsa checksum - 32-bit unsigned sum of the link-state advertisements LS check sums contained in this area's link-state database.

areaId : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The OSPF area identity in form of an IP address. This areId uniquely identifies the area. AreaId 0.0.0.0 is used for the OSPF backbone. Range: 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255.

range0 : OspfAreaRange, NoNotification, Restricted

OspfArea IP address range zero (0). range1 : OspfAreaRange, NoNotification, ReadOnly

OspfArea IP address range one (1). range2 : OspfAreaRange, NoNotification, ReadOnly

OspfArea IP address range two (2). pmNoOfOspfSpfRuns : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The number of times that the intra-area route table has been calculated using the link-state database for this area. This is typically done using Dijkstra’s algorithm. For more detailed information, see RFC 1850. Condition: The link-state database is updated Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of events

reservedBy : sequence<OspfInterface>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Holds a list of the reserving OspfInterface MOs.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 171

Operations: addAreaRange (range : in OspfAreaRange, rangeIndex : in long) : void, raises AttrMissingAtCreateException FroNotAccessibleException FroRequestFailedException NoSuchFieldException ValueOutOfRangeException WrongAttributeTypeException

Add aggregation range. Used to add a range of IP addresses to an OSPF area. Note! This action requires a transaction.

deleteAreaRange (rangeIndex : in long) : void, raises FroNotAccessibleException FroRequestFailedException ValueOutOfRangeException

Delete an IP address range. Used to remove a range of IP addresses from an OSPF area. Input is the area aggregation range index. Note! This action requires a transaction.

OspfInterface <<MOClass>> OspfInterface

The OSPF Interface MO represents an interface that is used by the OSPF protocol to communicate with a neighbour node. By connecting an OSPF interface to a Link MO that Link is defined as a link to be used by OSPF. Each OspfInterface MO must always be connected to a OspfArea MO.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 172


User label for free use. ospfAreaRelated : OspfArea, Default = ""

The identity of the OspfArea connected to this OspfInterface. The default value is the default OspfArea MO. lsaTransmissionInterval : long, Default = 5

The time, in seconds, between LSA re-transmissions over the interface - default value 5 seconds. helloInterval : long, Default = 10

The time, in seconds, between sending OSPF Hello-packets over the interface. Default value 10 seconds. Note! Must be a positive value.

routerDeadInterval : long, Default = 40

The time, in seconds, after which a neighbor router is declared dead when not heard from.

interfaceTransitDelay : long, Default = 1

Estimated delay, in seconds, for the transmission of a link state update package over the interface.

interfacePriority : long, Default = 1, Range = 0..255

The interface priority. Each router is configured with a priority configured from 0 - 255 where 0 is the lowest priority and 255 the highest. Note! Must be a positive value.

relatedLink : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Each OSPF interface is connected to one IP link. The relatedLink can be either an IpAtmLink or an EthernetLink MO reference.

pmNoOfOspfIfEvents : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Performance monitoring counter for the number of times this OSPF interface has changed its state or an error has occurred. See RFC 1850. Condition: A state change or error occurrance Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of events

PiuType <<MOClass>> PiuType

The PiuType is an MO that holds product information about a PlugInUnit and the execution resources of the PlugInUnit. It is created/deleted during a software upgrade. The PiuType is used when creating execution MOs connected to a PlugInUnit and when allocating software to this resource. MOs of this type are created automatically during system upgrade. MOs of this type are possible to create manually but a system upgrade is recommended to create them.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 173


A user friendly name associated to the managed object. productData : AdminProductData, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The productData describes the product number, short product revision, product name and product information of the PlugInUnit. The production date is not used. Trailing letters in the revision is recommended to be excluded in the PiuType. Example: R2B will be R2 without trailing letter, R2B/3 must be R2B/3 in the PiuType, R2B/A should be R2 in the PiuType.

boardWidth : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The width of the PlugInUnit board in steps of 5 mm. A PlugInUnit can use/cover more than the slot that it occupies. Example: boardWidth=3 corresponds to 3*5 = 15 mm.

airFlowData : AirFlowData, NoNotification, Restricted

Control value m3/h for the fan unit. Needed by cooling function. role : PiuRole, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The value will be MP if a board has the role of a Main processor. The value will be BP if a board has the role of a device board Otherwise the value will be OTHERS.


The identity's of the reserving MO's.

Operations: numberOfMoConfigurations () : long

Returns the number of entries in the PIUTypeConfigurationArray. Note! This action requires a transaction.

getMoConfiguration (index : in long) : PiuTypeMOConfiguration, raises InvalidIndexException Returns a struct of a specific MoConfiguration at a given index. The moConfiguration holds information about how to create the subordinate objects for a specific piu type. Precondition: 0 <= index <= numberOfMoConfigurations() - 1 Note! This action requires a transaction.

PlugInUnit <<MOClass>> PlugInUnit

This MO is used to represent a plug-in-unit, that is a board inserted in a slot in a subrack. Note! Before deleting the PlugInUnit MO, administrativeState must be set to locked.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 174


A free tag that a user can associated to the this managed object. The value has no relevance for the managed system.


The administrative state of the PlugInUnit. The possibility to rollback the setting of this attribute is limited.

operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state is set to 'enabled' when the plug-in-unit has loaded and started its 'Basic' load module. productType : string, Default = "HW", NoNotification, ReadOnly

This attribute describes the product type and is always set to the value "HW". piuType : PiuType, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

A reference to an available PiuType at create of a PIU.

piuGroupNumber : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..65536

Indicates which restart group the plug-in unit belongs to. Such a group consists of a number of plug-in units where at least one must be enabled (working) or performing recovery. When all plug-in units in a group are out of function, the node is restarted. Must have a positive value. Zero indicates no group.




List of managed objects depending on PlugInUnit pmProcessorLoad : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly, Range = 0..100

Description: The average CPU load during the last 5 minutes. The value is stated in %. Implemented only on MP and BP. Condition: Automatic continues measurement where the CPU average is calculated for the last 5 minutes is calculated every time the value is read. The CPU load is defined as 1 - bg in percent, where bg is defined as background load. Counter type: GAUGE Unit: Percentage of CPU load

allowedSeqRestarts : SeqRestarts, Default = RESTARTS_WITH_WARM

The number of automatic (do not require intervention from a human operator) sequential restarts that are allowed for a PIU. When this number of automatic restarts has been exceeded, the automatic restarting halts and the PIU is faulty marked. The time limit between two restarts is 5 minutes. This means that if the time between two restarts is less then 5 minutes the restarts are counted, otherwise the restart counter is reset. For example, 3 means 3 restarts with time limit < 5 minutes are accepted but when the 4:th occurs within 5 minutes the board is considered faulty and an alarm is generated.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 175

Operations: restart (restartRank : in RestartRank, restartCause : in RestartCause) : void, raises

ValueOutOfRangeException FroNotAccessibleException

Note! The restartCause can have the following values: 1 = restart error 2 = restart upgrade Note! The restartCause piuRestartUpgrade overrides the restartRank value and gives mainly restartRank=warm (or restartRank=refresh in some upgrade situations. Note! The action "restart" cannot be performed within the same transaction as create of the MO. Note! This action requires a transaction.

Program <<MOClass>> Program

The Program MO represent the executable software on the target hardware. MOs of this type are created automatically during system upgrade. MOs of this type are possible to create manually but a system upgrade is recommended to create them. Note! Some programs are not possible to restart or can take part in an RPU. For more information please refer to the LoadModule MO.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 176


Label free for use. loadModule : LoadModule, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute gives information about which load module the program is instantiated from. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

This attribute shows whether the program has normal performance capability or not. startState : StartState, Default = disabled

This attribute shows whether the program is permitted to enter operational state enabled or not after a PIU restart. The default state is disabled in order to avoid that an operating program and a new version of the same program have its startState enabled at the same time. It is used on all types of node restarts and restart of PlugInUnit with restartCause = piuRestartUpgrade.

heapSize : long, Default = 0

This attribute sets the size of the program heap size. The value in the referenced LoadModule is fetched by program and used at create if no value is submitted at create of the program MO. The referenced load module has a default size defined at compile time wich is used if no value is submitted at create of loadModule or the program Mo. Note! The value of this attribute is overwritten during Software Upgrade. Note: If the program is a child to a Fan Mo this attribute is irrelevant. Note: Setting of this attribute will have no effect until the program is restarted. Note: The attribute 'heapSize' is only relevant if the parent of the Program MO is Spm or PlugInUnit

poolSize : long, Default = 0

This attribute sets the size of the program pool size. In the referenced LoadModule there is possible to set this value at create. The value in the referenced LoadModule is fetched by program and used at create if no value is submitted at create of the program MO. The referenced load module has a default size defined at compile time wich is used if no value is submitted at create of LoadModule or the Program Mo. Note! The value of this attribute is overwritten during Software Upgrade. Only working for MP-Program Unit is bytes. Note: If the program is a child to a Fan Mo this attribute is irrelevant. Note: Setting of this attribute will not have any effect until the program is restarted. Note: The attribute 'poolSize' is only relevant if the parent of the Program MO is Spm or PlugInUnit

restartTimer : long, Default = 60, Range = -1..*

This type specifies the time that a program have to execute without faults, until the restart counter is reset. The time value is interpreted as seconds. restartTimer= -1 : Forever, implies that the restart counter is only reset when the PIU is restarted. Note: If the program is a child to a Fan Mo this attribute is irrelevant. Note: The attribute 'restartTimer' is only relevant if the parent of the Program MO is MsDeviceGroup or PlugInUnit.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 177

restartCounterLimit : long, Default = 3, Range = -1..* This attribute specifies the number of times that a program can restart, without escalation to a PIU restart. The possible values are: restartCounterLimit = -1 : Unlimited, means never restart PIU, regardless of the number of times the specific program restarts. Note: If the program is a child to a Fan Mo this attribute is irrelevant. Note! The value 3 means 3 restarts, hot, warm and finally as a last resort PIU restart. Note! The program escalates to a PIU restart when the number of restarts reaches the value set for this attribute. I.e. if for example the value is set to 5, escalation to PIU restart will occur at the fifth restart. Note: The attribute 'restartCounterLimit' is only relevant if the parent of the Program MO is MsDeviceGroup or PlugInUnit.

Operations: restart () : void

Request to restart the program. Only valid for MP programs. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

ReliableProgramUniter <<MOClass>> ReliableProgramUniter

A Reliable Program Uniter (RPU) is a controlling and addressing entity providing one common addressing unit for two Reliable Programs. Or more correctly for parts of two Reliable Programs, each part is called a Resource Suite Handler (RSH). The RSH is implemented and owned by the application. It is not a function or a concept within Cello. MOs of this type are created automatically during system upgrade. MOs of this type are possible to create manually but a system upgrade is recommended to create them.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 178


For free use. reliableProgramLabel : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reliable Program Label. Compare this to the reliableProgramLabel in LoadModule MO.

admActiveSlot : Slot, Mandatory

Reference to slot, contains the running "Normal" relation to a slot. If the reference is set to the passive slot, the passive slot will be cleared and only one relation will be set.

admPassiveSlot : Slot, Default = null

Reference to slot, contains the running "Stand-by" relation to a slot. If the reference is set to the active slot or a null value, the passive slot will be cleared.

switchOver : RPUSwitchOverMode, Default = AtPiuFault

This attribute controls when to switchover the RPU, if a certain type error situation occurs. normalisation : RPUNormalisationMode, Default = Automatic

This attribute controls when to switch back the RPU, after error recovery has been done. replication : RPUReplicationMode, Default = ApplControlled, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute indicates that which level of data replication that is associated with the RPU. operationalMode : RPUOperationalMode, Default = Unavailable, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

This attribute indicates if the RSH execution mode (active/passive) in the two Reliable Program, matches the normal/stand-by relations set on the corresponding RPU.



Operations: switch () : void, raises ActionNotAllowedException

This action will force the two corresponding RSHs to change their execution mode (active/passive). It will lead either to a switchover or to a switchback, depending of what value the operational Mode attribute is showing. Note! This action requires a transaction.

Repertoire <<MOClass>> Repertoire

The Repertoire is an abstraction of a functionality represented by a plug in unit type (PiuType MO) and one or more load modules (LoadModule MO). The repertoire also provides rules for PiuType/ Load Module combinations valid for a specific function where one function can be provided by one or many PiuType-Load Module combinations. These rules are used to load the correct software (Load Modules) to a PlugInUnit. This could be used as operator configuration support and/or in situations where automatic re-configuration is required (hot repair). MOs of this type are created automatically during system upgrade. MOs of this type are possible to create manually but a system upgrade is recommended to create them.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 179


A user friendly name associated to the managed object. name : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

A function friendly name associated to the repertoire. The value must be unique with respect to all repertoires with the same install state.

info : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

Information regarding the function. piuTypeList : sequence<PiuType>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

A list containing all PiuType references that has been added to this repertoire. reservedBy : sequence<SwAllocation>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of reserving SwAllocation MOs.

SccpAccountingCriteria <<MOClass>> SccpAccountingCriteria

The SccpAccountingCriteria MO and the SccpSp MO represents the accounting function in CPP. Attribute usageType specifies Accounting Remuneration (incoming GT messages) or Verification (outgoing GT messages). For Remuneration a SccpGlobalTitle MOId in attribute globalTitleId must be defined. For Verification a SccpGlobalTitle MOid is defined in attribute globalTitleId, or a SccpEntitySet MOid is defined if accounting shall be made on the resulting new GT. The attribute ssN is optional . The Mtp3bSrs MOid (including an SPC) in attribute pointerId is optional for accounting in one local node (SRP in one NI). The SccpSp MOid in attribute pointerId is optional for accounting between two local nodes (SRP between two NIs). Attribute countType specifies if Messages och Octets shall be counted. Start and stop of accounting and output period for the accounting file is specified in the SccpSp MO.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 180


Label free for use. usageType : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

This attribute specifies if the MO is used for renumeration or verification. 0 = Verification Criteria to detect outgoing massages that will be charged in the next relay node. 1 = Renumeration Criteria to detect incoming messages for relaying, that will be charged.

ssN : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..255

Subsystem Number this Accounting Criteria applies to. SubSystem Number 0 (zero) means that any SSN in CdPA (Called Party Address) is valid.

countType : SccpCountType, Default = MESSAGES, NoNotification, Restricted

Specifies type of countes that should be activated. globalTitleId : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The identity of the SccpGlobalTitle MO or the SccpEntitySet MO used by this MO. pmNoOfMsg : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of messages, both incoming and outgoing. Note! If ’countType’ is set to ’OCTETS’ this counter is not activated. Condition: Accounting is activated Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfOctets : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of octets, both incoming and outgoing. Note! If ’countType’ is set to ’MESSAGES this counter is not activated. Condition: Accounting is activated Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of octets

pointerId : ManagedObject, NoNotification, Restricted

The pointer is an instance of a Mtp3bSrs MO OR an instance of a SccpSP MO. Note! If no pointerId is set all Signaling Point Codes (SPC) and all Sccp SP identities are valid. Note! It is not possible to submit the Id of the SccpSp that the SccpAccountingCriteria belongs to.

SccpApLocal <<MOClass>> SccpApLocal

This Managed Object represents an SCCP Local Access Point. An SCCP AP instance is a logical point in the SCCP network at which an SCCP user can access the services provided by the SCCP and the SCCP can deliver its services to the SCCP user. The SCCP Access Point is identified by a SubSystem Number (SSN). A local SccpAp represents an access point in the own node. The performance monitoring counters found in SccpApLocal MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is a shutdown request from the CLI (Cluster Interface).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 181

Note! Its not possible to delete the SccpApLocal object



The operational state of the SCCP AP. The operability of the SCCP AP is described by this attribute which has two possible values: Disabled: The SCCP AP is totally inoperable and unable to provide the service to the user. Enabled: The SCCP AP is partly or fully operable and available for use.



ssN : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 3..255

The sub system number, SSN, of the SCCP Access Point. Note that this has to be a unique number. If the SccpAp is local then the SSN has to be unique among all other SccpAp MOs under the same SccpSp MO.

maxConn : long, Mandatory, Range = 1..524288

The maxConn attribute specifies the max number of connections allowed for this SCCP Access Point. It is only valid for local SCCP Access Points. Note : To increase the maxConn all links related to the SccpSp MO and Mtp3bSp MO must be deleted or deactivated and all M3uAssociations must be deleted.


List of reserving MOs. useS1 : boolean, Default = false, NoNotification, Restricted

Controls adding of OPC from routing label to Calling Party Address if absent. False = Do not add OPC to Calling Part Address. True = Add OPC to Calling Part Address.

SccpApRemote <<MOClass>> SccpApRemote

This Managed Object represents an SCCP Remote Access Point. An SCCP AP instance is a logical point in the SCCP network at which an SCCP user can access the services provided by the SCCP and the SCCP can deliver its services to the SCCP user. The SCCP Remote Access Point is identified by a SubSystem Number (SSN). A remote SccpAp represents an access point in another node and is related to a Mtp3bAp MO. The performance monitoring counters found in SccpAp MO is reset, set to zero, when the object is created. These counters will not be reset again unless there is a shutdown request from the CLI (Cluster Interface).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 182



The operational state of the SCCP AP. The operability of the SCCP AP is described by this attribute which has two possible values: Disabled: The SCCP AP is totally inoperable and unable to provide the service to the user (e.g. if the MTP-3b AP is not usable). Enabled: The SCCP AP is partly or fully operable and available for use.




Holds a list of the reserving MOs. mtp3bApId : Mtp3bAp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The identity of the Mtp3bAp used by this MO. ssN : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 2..255

The sub system number, SSN, of the SCCP Access Point. Note that this has to be a unique number. The SSN has to be unique among all other SccpApRemote MOs that has the same DPC in their corresponding Mtp3bSrs MOs and same OPC in corresponding Mtp3bSpXXX.

SccpEntitySet <<MOClass>> SccpEntitySet

This MO represents an SCCP EntitySet which is made of one SCCP Entity. An SCCP Entity is a local MTP-SAP + a DPC + possibly an SSN, i.e an SCCP EntitySet identifies the set of access points that result from a global title translation. An SCCP EntitySet may also be made of two SCCP Entities of the same type (if an SSN is present in one SCCP Entity, then an SSN shall also be present in the other). In the latter case the two SCCP entities may be considered either as a "primary" SCCP Entity and a "backup" SCCP Entity (dupli-dominant mode) or may be interpreted as two equal SCCP entities that can be used for outgoing loadsharing purpose. In this implementation they can only be considered as "primary" and "backup".The Routing Indicator (RI) in the Called Party Address is normally not set by the SCCP for outgoing messages and should therefore be set by the user. This means that if the user has set "Route on SSN" this will be the case after the GTT also even if the set consist of MTP-3b Access Points. However, if the set consists of SCCP Access Points the RI is implicitly set to "Route on SSN" by SCCP. DPC Destination Point Code GTT Global Title Translation MTP Message Transfer Part SAP Signalling Access Point SSN Subsystem Number Note: the SccpEntitySet MO depends either on MAOs of type SccpApLocal OR SccpApRemote, not on a mixture of these MAO types.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 183


For free use. routeIds : sequence<ManagedObject,2>, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The Entity Set routeId is an array of maximum two instances of Sccp ApLocal MO's OR two instances of SccpApRemote MO's OR two instances of Mtp3bAp MO's OR one instance of SccpSP MO.

sharingMode : SharingMode, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The sharingMode attribute controls the distribution of SCCP traffic over the entities (Access Points) in the set. newSubSystemNumber : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..254

The new sub system number attribute is only valid if the Mtp3b Access Points are used in the set. In that case the SSN attribute allows to optionally set the subsystem number in the Called Party Address as a result of a Global Title Translation. If the set consists of SCCP Access Points the subsystem number in the Called Party Address is always implicitly set to the SCCP Access Point SAP (SSN) as a result of a Global Title Translation. This attribute is controlled by the type of AP(s) that the EntitySet refers to. The default value 0 means no new subsystem number.

newGlobalTitle : GlobalTitleData, NoNotification, Restricted

The New Global Title attribute allows to optionally replace the global title in the Called Party Address as a result of a Global Title Translation (GTT). If the GT resulting from a GTT is different from the GT previously included in the Called Party Address, the newly produced GT replaces the existing one. The gtIndicator attribute is read-only and is derived from the combination of Nature Of Address, the Translation Type and Numbering Plan used. Default value is considered as no new Global Title.


Holds a list of the reserving MO's.

SccpGlobalTitle <<MOClass>> SccpGlobalTitle

The SCCP Global Title MO represents a combination of a global title translator and a global title rule. If no Destination Point Code (DPC) is present in the Called Party Address, a Global Title (GT) is needed. Then a global title must be present in the Called Party Address, otherwise a routing error occurs. A global title translator is selected by SCCP based on a combination of the values of the Nature Of Address (NA), the translation type (TT), and the Numbering Plan (NP) if available, in this MO matched with the same information in the Called Party Address provided by an SCCP user. A global title translation rule is selected by SCCP by matching the Global Title Address Information and possibly the Encoding Scheme in this MO, with the same information in the Called Party Address provided by an SCCP user. A global title translation rule points to the SCCP Entity Set resulting from the global title translation (GTT). The translation results in a DPC and possibly a new Sub System Number (SSN) or GT or both (decided by the SCCP Entity Set it refers to). If the GT and/or SSN resulting from a GTT is different from the GT and/or SSN previously included in the Called Party Address, the newly produced GT and/or SSN replaces the existing one. GT - Global Title SCCP - Signalling Connection Control Part SSN - Sub System Number DPC - Destination Point Code TT - Translation Type GTT - Global Title Translation


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 184


For free use. gtIndicator : GlobalTitleIndicator, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Global title indicator for China, ITU, TTC and ANSI.

natureOfAddress : NatureOfAddress, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Indicates number type, i.e. national or international number.

numberingPlan : NumberingPlan, Default = UNKNOWN, NoNotification, Restricted

Indicates which numbering plan that is used.

translationType : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..254

Used to direct the message to the appropriate Global Title translation function. addressInformation : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, LengthRange = 1..37

Digit string of 1-37 digits, where each digit is 0-9. "B", "C" and "F" can be used for for Code 11, 12 and 15. The addressInformation may also contain wild card symbols: "*" or "?". Wild cards are only allowed for defining Global Title Translations, they are not allowed for specifying SCCP SAPs (built with SPC and Global Title or SPC + SSN + Global Title). A "*" can only be used at the end of an addressInformation. Note! The number of digits in the addressInformation must be even if gtIndicator=2 or 6 is used. This means that a filler (zero) must be added to the addressInformation if the address i even (e.g. 040231240 must be configured as 0402312400). No filler is needed if "*" is used. Note! The addressInformation has to be unique among all the SccpGlobalTitle MOs created under the same SccpSp MO.

encodingScheme : EncodingScheme, Default = UNKNOWN, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Indicates if the number of address signals are an odd or even number.

sccpEntitySetId : SccpEntitySet

The sccpEntitySetId attribute points out the corresponding SccpEntitySet MO. Note! This attribute is only optional if this MO is used by Policing. In all other cases it has to be set.



SccpPolicing <<MOClass>> SccpPolicing

The SccpPolicing MO represents the policing function in CPP. The originatingMtp3bSpc is a madatory attribute for policing in one local node (i.e. a SRP in one NI). For policing between two local nodes (i.e. a SRP between two NIs) the originatingMtp3bSpc can be replaced by the originatingSccpSpId. Optional attributes for policing in one local node (i.e a SRP in one NI) are destinationMtp3bSpc, destinationSccpSsn, originatingSccpSsn and policingGlobalTitle.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 185

For policing between two local nodes (i.e. a SRP between two NIs) the destinationMtp3bSpc can be replaced by the destinationSccpSpId.


Label free for use. originatingMtp3bSpc : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..16777215

The value of the SPC (Signaling Point Code). Note! If the 'originatingSccpSpId' is specified the 'originatingMtp3bSpc' is invalid. Note! If this attribute has the value 0 (zero) set it is considered to be not set.

destinationMtp3bSpc : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..16777215

The value of the destination SPC (Signaling Point Code). Note! The default value 0 (zero) means that no SPC is defined. Note! If no 'destinationSccpSp' is defined and the value of 'destinationMtp3bSpc' is set to 0 (zero), all Signalling Point Codes (SPC) are valid.

originatingSccpSpId : ManagedObject, NoNotification, Restricted

The identity of the originating SccpSp MO must be used for policing between local nodes. Note! If the 'originatingSccpSpId' is specified the 'originatingMtp3bSpc' is invalid.

originatingSccpSsn : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted

The value of SSN in CgPA (Calling Party Address) Note! The value 0 (zero) means that all ssN (Sub System Number) are valid.

destinationSccpSpId : ManagedObject, NoNotification, Restricted

The identity of the destination SccpSp MO can be used for policing between local nodes. Note! If the 'destinationSccpSpId' is specified the 'destinationMtp3bSpc' is invalid. Note! If no destination 'destinationSccpSp' is defined and the value of 'destinationMtp3bSpc' is set to 0, all local nodes are valid.

destinationSccpSsn : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, Restricted

The value of SSN inCdPA (Called Party Address). Note! The valu 0 (zero) means tha all ssN (Sub System Number) are valid.

policingGlobalTitle : GlobalTitleData, NoNotification, Restricted

The Policing Global Title attribute allows to optionally police on Global Title Default value is considered as no policing Global Title and all GTs are valid.

discardOrReturnServiceMsg : DiscardReturnServiceMsg, Default = DISCARD

For a policing case whether to discard or return Service Messages, if the return option is set. pmNoOfRejectMsg : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of rejected messages Condition: An SCCP message is rejected by policing Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 186

SccpScrc <<MOClass>> SccpScrc

The Signalling Connection Control Part Routing Control (SCCP SCRC) MO holds information about the SCCP routing control.


For free use. pmNoOfRoutingFailure : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for number of routing failures.

pmNoOfConnectFailure : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for number of connect failures.

pmNoOfHopCounterViolation : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for number of Hop counter violations.

pmNoOfRoutingFailNoTransAddrOfSuchNature : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent,

ReadOnly Performance monitoring counter for number of routing failures due to no translation for Nature of Address field.

pmNoOfRoutingFailNoTransSpecificAddr : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for number of routing failures due to no translation of specific address.

pmNoOfRoutingFailurePointCodeUnAvail : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for number of routing failures due to destination point code not available.

pmNoOfRoutingFailNetworkCongest : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for number of routing failures due to network congestion.

pmNoOfRoutingFailSubsysUnavail : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for number of routing failures due to destination subsystem unavailable.

pmNoOfRoutingFailReasonUnknown : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for number of routing failures due to unknown reason.

pmNoOfRoutingFailUnequippedSubsys : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Performance monitoring counter for number of routing failures due to unequipped subsystem.

SccpSp <<MOClass>> SccpSp

The Signalling Connection Control Part, SCCP, Signalling Point, SP, MO is the placeholder for all SCCP related managed objects. Startime for accounting is set by attributes accountDateFileOutput and accountTimeFileOutput.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 187

The attribute accountPeriodFileOutput sets period for the accounting record to be stored on the /c file system. The accounting is stopped by setting the accountPeriodFileOutput to zero (0). NOTE: The SRP function and SccpAccountingCriteria MO's should only be created for one signalling stack, i.e one PIU. Note! The guiding values that can be found for some attributes is to be regarded as a recommendation for these attributes. Depending on the size of the network, traffic load, use and so forth it might be neccesary to set values for these attributes outside the guiding values. Note! Its not possible to delete the SccpSp object.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 188



The operational state of the SCCP SP. The operability of the SCCP SP is described by this attribute which has two possible values: Disabled: The SCCP SP is totally inoperable and unable to provide the service to the user (e.g. if the processor is not usable). Enabled: The SCCP SP is partly or fully operable and available for use.

mtp3bSpId : ManagedObject, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The identity of the L3 Signaling Point used by this MO. prioSST : long, Default = 1, Range = 0..3

This attribute sets the priority for the Subsystem Test message when issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from the SCCP the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO. Coding of the message priority: 0 Lowest priority 1 2 3 Highest priority

prioIT : long, Default = 1, Range = 0..3

This attribute sets the priority for the Inactivity Test message when issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from the SCCP the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO. Coding of the message priority: 0 Lowest priority 1 2 3 Highest priority

prioRLSD : long, Default = 1, Range = 0..3

This attribute sets the priority for the connection release message when issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from the SCCP the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO. Coding of the message priority: 0 Lowest priority 1 2 3 Highest priority

prioGeneral : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..3

This attribute sets the priority for all the other messages which are issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from the SCCP the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO. Coding of the message priority: 0 Lowest priority 1 2 3 Highest priority

accountDateFileOutput : string, Default = "00000000"

Date for accounting file output. Format in ASCI-code: yyyymmdd yyyy = 0000-9999 mm = 01-12 dd = 01-31 Note! This is the start date for the output.

accountTimeFileOutput : string, Default = "0000"

Time for accounting file output. Format in ASCI-code: hhmm hh = 00-23 mm = 00-59


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 189

accountPeriodFileOutput : long, Default = 0 Period for accounting file output. Format: number of half hour. Range = 0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 48 Note! if set to 0 (zero) the output will be stopped.

upperConnThres : long, Default = 80, Range = 0..100

The upper connection threshold allow the user to specify the level at which the upper connection threshold notification is triggered. The thresholds must be given as a percentage of the maximum number of connection resources made available for the entire SCCP.

lowerConnThres : long, Default = 50, Range = 0..100

The lower connection threshold allow the user to specify the level at which the lower connection threshold notification is triggered. The thresholds must be given as a percentage of the maximum number of connection resources made available for the entire SCCP. The value must be less then UpperConnThres. The maximum value is less or equal to the upper connection threshold

swapUDTPointer : long, Default = 1, Range = 0..1

There are two ways to construct a UDTS from a UDT, the XUDTS will be constructed in the same way. One way is to only swap the pointers to “Called Party Address” and “Calling Party Address” in a UDT message when constructing a UDTS. The other way is to swap data. How this is done in the SCCP is configurable. The coding and interpretation is as follows: 0, swap data –“Called party Address” will be sent before “Calling party Address” 1, swap pointers–“Called party Address” will be sent after “Calling party Address”.

hopCounterSclc : long, Default = 8, Range = 1..15

The SCLC hop counter is a parameter that is decremented for each performed GT translation for SCLC messages on the way to the end destination. If decrementing the counter results in the value of zero in a non-end destination node, the SCCP initiates the appropriate error procedure.

hopCounterScoc : long, Default = 8, Range = 1..15

The SCOC hop counter is a parameter that is decremented for each performed GT translation for SCOC messages on the way to the end destination. If decrementing the counter results in the value of zero in no end destination node, the SCCP initiates the appropriate error procedure.

tconnEst : long, Default = 600, Range = 1..65535

Connection establishment control timer. Unit: deciseconds (0.1 seconds). Guiding values; Range 600 - 1200, Default 600

tIas : long, Default = 3000, Range = 1..65535

Send inactivity control timer. Unit: deciseconds (0.1 seconds). Guiding values; Range 3000-6000 Default 3000

tIar : long, Default = 6600, Range = 1..65535

Receive inactivity control timer. Unit: deciseconds (0.1 seconds). Guiding values; Range 6600-12600 Default 6600

tRel : long, Default = 100, Range = 1..65535

Connection release timer. Unit: deciseconds (0.1 seconds). Guiding values;


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 190

Range 100-200 Default 100

tCong : long, Default = 300, Range = 1..65535

Congestion timer. Unit: deciseconds (0.1 seconds). Guiding values; Range 10-2550 Default 300

tStatInfo : long, Default = 300, Range = 1..65535

Subsystem Status Test timer. Unit: deciseconds (0.1 seconds). Guiding values; Range 10-2550 Default 300

tconnResp : long, Default = 150, Range = 1..65535

Connection response waiting timer. Unit: deciseconds (0.1 seconds). Guiding values; Range 100-200 Default 150

tReass : long, Default = 150, Range = 1..65535

Reassembly timer. Unit: deciseconds (0.1 seconds). Guiding values; Range 100-200 Default 150

tGuard : long, Default = 13800, Range = 1..65535

Guard timer for program restart not applicable for this CPP version. Instead a restart counter is used to improve restart performance. Unit: deciseconds (0.1 seconds). Guiding values; Range 13800-15000 (23-25 minutes) Default 1380 (23 minutes)

smiValue : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..3

The SMI (Subsystem Multiplicity Indicator) is always ignored for incoming messages. This SCCP can however be configured to insert a specific SMI value in outgoing messages. The coding and interpretation is as follows: Coding Comment 0 | Affected Subsystem multiplicity unknown. 1 | Affected Subsystem is solitary. 2 | Affected Subsystem is duplicated. 3 | Spare.

useSCMG : Scmg

The use of SCMG functions. SST = SCCP Subsystem Test message. SSA = SCCP Subsystem Allowed message. SSP = SCCP Subsystem Prohibited message. SSC = SCCP Subsystem Congested message. The attributes contained in the struct is: initiateTimerTcon,


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 191

allowRemoteBroadcast, useSST, useSSP, sendSSA, sendSST

maxRelayedConn : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..524288

Connection Oriented SCCP Signaling Relay Point (SRP-CO) and Maximum number of Relayed Connections is not used in this CPP version.


The identity of the reserving MO. pmNoOfUDTSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent UNIDATA messages (UDT). Condition: A connection-less UDT was sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfUDTRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received UNIDATA messages (UDT). Condition: A connection-less UDT was received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfUDTSSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent UNIDATA SERVICE messages (UDTS). Condition: A connection-less UDTS was sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfUDTSRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received UNIDATA SERVICE messages (UDTS). Condition: A connection-less UDTS was received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfXUDTSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent extended UNIDATA messages (XUDT). Condition: A connection-less XUDT was sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfXUDTRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received extended UNIDATA messages (XUDT). Condition: A connection less XUDT was received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfXUDTSSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 192

Description: Number of sent extended UNIDATA SERVICE messages (XUDTS). Condition: A connection-less XUDTS was sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfXUDTSRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received extended UNIDATA SERVICE messages (XUDTS). Condition: A connection-less XUDTS was received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfCRSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Connection Requests (CR). Condition: A connection-oriented CR was sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfCRRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Connection Requests (CR). Condition: A connection-oriented CR was received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfDT1Sent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Data Form 1 message (DT1). Condition: A connection-oriented DT1 was sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfDT1Rec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Data Form 1 message (DT1). Condition: A connection-oriented DT1 was received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfERRSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Protocol Data Unit Errors (ERR). Condition: A connection-oriented ERR was sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfERRRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Performance monitoring counter for number of received Protocol Data Unit Errors (ERR). Condition: A connection-oriented ERR was received Counter type: PEG


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 193

Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfSubsysAllowedSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Subsystem-allowed messages, (SSA). Condition: An SSA was sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfCREFRecFromNL : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Connection Refused (CREF) messages received from the Network Layer (NL). A CREF message indicates to the calling Signalling Connection Control Part (SCCP) that the setup of the signalling connection has been refused. Condition: A connection-oriented CREF was received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfCREFSentToNL : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Connection Refused (CREF) messages sent to the Network Layer (NL). A CREF message indicates to the calling Signalling Connection Control Part (SCCP) that the setup of the signalling connection has been refused. Condition: A connection-oriented CREF was sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfRLSDRecFromNL : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Released (RLSD) messages received from the Network Layer (NL). Condition: A connection-oriented RLSD was received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfRLSDSentToNL : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Released (RLSD) messages sent to the Network Layer (NL). Condition: A connection-oriented LSD was sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfConInUseExceedHighWaterMark : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of connections in use that exceeded the high watermark threshold. Condition: High watermark threshold exceeded Counter type: GAUGE Unit: Number of connections

pmNoOfConInUseReceededLowWaterMark : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of connections in use that receded the low watermark threshold.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 194

Condition: High watermark threshold receded Counter type: GAUGE Unit: Number of connections

pmNoOfLUDTRec : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received Long Unitdata Message (LUDT) messages. Condition: A connection-less LUDT was received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmNoOfLUDTSSent : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent Long Unitdata Service Message (LUDTS) messages. Condition: A connection-less LUDTS was sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

Sctp <<MOClass>> Sctp

This MO represents the SCTP, Stream Control Transmission Protocol in Cello. SCTP is designed to transport signaling messages over IP networks.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 195



The operational state of the Ip Access Host. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


numberOfAssociations : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..512

The maximum number of M3uAssociations that can be handled by this SCTP MO. reservedBy : sequence<M3uAssociation>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Holds a list of the M3Ua's handled by the SCTP. ipAccessHostGpbId : IpAccessHostGpb, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The identity of the IpAccessHostGbp reserved by this MO. minimumRto : long, Default = 8, Range = 4..500

The minimum value for RTO (Retransmission time-out). The minimumRto shall be larger than tSack + expected Round Trip Time. Unit is second/100.

maximumRto : long, Default = 15, Range = 4..180000

The maximum value for RTO (Retransmission time-out). Unit is second/100. maximumRto must be larger than minimumRto.

initialRto : long, Default = 8, Range = 4..180000

The initial value that the RTO (Retransmission time-out) will take prior to the first RTT (Round Trip Time) measure. Note that the value for 'initialRto' has to be equal to or greater than 'minimumRto'. Unit is seconds/100.

rtoAlphaIndex : long, Default = 3, Range = 1..4

This parameter is used for computing the value of the SRTT (Smoothed Round Trip Time) for a specific destination address. Is is used to weight the RTT values, and it's value must be between 0 and 1 (0 < rtoAlpha < 1). A value close to 1 gives a higher importance to the last RTT measurement. The range of possible values in the configuration file and the actual value given to this parameter within the module are the following: rtoAlphaIndex = 1 -> RTO-Alpha = 1/2 rtoAlphaIndex = 2 -> RTO-Alpha = 1/4 rtoAlphaIndex = 3 -> RTO-Alpha = 1/8 rtoAlphaIndex = 4 -> RTO-Alpha = 1/16

rtoBetaIndex : long, Default = 2, Range = 1..4

This parameter is used for computing the the value of RTTVar (Round Trip Time Variation) of a destination address. It's value must be between 0 and 1 (0 < rtoBetaIndex < 1). A value close to 1 gives more importance to the last observed variation. The range of possible values in the configuration file and the actual value given to this parameter within the module are the following: rtoBetaIndex = 1 -> RTO-Beta = 1/2 rtoBetaIndex = 2 -> RTO-Beta = 1/4


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 196

rtoBetaIndex = 3 -> RTO-Beta = 1/8 rtoBetaIndex = 4 -> RTO-Beta = 1/16

validCookieLife : long, Default = 60, Range = 1..180

This parameter sets up the lifespan of the State Cookie sent in the INIT_ACK chunk. It is used for limiting the the valid amount of time between sending the INIT_ACK and the reception of a COOKIE_ECHO chunk when establishing an association. If a COOKIE_ECHO chunk arrives after 'validCookieLife' has expired when sending an INIT_ACK chunk, the COOKIE_ECHO shall be discarded and no association will be established. Unit is seconds.

allowedIncrementCookieLife : long, Default = 30, Range = 0..180

The sender of an INIT chunk may request to the remote endpoint a cookie life-span increase (for example, if a previous attempt to connect failed due to a state-cookie error). If the value sent in the "Cookie Preservative field" of the INIT chunk is less or equal to this parameter, the reciver of the INIT chunk will increase the 'validCookieLife' with the number of seconds specified. If the value present in the "Cookie Preservative field" is higher than this parameter, the cookie life should be incremented with the number of seconds specified by the parameter. Unit is seconds.

keyChangePeriod : long, Default = 4, Range = 1..180

Defines how often the secret key used for computing the MAC (Message Authentication Code) on the State Cookie is changed. Unit is seconds.

associationMaxRtx : long, Default = 2, Range = 1..20

This is the maximum number of consecutive retransmissions to a remote peer (on all the destination transport addresses of the peer, if it's multi homed). If the number of retransmissions becomes higher than this value, the remote peer shall be considered unreachable and the association shall be closed down. The value of this attribute should be greater than, or equal to the value of the attribute 'pathMaxRtx'. Note! New value of the parameter gets active only after the association is re-established. Note that for a specific association, it might happen that all the remote addresses (if the the remote end is multi homed) becomes unreachable without exceeding the 'associationMaxRtx'. In such a case the association will be closed down. Note! The value need to be increased to avoid frequent CommLost's in case of an unstable network.

pathMaxRtx : long, Default = 2, Range = 1..20

Maximum number of consecutive retransmissions to a remote transport address. If the number of retransmissions becomes higher than this value, the remote transport address shall be considered as "inactive" and no data shall be sent to it. If all of the remote transport addresses becomes "inactive", tha association will be closed down. Note! New value of the parameter gets active only after the association is re-established. Note! The value need to be increased to avoid frequent CommLost's in case of an unstable network.

maxInitialRtrAtt : long, Default = 8, Range = 1..16

The maximum nimber of retransmissions allowed for both INIT and COOKIE_ECHO chunks. If the number of retransmissions exceeds this value, then the SCTP must abort the initialization of the association and report the error to the user.

maxShutDownRtrAtt : long, Default = 5, Range = 1..16

The maximum number of retransmission during the shutdown phase of an association. heartbeatInterval : long, Default = 30, Range = 1..1800

The amount of time added to the RTO (Retransmission Time Out) of a specific address when setting up the period of time between sending heartbeats. Small values can lead to an earlier detection of unreachable addresses than higher


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 197

values. Note that sendig often might lead to performace penalty. Unit is seconds. Note! New value of the parameter gets active only after the association is re-established.

heartbeatStatus : boolean, Default = true

This attribute enables/disables heartbeats for associations. True = Enables Note! New value of the parameter gets active only after the association is re-established.

maxIncomingStream : long, Default = 17, Range = 1..16384

This is the maximum incoming streams (MIS) for an association. Established associations might have an IS less or equal to this, but it's MIS can never be higher than the value of this attribute. Note! New value of the parameter gets active only for new users.

maxOutgoingStream : long, Default = 17, Range = 1..16384

The maximum number of outgonig streams for an association. Note! New value of the parameter gets active only for new users.

maxUserDataSize : long, Default = 1432, Range = 528..65484

The maximum number of bytes a user is allowed to pass as a non fragmentable user data in a SCTP_SEND_REQ message (fixed user MTU): The values for this attribute is 'user' data and do not include IP header (20 bytes), SCTP header (12 bytes) or DATA chunk header (16 bytes). The maxUserDataSize is the maxUserdata towards IP. SCTP will not make segmentation of SCTP user data (M3UA message) if it is less or equal to maxUserDataSize - SCTP-header(12 byte) - DATAchunk-header (16 byte). This means that with mtu=1500 an M3UA message greater than 1452 octet will be segmented by SCTP. Unit is bytes.

mBuffer : long, Default = 128, Range = 1..2048

This attribute sets the size of the buffer used for storing user data pending to be sent or retransmitted in an association. I.e. establish the maximum amount of user data that SCTP shall buffer before discarding user messages. The Unit is in kilo bytes. Note! The restriction on this attribute is: 1.2 * (6500000 + 8 x mBuffer x number_of_M3uAssociation_MOs_connected_to_this_Sctp) <= the heap for Sctp program Note! New value of the parameter gets active only after the association is re-established. Note! Failing to configure this attribute correctly might cause the load module for Sctp to crash due to heap exhaustion. Note! The value may need to be increased to ensure stable dataflow at high load.

nThreshold : long, Default = 96, Range = 1..2048

This attribute sets the value of the threshold used by SCTP to stop the delivery of data on anassociation. Once nThreshold or more bytes are queued and pending to be sent, the SCTP layer shall issue an indication to the user. The value of nThreshold should be less than mBuffer in order to be effective. A normal value for nThreshold is 3/4 * mBuffer. Unit is kilo bytes. Note! New value of the parameter gets active only after the association is re-established. Note! The value may need to be increased to ensure stable dataflow at high load.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 198

tSack : long, Default = 4, Range = 2..50

The delay of sending the SACK. I.e. the time from DATA chunk reception to Sack chunk sending. Unit is second/100

maxDataSizeIp : long, Default = 8192, Range = 1500..65535

The maximum number of bytes SCTP shall be able to fetch every time it reads from the socket. Note! This value includes the Ip header, 20 bytes.

initialAdRecWin : long, Default = 8192, Range = 1500..65535

The value of the initial advertised reciver window. Note! The range is 1500 to maxDataSizeIp. Unit is bytes. Note! New value of the parameter gets active only after the association is re-established.

intervalOobPkts : long, Default = 3600, Range = 1..6500

The number of seconds for the interval for which the counter for out of the blue chunks will be reset. Unit is seconds.

intervalLostUser : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..3600

The number of seconds for the interval for which the SCTP will decide that the SCTP user that lost the connection is dead. After the time specified in this attribute has elapsed, all associations related to the SCTP user will be destroyed. Note! New value of the parameter gets active only for new users.

maxBurst : long, Default = 4, Range = 1..16384

The number of packages that will be sent during the fast retransmit phase when a SACK is processed. nPercentage : long, Default = 85, Range = 1..100

The size of 'n' inpercentage when SCTP_CONGESTION_CEASE_IND is sent. At 100 percent the primitive will buffer usage goes below 'nThreshold'.

bundlingActivated : long, Default = 1, Range = 0..1

This attribute enables/disables the use of bundling. Valid values: 1: enabled. 0: disabled. Note! New value of the parameter gets active only after the association is re-established.

bundlingTimer : long, Default = 10, Range = 0..1000

This attribute specifies maximum SCTP bundling delay. Value=0 means that SCTP will only bundle what is available and send directly (no delay). Unit is milliseconds Note! New value of the parameter gets active only after the association is re-established.

pmSctpCurrEstab : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) associations, for which the current state is either ESTABLISHED, SHUTDOWN-PENDING, or SHUTDOWN-RECEIVED. Condition: SCTP association has current state according to description Counter type: GAUGE Unit: Number of SCTP associations

pmSctpActiveEstab : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of times that Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) associations have made a direct transition to the ESTABLISHED state from the COOKIE-ECHOED state.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 199

Condition: State change from COOKIE-ECHOE directly to ESTABLISHED Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmSctpPassiveEstab : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of times that Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) associations have made a direct transition to the ESTABLISHED state from the CLOSED state. Condition: State change from ESTABLISHED direct to CLOSED Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmSctpAborted : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of times that Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) associations have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from any state using the primitive ABORT Condition: State change from any state direct to CLOSED using ABORT Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmSctpShutdowns : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of times that Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) associations have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the SHUTDOWN-SENT state or the SHUTDOWN-ACK-SENT state. Condition: State change from SHUTDOWN-SENT state or SHUTDOWN-ACK-SENT state direct to CLOSED Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmSctpStatAssocOutOfBlue : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of out of the blue packets (Stream Control Transmission Protocol , SCTP, packet correctly formed-right checksum- but the receiver is not able to identify the association to which this packet belongs) received by the host Condition: A non identified packet is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of packets

pmSctpStatSentChunks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of complete data chunks sent to the peers (no retransmissions included). Condition: A complete data chunk is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of data chunks

pmSctpStatRecChunks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of complete data chunks received from the peers (no retransmissions included). Condition: A complete data chunk is received Counter type: PEG


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 200

Unit: Number of data chunks pmSctpStatOutOfOrderSendChunks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of unordered chunks sent to the peers. Condition: A unordered chunk is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of data chunks

pmSctpStatOutOfOrderRecChunks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of unordered chunks received from the peers. Condition: A unordered chunk is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of data chunks

pmSctpStatChecksumErrorCounter : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of SCTP packets received from the peers with an invalid checksum. Condition: A SCTP packet with invalid checksum received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmSctpStatRetransChunks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of data chunks retransmitted to the peers. Condition: A data chunk is retransmitted Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of data chunks

pmSctpStatSentControlChunks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent control chunks. Condition: A control chunk is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of control chunks

pmSctpStatReceivedControlChunks : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received control chunks. Condition: A control chunk is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of control chunks

pmSctpStatFragmentedUserMsg : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of fragmented user messages, incremented when the first data chunk of fragmented message is sent. Condition: Fragmented message is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of messages

pmSctpStatReassembledUserMsg : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of reassembled user messages, incremented when the first data chunk of a fragmented message is received.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 201

Condition: The first data chunk of a fragmented message is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmSctpStatSentPackages : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of SCTP packages sent. Condition: A SCTP package is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of packages

pmSctpStatReceivedPackages : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of SCTP packages Received. Condition: A SCTP package is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of packages

pmSctpStatCommStop : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of times SCTP has sent a communication stop indication to the user. Condition: A communication stop indication is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmSctpStatCommResume : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of times SCTP has sent a communication resume indication to the user. Condition: A communication resume indication is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of occurrences

pmSctpStatSentChunksDropped : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of sent chunks dropped at overflow in the sending buffer. Condition: A sent chunk is dropped Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of chunks

pmSctpStatRecChunksDropped : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received chunks dropped at overflow in the receiving buffer. Condition: A received chunk is dropped Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of chunks


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 202

Slot <<MOClass>> Slot

SystemCreated The Slot MO is used to represent a slot in a subrack. A slot can hold a plug-in-unit, a board, (represented by PlugInUnit MOs). The number of slots in a subrack is specified when defining the subrack. The system will automatically create the right number of Slot MOs in the subrack at creation of the Subrack MO. This MO cannot be deleted by an operator. The local distinguished names of this MO's are select with identity Slot=1 in the leftmost slot with incremental numbering towards the right in the subrack..


A user friendly name associated to the managed object

slotState : SlotState, Default = free, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Gives the state of the slot.

slotNumber : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The number of the position from the left side, starting from 1. reservedBy : sequence<ManagedObject>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of reserving MOs. productData : OperProductData, Default = null, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

This product data describes the plug-in-unit that is presently inserted. The information is only available when slotState = used. Note! If the board inserted in the Slot stops working or is pulled out of the Slot the "productData" attribute will not change its value. The value of the "productData" attribute is changed when a new board is inserted into the Slot.

upgradeGroupId : long, Default = 0

The upgradeGroupId is able to group a number of PIUs, all in the group can be upgraded at the same time. If upgradeGroupTypeName is "", this attribute is not used.

upgradeGroupTypeName : string, Default = ""

The upgradeGroupTypeName, together with the upgradeGroupId, define an upgrade group.

Spm <<MOClass>> Spm

The Special purpose Processor Module MO, Spm, represents one of the Special Purpose Processors and its connected hardware. This object is used for SW management and restart. Hardware failure indications are sent to Spu.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 203

Note! If the board is of type SPB1 the maximum number of Spm MO's that is possible to create under the Spu MO is 3. If the board is of type SPB2 the maximum number of Spm MO's that is possible to create under the Spu MO is 5.



The operational state of the SPM availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


switchModuleNumber : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Switch Module Number asciPortNumber : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly

ASCI Port Number executionResourceNumber : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, ReadOnly, Range = 0..*

The identity of the SPM on the Special purpose Processor Unit (SPU).

runningResourceIdList : sequence<long>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The list of identities of running Spm's

installedResourceIdList : sequence<long>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The list of identities of installed Spm's in the system. spLinkName : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

The uniqe name of the link between the SP and BP. reservedBy : ManagedObject, NoNotification, ReadOnly


Operations: restart () : void, raises FroRequestFailedException

Restarts the SP. Note! This action requires a transaction.

Spu <<MOClass>> Spu

The Special purpose Processor Unit MO, Spu, represents the board specific HW on SPB. This objects collects HW failure indications on the board and issues/ceases alarms.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 204



The operational state of the SPB board. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


spLinkName : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

The special purpose processor link name.

Operations: restart () : void, raises FroNotAccessibleException

Restarts all SPs on the board (but not the BP). Note! This action requires a transaction.

Sts1SpeTtp <<MOClass>> Sts1SpeTtp

SystemCreated This MO represents the termination of the SONET higher order paths. This MO is automatically created when creating the OS155SPITTP with mux mode set to E1_J1_T1_LEVEL and standardmode set to ANSI. The performance monitoring counters in the Sts1SpeTtp MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large to fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 205


Label free for use. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the Sts3CspeTtp. aisPReporting : boolean, Default = false


rdiPReporting : boolean, Default = false


timConsequentAction : boolean, Default = false

Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM) consequent action, i.e. for generation of Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) downstream and Remote Defect Indication (RDI) upstream as a consequence of the TIM detection. True - enabled. False - disabled.

expectedPathTrace : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 0..64

Expected path trace. The string can be of 64 characters length, or empty string (""). Note: An empty string for this attribute means that the detection of Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM) should be disabled. This attribute is set to empty string every time attribute pathTraceFormat is set.

transmittedPathTrace : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 0..64

The transmitted path trace. Can be defined in two formats. The format may be in 16 or 64 characters. Usually 16 is used for ETSI and 64 for ANSI/TTC. Note: The string must be of 15 or 62 characters length, or empty string ("").

pmEsp : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


pmSesp : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 206

Sts3CspeTtp <<MOClass>> Sts3CspeTtp

SystemCreated This MO represents the termination of the SONET higher order paths. This MO is automatically created when creating the OS155SPITTP with mux mode set to VC4_STS3CSPE_LEVEL and standardMode set to ANSI. The performance monitoring counters in the Sts3CspeTtp MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large to fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 207


User label for free use. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the Sts3CspeTtp. aisPReporting : boolean, Default = false


rdiPReporting : boolean, Default = false





Expected path trace. The string can be of 64 characters length, or empty string (""). The string shall consist of 62 ASCII characters followed by CR/LF. The empty string shall be coded with the first character equal to ASCII null (i.e. byte value 0) and the rest dummy or non-existing. Note: An empty string for this attribute means that the detection of Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM) should be disabled. This attribute is set to empty string every time attribute pathTraceFormat is set.


The transmitted path trace. The string shall consist of 62 ASCII characters followed by CR/LF. The empty string shall be coded with the first character equal to ASCII null (i.e. byte value 0) and the rest dummy or non-existing.


Identity of the AtmPort reserving this MO. pmEsp : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


pmSesp : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Severely Errored Seconds (SES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second with a severe bit error ratio or equivalent. The counter is also incremented if one or more


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 208

defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occurs during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds

Subrack <<MOClass>> Subrack

This MO is used to represent a subrack.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 209


A free tag that a user can associated to the this managed object. The value has no relevance for the managed system.

switchModule : SwitchModule, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

A reference to a SwitchModule ManagedObject, from which the SwitchModule number can be retrived. That number describes how the subrack is connected to the node, i.e. how the subrack’s cables are connected to the hub subrack. (The hub subrack has switch module number ’0’).

subrackType : SubrackType, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

There can only be one hub subrack in the node. The hub subrack is used to control switching and synchronization for the complete node.

productType : string, Default = "HW", NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

This attribute describes the product type and is always set to the value "HW". administrativeProductData : AdminProductData, Mandatory

This product data describes the subrack that is configured to be installed.

subrackPosition : string, Default = ""

The position of this subrack within a cabinet. The purpose of this attribute is to help an operator locate the source of an error by letting the system put this information in alarms. The system does not use this information in any other way i.e. it does not affect the operation of the system. The subrack position is an integer (1-n) stating the cabinet Id, starting from the left and a letter (A-Z) stating the Subrack vertical position starting from the ground, e.g. 5C.

cabinetPosition : string, Default = ""

The position of the cabinet (within a group of other cabinets) in which this subrack is placed. The purpose of this attribute is to help an operator locate the source of an error by letting the system put this information in alarms. The system does not use this information in any other way i.e. it does not affect the operation of the system.

numberOfSlots : long, Default = 28, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..28

Defines the number of slot in the subrack. The default value is 28.

operationalProductData : OperProductData, Default = null, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational product data describes the subrack that is actually installed.

reservedBy : ManagedObject, NoNotification, ReadOnly

A reference to the SwAllocation MO that has reserved this Subrack for Fan MO upgrades.. The attribute is set/cleared by internal actions.

Operations: removeSlots (numberOfSlotsToRemove : in long) : void

Removes the given number of Slot MOs from the model. The Slots with the highest slotNumber are removed. After the action no Slot will have apn = 0. The attribute numberOfSlots will be udated. If there is a child MO the action will fail and the MOHasChildrenException is thrown. Note! This action requires a transaction.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 210

SwAllocation <<MOClass>> SwAllocation

This MO is primarily used to handle data for automatic configuration of load modules. Automatic in the meaning that the system selects the appropriate load module and revision. A SWA may be related to a slot, indicating that a specific functionality is requested at this location. The SWA is manually created by the operator. The SWA object is related to (one or more) repertoires, which hold information on possible PIU-type/revisions and load module combinations. In some cases (e.g multi-purpose boards, boards with processor/FPGA-pools) it may not be possible to completely configure the PIU without instructions from the operator (e.g which load module runs on which processor/FPGA). In these cases a specialization of the SWA has to be designed in such a way that it can be manually configured. When a SwAllocation MO depends on a ManagedObject MO, this ManagedObject actually represents a RBS Fan. MOs of this type are created automatically during system upgrade. MOs of this type are possible to create manually but a system upgrade is recommended to create them.


Free for use. role : string, Mandatory

The role of a slot/PIU. The role must be unique with respect to other SwAllocations in the node. This is a preparation to introduce predefined SwAllocation in future upgrade packages.

repertoireList : sequence<Repertoire>, ReadOnly

A list of references to repertoires. slotList : sequence<ManagedObject>, ReadOnly

A list of references to mainly slots in a subrack, e.g. Slot or Fan MO. It may also refer to other objects handling auxiliary units, e.g. RBS Fan.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 211

Operations: addRepertoire (aRepertoire : in Repertoire) : void, raises IllegalArgumentTypeException

Adds the specifed repertoire to this list. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

deleteRepertoire (aRepertoire : in Repertoire) : void Removes the first occurrence of the specified repertoire from this list. Notw! This action does not require a transaction.

addSlot (aSlot : in ManagedObject) : void, raises IllegalArgumentTypeException Adds the specified Slot to the slotList. The slot can only be of type Slot MO, Fan MO, WebServer MO, JVM MO or an applicable type of application MO (e.g. for "RBS Fans"). Note! This action requires a transaction.

deleteSlot (aSlot : in ManagedObject) : void Removes the first occurrence of the specified slot from this list. The slot can only be of type Slot MO, Fan MO, WebServer MO or an applicable type of application MO (e.g. for "RBS Fans"). Note! This action requires a transaction.

deleteAllRepertoires () : void Removes all repertoires from this list and sets its size to zero. Note! This action requires a transaction.

deleteAllSlots () : void Removes all slots from this list and sets its size to zero. Note! This action requires a transaction.

addSlots (managedObjects : in sequence<ManagedObject>) : void, raises IllegalArgumentTypeException Adds the specified Slot to the slotList. The slot can only be of type Slot MO, Fan MO, WebServer MO, JVM MO or an applicable type of application MO (e.g. for "RBS Fans"). If the slot exists in the list, the object is ignored. Note! This action requires a transaction.

addRepertoires (repertoire : in sequence<Repertoire>) : void, raises IllegalArgumentTypeException Adds the specifed repertoire to this list. If the repertoires exist in the list the repertoire is ignored. Note! This action requires a transaction.

SwitchCoreUnit <<MOClass>> SwitchCoreUnit

NotificationTypes = alarm The Switch Core Unit MO, SCU, represents the board specific HW on the SCB. This object collects HW failure on the board and sends alarms. It is also used for configuration of board specific FW. This board can only be fitted in slot 1 and 28 in a standards subrack. The board has a number of switch internal link ports.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 212


user label for free use. administrativeStateSili : AdmState, Default = locked

The administrative state of the switch internal link ports on the switch board. The attribute refers to all ports (locking will lock all ports, unlocking unlock all ports). SILI -switch internal link interface.

operationalStateSil : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Operational state indicates the the traffic handling capability of all ports as a group on the board, i.e it is enabled if one or more of the eight ports is enabled. The purpose of this attribute is only for test.

operationalStateSync : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Operational State for network synchronization distribution. availabilityStatusSil : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability status of the switch internal link (SIL) ports.. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

availabilityStatusSync : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Availability state for network synchronization distribution. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

reservedBy : sequence<ManagedObject>, Default = null, NoNotification, ReadOnly

A list of the reserving MO's. silPorts : sequence<long>, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The attribute provides a list of port numbers. The port number is between 0-7 and is used to read state of the switch internal port. See action getSilPortState, getOperState and getAvailState.

Operations: getSilPortState (portNr : in long) : SilPortState, raises FroRequestFailedException

Returns status of the switch internal link port, which is the same as the LEDs on the unit. Note! This action requires a transaction.

getSilOperState (portNr : in long) : OperState, raises FroRequestFailedException Returns operational status of the switch internal link port. Note! This action requires a transaction.

getSilAvailState (portNr : in long) : long, raises FroRequestFailedException Returns availability status of the switch internal link port. Note! This action requires a transaction.

SwitchExtensionUnit <<MOClass>> SwitchExtensionUnit

This MO represents the Switch Extension Unit, SXU, board. The board may only be inserted in slot 2-27 (in a standard subrack). If redundant links are used, two boards must be inserted next to each other. The board has a number of switch internal link ports.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 213


This attribute is used to hold a user friendly name of the object if needed. administrativeStateSil : AdmState, Default = unlocked

The administrative state of switch internal link ports on the switch board. The attribute refers to all ports (locking will lock all ports, unlocking will unlock all ports). SIL- switch internal link.

operationalStateSil : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Operational State for all ports. Operational state is enabled if one of the eight ports is enabled. operationalStateSync : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Operational State for network synchronization distribution availabilityStatusSil : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability state of switch internal link (sil) ports. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

availabilityStatusSync : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability state of the sync link. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

reservedBy : sequence<ManagedObject>, Default = null, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The attribute is set by the action Reserve. SilPorts : sequence<long>, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The attribute provides a list of port numbers. The port number is between 0-7 and is used to read state of the switch internal port. Se action getSilPortState, getSilOperState and getSilAvailState.

Operations: getSilPortState (portNr : in long) : SilPortState, raises FroRequestFailedException

Returns status of the switch internal link port. Note! This action requires a transaction.

getSilOperState (portNr : in long) : OperState, raises FroRequestFailedException Returns operational status of the switch internal link port. Note! This action requires a transaction.

getSilAvailState (portNr : in long) : long, raises FroRequestFailedException Returns availability status of the switch internal link port. Note! This action requires a transaction.

SwitchFabric <<MOClass>> SwitchFabric

SystemCreated This MO represents the switch of a Cello node. It is used for general switch configuration. The system creates automatically one instance of this MO at restart.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 214

Today, only a maximum of 32 Switch Modules MOs and 2 SwitchInternalLinks MOs per InternalLinkGroup MOs are allowed in a Cello node. However, in theory the switch addressing space in the system allows up to 256 SwitchModules MOs. This would then mean there are 255 InternalLinkGroup MOs, each of which is allowed 256 SwitchInternalLink MOs by the addressing. The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1, SwitchFabric=1.


For free use.

SwitchInternalLink <<MOClass>> SwitchInternalLink

This MO represents a link interconnecting the from either a SCB or SXB port on the main switch to a SCB on an external switch. The main switch is located in the hub subrack. The SCB is represented by the SwitchCoreUnit MO, while the SXB is represented by the SwitchExtensionUnit MO. Switch internal links are automatically grouped in Reliable Groups for redundancy.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 215


Label free for use. plugInUnit1 : ManagedObject, Default = null, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The reference of one connection point for a SwitchCoreUnit or SwitchExtensionUnit. plugInUnit2 : ManagedObject, Default = null, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

The reference of one connection point for a SwitchCoreUnit or SwitchExtensionUnit. siliport1 : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..3

Switch internal port number on PlugInUnit1. Note! On a standard SCB/SXB board, the ports are labeled from the bottom to the top. Port nr -> label: '0' 'D' '1' 'C' '2' 'B' '3' 'A' Also note that his mapping will change when adding/removing a board.

siliport2 : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..3

Switch internal port number on PlugInUnit2. Note! On a standard SCB/SXB board, the ports are labeled from the bottom to the top. Port nr -> label: '0' 'D' '1' 'C' '2' 'B' '3' 'A' Also note that his mapping will change when adding/removing a board.

administrativeState : AdmState, Default = unlocked

The administrative state of switch internal link. operationalStateTraffic : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state of switch internal link. There is no traffic if the link is disabled. availabilityStatusTraffic : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent,

ReadOnly The availabilityl status of switch internal link. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

operationalStateSync : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state of sync link. There is no clock distribution if the link is disabled. availabilityStatusSync : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability state of sync link. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 216

SwitchModule <<MOClass>> SwitchModule

This MO represents two switch planes of one sub-rack, i.e. either the main switch or an external switch. Note! In a non-redundant system the administrativeStateSwitchPlaneA/B has to be set to locked for the non-present plane.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 217


For free use. switchModuleNumber : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..255

Indicates the number of the switch module, SMN. switchModuleNumber >= 0 The main switch module, with one or two TimingUnits, is given SMN = 0. SMN for extension switch modules depends on the port pair that the extension switch module is connected to in the main switch module. The SMN is calculated according to the following formula: Switch module number [1..255] = int (APN/2)*8 + ISL-port in main [1..8] APN - ASCC port number ISL - inter-switch link

secondSmnEvaluation : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

secondSmnEvaluation - There are two cables that are relevant for Switch Module Number (smn) numbering If the cabling is wrong secondSmnEvaluation will show the second opinion about smn. Under normal conditions secondSmnEvaluation = smn.

administrativeState : AdmState, Default = unlocked

The administrative state of the switch module. Note! When setting the 'administrativeState' to shutting down a notification about that the state has changed to 'locked' will be sent towards the operator. There is however no guarantee that this operation has been succesful despite the notification and state change due to limitations in the resource layer

administrativeStateSwitchPlaneA : AdmState, Default = unlocked

The administrative state of switch plane A. It is not allowed to lock both switch plane A and B. Note! When setting the 'administrativeState' to shutting down a notification about that the state has changed to 'locked' will be sent towards the operator. There is however no guarantee that this operation has been succesful despite the notification and state change due to limitations in the resource layer

administrativeStateSwitchPlaneB : AdmState, Default = unlocked

The administrative state of switch plane B. It is not allowed to lock both switch plane A and B. Note! When setting the 'administrativeState' to shutting down a notification about that the state has changed to 'locked' will be sent towards the operator. There is however no guarantee that this operation has been succesful despite the notification and state change due to limitations in the resource layer


The operational state of the Switch Module. At least one of switch plane is enabled. operationalStateSwitchPlaneA : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state of Switch Module plane A. The state is disabled if any switch ports is faulty. But switch may still be used.

operationalStateSwitchPlaneB : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state of Switch Module plane B. The state is disabled if any switch ports is faulty. But switch may still be used.


The availability status of the Switch Module. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

availabilityStatusSwitchPlaneA : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent,

ReadOnly


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 218

The availability status of the Switch Plane A. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

availabilityStatusSwitchPlaneB : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent,

ReadOnly The availability status of the Switch Plane B. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

activeSwitchPlane : ActiveSwitchPlane, Default = switchPlaneA, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The active switch plane: A, B. During multiple faults, both plan A and B may be used. reservedBy : sequence<ManagedObject>, NoNotification, ReadOnly


SwManagement <<MOClass>> SwManagement

SystemCreated This MO is used as a structural element for the SW managed object. The MO structures the software resources of the node. Note that the SwManagement MO is automatically created and cannot be deleted. The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1, SwManagement=1.


For free use.

Operations: normalizeRPU () : void

This action will normalize all RPUs in the node. Note! This action requires a transaction.

Synchronization <<MOClass>> Synchronization

SystemCreated This MO is used to administer synchronization references for the network synchronization function and to view the system clock state of Timing Unit boards. Synchronization can have 0 to 8 relations to other MOs. The only valid MOs where relations can exist are E1Physpathterm, J1Physpathterm, T1Physpathterm, Os155SpiTtp, TU Synchronization Reference, and ManagedObject (for the non-Cello RXI820 MO) MOs. Note that maximum number of relations to these MOs is 8 all together. The synchronization MO is automatically created and cannot be deleted.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 219

Note: An external ManagedObject that wishes to be connected to the Synchronization MO must implement the following interface se.ericsson.cello.equipment.SyncReservable! The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1,TransportNetwork=1,Synchronization=1 .


Label free for use. degradationIsFault : FaultCriteria, Default = degrNotFault

Controls whether synchronization reference degradation (e.g. signal level degradation) is interpreted as a synchronization reference fault or not. Attribute value is only applicable for traffic carrying synchronization references

systemClockA : ClockState, Default = unknownMode, NoNotification, ReadOnly

State of system clock signal on Timing Unit A. Note that system clock generated by TU A (TU in slot 4) has higher priority than TU B (TU in slot 5) system clock, i.e. each device board uses system clocks according to this priority order.

systemClockB : ClockState, Default = unknownMode, NoNotification, ReadOnly

State of system clock signal on Timing Unit B. Note that system clock generated by TU A (TU in slot 4) has higher priority than TU B (TU in slot 5) system clock, i.e. each device board uses system clocks according to this priority order.

syncReference : sequence<ManagedObject, 8, nonUnique>, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

Set of synchronization reference physical resources. An MO reference to an TU synchronization reference MO implementation. A synchronization reference in added to the system by using action AddSyncRefResource. Note: if this attributes has value "Non-existing MO reference" then all the respective attributes of type sequence of 8 are not applicable. Note: The length of this sequence is always 8.

syncRefPriority : sequence<long,8>, Default = 0, ReadOnly

Synchronization reference priority. 1 represents the highest and 8 the lowest priority. Every synchronization reference must have unique priority value. Value 0 means not applicable, that no synchronization with this priority is defined. This attribute is mandatory when adding a synchronization reference to the system (by using action addSyncRefResource). A priority value can be changed with the changeSyncRefPriority action provided that the priority is not already assigned to some other SyncRefResource. Note: The length of this sequence is always 8.

syncRefActivity : sequence <RefActivity, 8, nonUnique>, Default = inactive, NoNotification, NonPersistent,

ReadOnly Set of synchronization reference activity attributes. Note: The length of this sequence is always 8.

syncRefStatus : sequence<RefState, 8, nonUnique>, Default = failed, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Set of synchronization reference status attributes. Note: The length of this sequence is always 8.

systemClockRedundancy : SystemClockRedundancy, Default =

SYSTEM_CLOCK_USERS_USE_PLANE_A_AND_B Indicates if the node is redundant from Network Synchronization functions point of view.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 220

Operations: addSyncRefResource (syncReference : in ManagedObject, syncPriority : in long) : void, raises

AlreadyRegisteredException, MaxNoOfRefRegisteredException, PriorityAlreadyInUseException, PriorityOutOfRangeException, InvalidMoReferenceException, NotPermittedException This action adds one synchronization reference to the system. As a result of successful action, one set of attributes (attributes of type sequence of 8) is added to Synchronization MO. Parameters: syncReference: Managed object implementation, to which a mo-reference is to be added. See description of attribute SyncReference. syncPriority: Priority of synchronization reference. Each synchronization reference must have unique priority value, this must be checked by synchronization MO. Description of exceptions: - AlreadyRegistered: this reference is already registered - MaxNoOfRefRegistered: maximum number (8) of synchronization references already present - PriorityAlreadyInUse: syncPriority is identical with an existing synchronization reference priority - PriorityOutOfRange: invalid syncPriority value - InvalidMoReference: invalid syncReference for registration as a synchronization reference (invalid MO type) - NotPermitted: syncReference does not allow SyncReserve to be performed Note: An external ManagedObject that wishes to be connected to the Synchronization MO must implement the following interface se.ericsson.cello.equipment.SyncReservable! Note! This action requires a transaction.

removeSyncRefResource (syncReference : in ManagedObject) : void, raises NotRegisteredException This action removes one synchronization reference that has previously been added. (In future releases, this action should include a check whether the synchronization reference to be removed is the only existing synchronization reference. In that case, the user is asked for a confirmation to remove the last synchronization reference.) Parameters: syncReference: Managed object implementation, to which a mo-reference currently exists, but is now to be removed. See description of attribute SyncReference. Description of exceptions: - NotRegistered: synchronization reference is not registered Note! This action requires a transaction.

changeSyncRefPriority (syncReference : in ManagedObject, syncPriority : in long) : void, raises PriorityAlreadyInUseException, PriorityOutOfRangeException, NotRegisteredException This action changes the synchronization priority of one previously registered synchronization reference resource. Parameters: syncReference: Managed object implementation, for which the synchronization priority is to be changed. See description of attribute syncReference. syncPriority: The new priority of synchronization reference. Each synchronization reference must have unique priority value, this must be checked by synchronization MO. Description of exceptions: - PriorityAlreadyInUse: syncPriority is identical with an existing synchronization reference priority - PriorityOutOfRange: invalid syncPriority value - NotRegistered: synchronization reference is not registered Note! This action requires a transaction.

resetLossOfTracking (syncReference : in ManagedObject) : void, raises NotRegisteredException This action resets the detected Loss of Tracking error condition of one synchronization reference. After reset the synchronization reference is usable again. Parameters: syncReference: Specifies the synchronization reference for which the Loss of Tracking status is to be reset. Description of exceptions: - NotRegistered: synchronization reference is not registered Note! This action requires a transaction.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 221

SystemFunctions <<MOClass>> SystemFunctions

SystemCreated This MO structures the SystemFunctions of the managed element. It is created automatically and cannot be deleted. The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1, SystemFunctions=1.


Label free for use.

T1PhysPathTerm <<MOClass>> T1PhysPathTerm

This MO represents an T1 (i.e. 1.5 Mbit/s) physical interface in the node. The T1PhysPathTerm MO does not define which type of traffic (TDM or ATM) that the interface should support. Please refer to the Ds0Bundle, AtmPort, IMALink and IMAGroup objects for details about configuration of traffic type.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 222


User label for free use. lineNo : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..8


loopback : LoopbackState, Default = none



The administrative state. degDegM : long, Default = 7, Range = 2..10

How many bad seconds in a row that causes a Degraded Signal alarm. degDegThr : long, Default = 30, Range = 0..100







The identity of the reserving AtmPort MO. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the Physical Line Termination. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 223







idlePattern : IdlePattern, Default = UNDEFINED


transmissionMode : TransmissionMode, Default = S_133, NoNotification, Restricted

The type of transmission media. Refer to the TransmissionMode enumeration for details.




T1Ttp <<MOClass>> T1Ttp

SystemCreated This MO represents a channelised T1 interface in the node. The T1Ttp MO does not define which type of traffic (TDM or ATM) that the interface should support. Please refer to the Ds0Bundle, AtmPort, IMALink and IMAGroup objects for details about configuration of traffic type. The performance monitoring counters in the T1Ttp MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again. Note! This MO is automatically created as a consequence of creating an Os155SpiTtpMo Please refer to the Os155SpiTtpMo for more details.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 224


Label free for use. aisReporting : boolean, Default = false





The operational state of the T1Ttp MO. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



How many bad seconds in a row that causes a Degraded Signal alarm. degDegThr : long, Default = 30, Range = 0..100

e threshold decides how many of the received blocks that are allowed to have bit errors. The measurement is made on a per-second basis and if the threshold is passed the second is considered bad. This is a percentage value.






The identity of the reserving AtmPort MO. reservedByImaLink : ImaLink, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The identity of the reserving ImaLink MO. idlePattern : IdlePattern, Default = UNDEFINED

The idle pattern. NOTE: Going from A_LAW or U_LAW to UNDEFINED is always allowed but setting up one ET board with both U_LAW and A_LAW is not allowed. E.g. If you want to change from A_LAW to U_LAW on one ET board you have to change idlePattern on each physical port belonging to the board to UNDEFINED first.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 225

A_LAW -> UNDEFINED -> U_LAW or U_LAW -> UNDEFINED -> A_LAW

T3PhysPathTerm <<MOClass>> T3PhysPathTerm

This MO represents an T3 (i.e. 45 Mbit/s) physical interface in the node. Please refer to the AtmPort object for details about configuration of traffic type. Note! The performance monitoring counters in the T3PhysPathTerm MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is too large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 226






The administrative state of the T3PhysPathTerm MO. shutDownTimeout : long, Default = 1800, Range = 0..100000


lineNo : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 1..2

The actual Line number on the board. loopback : LoopbackState, Default = none






pmEsCpp : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Errored Seconds (ES) based on C-bit parity. Condition: This counter is incremented for each second where one or more blocks or equivalent with one or more errors are received. The counter is also incremented if one or several defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occur during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds

pmSesCpp : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Severely Errored Seconds (SES) based on C-bit parity. Condition: This counter is incremented for each second with a severe bit error ratio or equivalent. The counter is also incremented if one or more defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occurs during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 227

Unit: Seconds


The identity of the reserving AtmPort MO. reservedBySync : Synchronization, NoNotification, ReadOnly


TimingUnit <<MOClass>> TimingUnit

This MO represents a timing unit (reference clock) in the node. The corresponding Program shall be of LoadModuleLoaderType, SpmFpgaLoader.



Operational state of TimingUnit availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability status of the TimingUnit. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

TransportNetwork <<MOClass>> TransportNetwork

SystemCreated This MO structures the transport network of the managed element. It is created automatically and cannot be deleted. The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1, TransportNetwork=1.


Label free for use.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 228

Operations: getAal5ForNniSaal () : sequence<ManagedObject>

This action returns a sequnce of Aal5TpVccTp MOs that is unreserved and executes on an MP. Also the following condition has to be fullfilled: MinAal5Sdu = min (fromUserMaxSduSize, toUserMaxSduSize) roundedDownSdu = (MinAal5Sdu - (MinAal5Sdu modulo 4) +4) roundedDownSdu > low boundry for maxSduSize (in NniSaalTp) Note that the values for fromUserMaxSduSize and toUserMaxSduSize is the actual values set in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. Also note that the attributes minAal5Sdu and roundedDownSdu is used internaly in this action. Note! This action requires a transaction.

getAal5ForUniSaal () : sequence<ManagedObject> This action returns a sequnce of Aal5TpVccTp MOs that is unreserved and executes on an MP. Also the following condition has to be fullfilled: MinAal5Sdu = min (fromUserMaxSduSize, toUserMaxSduSize) roundedDownSdu = (MinAal5Sdu - (MinAal5Sdu modulo 4) +4) roundedDownSdu > low boundry for maxSduSize (in UniSaalTp) Note that the values for fromUserMaxSduSize and toUserMaxSduSize is the actual values set in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. Also note that the attributes minAal5Sdu and roundedDownSdu is used internaly in this action. Note! This action requires a transaction.

getAal2PathForAal2Pdu (aal2Ap : in ManagedObject) : sequence<ManagedObject> This action returns a sequence of all unreserved Aal2PathVccTp's that have an Aal2PathId that has not been used by another Aal2PathDistributionUnit under the same parent (Aal2Ap). Note! This action requires a transaction.

getRpuForAal2Pdu (aal2Ap : in ManagedObject) : sequence<ManagedObject> This action returns a sequence of all ReliableProgramUniters that has not reached the maximun number of possible reservations and has not already been used by other Aal2PathDistributionUnit MO's (if exists) under the same parent (Aal2Ap MO). Note! This action requires a transaction.

getUnreservedPluginUnits () : sequence<ManagedObject> This action returns a sequence of PlugInUnits that is unreserved. Note! This action requires a transaction.

getDs0BundlesForMtp2 () : sequence<ManagedObject> This action returns a sequence of Ds0Bundle MOs that is unreserved and only has one (1) timeSlot set in the listOfTimeSlots. The attribute tdmMode in these Ds0Bundles must be enabled. Note! This action requires a transaction.

TuSyncRef <<MOClass>> TuSyncRef

This MO is used to administer synchronization reference (a synchronization input with support for 1.5MHz, 2MHz, 10MHz and GPS 1PPS signals) on TimingUnit board. Note! For CBU only one TuSyncRef is can be used.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 229

Note! For TU2 boards following conditions is valid: The first TuSyncRef MO that is created on this board is always considered to be the external sync and the second TuSyncRef MO created is always GPS sync.



Operational state of TU synchronization reference administrativeState : AdmState, Default = locked

Administrative state of TU synchronization reference availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability status of the TuSyncRef. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

reservedBy : Synchronization, NoNotification, ReadOnly

When the TU synchronization reference is registered in the system as an usable synchronization reference, this MO reference is set by using "local" operation syncReserve(). When synchronization reference is de registered, "local" operation syncRelease is used. Note that the only valid user of these operations is Synchronization MO.

UnisaalProfile <<MOClass>> UniSaalProfile

The UniSaal Profile MO represent and keeps attribute values used by one or more UNI SAAL termination point MOs.


Label free for use. reservedBy : sequence<UniSaalTp>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of reserving MOs. profileData : UniSaalProfileData, NoNotification, Restricted

See structure UniSaalProfileData

UnisaalTp <<MOClass>> UniSaalTp

The MO represents an access point for a user where a UNI SAAL connection is terminated. The access point depends on an AAL5 connection termination located on the same processor. UniSaalTp can only terminate on a MP processor. But not more than 750 UniSaaTp MOs can terminate on the same MP Note! The performance monitoring counters found in NniSaalTp MO is set to zero when the Mo and its RO is created. These counters are not reset unless there occurs a fault situation that demands a restart and recreation of the ROs.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 230

Also note that some of these counters are reset based on other conditions. For more details please refer to the descriptions of the performance monitoring counters in this MO.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 231



The operational state of the UniSaalTp MO. reservedBy : ManagedObject, ReadOnly


uniSaalProfileId : UniSaalProfile, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to a UniSaalProfile MO. The maxStat attribute defined in the UniSaalProfile MO is dependent on the AAL5 SDU size defined in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. See the description of the maxStat attribute in the UniSaalProfile MO.

aal5TpVccTpId : Aal5TpVccTp, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to an Aal5TpVccTpMo. Note: The Aal5 termination point must terminate on a main processor, MP.

maxSduSize : long, Default = 128, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 128..2044

Maximum SAAL SDU size. The attribute is dependent on the AAL5 maximum SDU size defined in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. The 'maxSduSize' may not exceed the AAL5 maximum SDU size (the lower of the two directions, fromUserMaxSduSize and toUserMaxSduSize). Example: If 'fromUserMaxSduSize' is set to 256 and 'toUserMaxSduSize' is set to 512 in the Aal5TpVccTp MO, the ' maxSduSize' in the UniSaalTp MO may not exceed 252. (i.e. maxSduSize <= the aal5MaxSduSize - 4 bytes) Note! When setting the value of 'maxSduSize' the 4 bytes used by the SAAL layer for the SAAL header has to be considered. Note! The upper limit of 2044 (2048 including the SAAL header) is due to limitations on the AAL5 layer.

pmNoOfSentSDUs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of successfully sent Service Data Units (SDU). Counts the number of successfully sent messages to the application using SAAL. Reset when the link goes InService or the counter "overflows". Condition: An SDU is sent Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of SDUs

pmNoOfReceivedSDUs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of successfully received Service Data Units (SDU). Counts the number of successfully received messages from the application using SAAL. Reset when the link goes InService or the counter "overflows”. Condition: An SDU is received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of SDUs

pmLinkInServiceTime : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: The accumulated time (in seconds) the signalling link has been in service (in assured data transfer mode) since it was created. If the link is down the value is 0. Condition: Signalling link in service


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 232

Counter type: GAUGE Unit: Seconds

pmNoOfAllSLFailures : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of all Signalling Link failures. Is a total sum of the error counters: - Number of protocol errors - Number of unsuccessfully retransmissions - Number of NoResponses - Number of other errors. Condition: Signalling link failure Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of failures

pmNoOfNoResponses : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of no responses. Counts the number of no responses detected during the last 30 minutes. Condition: No response on a ping Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of no responses

pmNoOfLocalCongestions : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of local congestions. This counter is increased when the sum of SAAL send and retransmission buffers is filled to more than the congestionOnSet attribute is configured to. Condition: Out buffers filled above congestion level Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of congestions

pmNoOfRemoteCongestions : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of remote congestions. This counter is increased when the remote side gives SAAL no credit. Reset when the link goes InService or the counter "overflows". Condition: Credit=0 received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of congestions

pmNoOfSequenceDataLosses : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of Sequences Data (SD) loss. Counts the number of SD loss detected during the last 30 minutes. Condition: A lost SD Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of detections

pmNoOfProtocolErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of unsolicited or inappropriate Protocol Data Units (PDUs). Counts the number of protocol errors detected during the last 30 minutes. Condition: A protocol error Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of errors

pmNoOfUnsuccReTransmissions : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 233

Description: Number of unsuccessful retransmissions. Counts the number of unsuccessful retransmissions detected during the last 30 minutes. Condition: A retransmission error Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of errors

pmNoOfOtherErrors : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of other list element errors. Counts the number of other errors detected during the last 30 minutes. Condition: A received error code (Q-U ) Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of errors

UpgradePackage <<MOClass>> UpgradePackage

The UpgradePackage, UP, represents an upgrade package as stored in the node file system and as stored on the ftp server that it is/shall be fetched from. There may be more than one UP at the same time on the disk. One UP represents the running system issue in the node. That one is pointed out by the Configuration Version MO. The actions on an UpgradePackage MO, are actions that can be called to take that particular UpgradePackage into operation on the node. The deletion of the Upgrade Package on disk is performed when the associated Upgrade Package MO is deleted. The Upgrade Package's unique LoadModule MOs and files are deleted. ConfigurationVersions in otherReferringCVs are deleted. The UP MO refers to all load modules used in the UP. One load module may by used in more than one UP. Note at the start-up of the system/database/loading of a Configuration Version, special Upgrade Package MOs are created to represent Upgrade Packages that are stored on the disk but do not have an MO in the current Configuration Version. These special Upgrade Package MOs have are in the "onlyDeletable" state. In this state, the MO will throw ActionNotAllowedException on all its actions! MOs of this type are created automatically during system upgrade. MOs of this type are possible to create manually but a system upgrade is recommended to create them.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 234


Label free of use. loadModuleList : sequence<LoadModule, nonUnique>, Default = null, NoNotification, ReadOnly

List of references to load modules that belong to this upgrade package. The list will be null until a successful install has been performed.

upgradeControlFilePath : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

Path to the .xml file on the node once it has been fetched from the FTP server. state : UpgradePackageState, Default = NOT_INSTALLED, ReadOnly

Contains the state of this upgrade package. The management system and/or operator need to act on some changes in the state attribute. This attribute is used to accept/reject and modify behavior of actions. For example action 'upgrade' is not allowed in state notInstalled. Furthermore, action 'upgrade' does not behave the same if state == 'Installed' compared to if state == 'executingUpgrade' or 'awaitingConfirm'. To continue and conclude the upgrade sequence when in state == 'awaitingConfirm', action 'confirmUpgrade()' must be called. In this state it is also advisable to check attribute 'confirmationDeadline' to see how much time it is left before automatic rollback is done. Upgrade Package MOs that are stored on disk but do not have an MO in the current Configuration Version are in state "onlyDeletable". An MO in this state will throw the exception ActionNotAllowedException on all its actions.

progressHeader : UpgradeProgressInformation, Default = IDLE, ReadOnly

Header enum describing the current progress indication. Note that this is only progress information, that should be shown to a human operator, because some operations may take time. Changes in the progress header NEVER entails that the operator or management system need to perform any particular actions.

progressTotal : long, Default = 0, ReadOnly

This notification attribute is used to indicate progress for different steps in the upgrade sequence. The value gives the total number of steps that is to be performed in current step. This attribute is changed whenever 'progressHeader' is changed and indicates a maximum count for the progress of the progress counter. What items that are counted is specific for each case. For some cases, the counter is not yet implemented. In these cases, the progressTotal is set to zero (0) when the progressHeader is set.

progressCount : long, Default = 0, ReadOnly

This attribute is used to indicate progress for different steps in the upgrade sequence. The value is separated in increments from 0 to progressTotal. The value of progressCount never exceeds the value of 'progressTotal'. For some cases, the counter is not yet implemented. In these cases, the progressCount is set to zero (0) when the progressHeader is set.

administrativeData : AdminProductData, Default = null, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Contains product data for this upgrade package. This information is extracted from the upgrade control file. confirmationDeadline : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

This attribute contains the deadline date and time for an operator confirmation. If the deadline is not met, then an automatic rollback to a previous configuration is issued by the system. The date and time is UTC time.

ftpServerIpAddress : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Ip address to the ftp server where the upgrade package is stored.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 235

The input format used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by a dot.

upFilePathOnFtpServer : string, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

File path on the FTP server to the upgrade control file. user : string, Default = anonymous, NoNotification, Restricted

User id. to be used for logging in to the FTP server. password : string, Default = anonymous, NoNotification, Restricted

Password to the FTP server. This attribute is only supplied at create and is not readable. upgradePackageDocumentId : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

The document number and revision of the uppgrade package where the white spaces has been removed and underscore between the document number and revision has been inserted e.g. 19089-CSX10901/1_A.

deletePreventingCVs : sequence<string>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The list containing the names of the Configuration Versions that stop the Upgrade Package MO from being deleted.

otherReferringCVs : sequence<string>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

The list of names of Configuration Versions that refer to the Upgarde Package MO, but do not affect the deletable status of the Upgrade Package MO.

isDeletable : boolean, Default = false, NoNotification, ReadOnly

Indicates if the Upgrade Package MO can be deleted. basedOnUpgradePackages : sequence<AdminProductData>, NoNotification, ReadOnly

This attribute is only valid for Upgrade Packages of type Delta.It contains the merge history of this upgrade package. Example: [Product Data for normal UP (non Delta UP), Product Data for Delta UP1, Product Data for Delta UP2].

upCompatibilityIndex : string, Default = "", NoNotification, ReadOnly

This attribute states a compatibility index. If specified, it may be used when verifying that an upgrade 'from' state is valid for this Upgrade Package. Note: It is only used when the Upgrade Control File element upgrade window contains this type of information.

cppUpVersion : AdminProductData, NoNotification, ReadOnly

This attribute states the CPP upgrade package version of this Upgrade Package actionResult : sequence<ActionResultData>, ReadOnly

The attribute contains the result from the latest four invoked actions. This attribute is only valid for actions:: - install (all variants) - cancelInstall - verifyUpgrade - upgrade (all variants, Note that the attribute is only valid when the verification phase discovers that upgrade is not possible').


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 236

Operations: install () : long, raises FtpServerNotAccessibleException GetFileException IpAddressException UpgradeControlFileException ActionNotAllowedException InstallException

Load modules defined in the Upgrade Package Control file will only be downloaded to the node if the Load Module MO representing the load module file doesn't already exist. The result of this action is indicated in the attribute ActionResult. In case the installation fails after 'void' has been returned the attribute 'ProgressHeader' is set to 'InstallationExecutionFailed'.Already downloaded load modules (the downloaded file and the Load Module MO representing it) are not removed at installation failure. This action returns an actionID (created by the server). This actionID shall be used to locate the result of the action in attribute actionResult. Note! This action will be removed in a later version. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

verifyUpgrade () : long, raises VerifyUpgradeException ActionNotAllowedException

Verifies that an upgrade is possible. The operation is not blocked while the verification is executing i.e. after basic controls the operation initiates the verification and returns 'void'. The progress of this action is indicated in the attribute ProgressHeader.The result of this action is indicated in the attribute ActionResult. This action returns an actionID (created by the server). This actionID shall be used to locate the result of the action in attribute actionResult. Note: This action does not require a transaction.

upgrade () : long, raises UpgradeNotPossibleException ActionNotAllowedException

Upgrades the node. The operation is not blocked while upgrade is executing i.e. after basic controls the operation initiates the upgrade and returns 'void'. Before the real upgrade is started a verification phase is executed. The progress of this action is indicated in the attribute ProgressHeader. This action returns an actionID (created by the server). This actionID shall be used to locate the result of the action in attribute actionResult. The result of this action is only indicated in attribute ActionResult in case the verification phase discovers that upgrade is not possible. Note: This action does not require a transaction.

rebootNodeUpgrade () : long, raises UpgradeNotPossibleException ActionNotAllowedException

The same as upgrade except that the hard upgrade sequence is always chosen. It could be helpful to use this method if the application has start- or upgrade- synchronization problems when using a soft upgrade sequence. This action returns an actionID (created by the server). This actionID shall be used to locate the result of the action in attribute actionResult. The result of this action is only indicated in attribute ActionResult in case the verification phase discovers that upgrade is not possible. Note: This action does not require a transaction.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 237

confirmUpgrade () : void, raises UpgradeNotPossibleException ActionNotAllowedException

The operator invokes this method when the trial period is over. The operation is not blocked while upgrade is executing i.e. after basic controls the operation initiates the upgrade and returns 'void'.In case the upgrade fails after 'void' has been returned the attribute ProgressHeader will be set to 'UpgradeExecutionFailed'. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

cancelUpgrade () : void, raises ActionNotAllowedException

Cancels an executing upgrade or an upgrade that is awaiting confirm. Note: This action performs a node restart so that the CV pointed out in the ConfigurationVersion MO is rolled back. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

forcedInstall () : long, raises FtpServerNotAccessibleException GetFileException IpAddressException UpgradeControlFileException ActionNotAllowedException InstallException

All load modules defined in the Upgrade Package Control file will be downloaded to the node even if the Load Module MO representing the load module already exists i.e. existing load module files are replaced. The result of this action is indicated in the attribute ActionResult.In case the installation fails after 'void' has been returned the attribute 'ProgressHeader' is set to 'InstallationExecutionFailed'.Already downloaded load modules (the downloaded file and the Load Module MO representing it) are not removed at installation failure. This action returns an actionID (created by the server). This actionID shall be used to locate the result of the action in attribute actionResult. Note! This action will be removed in a later version. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

nonBlockingInstall () : long, raises ActionNotAllowedException InstallException

Load modules defined in the Upgrade Package Control file will only be downloaded to the node if the Load Module MO representing the load module doesn't already exist. This action is non-blocking i.e. the action initiates the installation and returns 'void' immediately without waiting for the installation to be completed. In case the installation fails after 'void' has been returned, this will be indicated by change of the value of attribute 'ProgressHeader' to 'ExecutionFailed'. Already downloaded load modules (the downloaded file and the Load Module MO representing it) are not removed at installation failure. This action returns an actionID (created by the server). This actionID shall be used to locate the result of the action in attribute actionResult. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

nonBlockingForcedInstall () : long, raises ActionNotAllowedException InstallException

All load modules defined in the Upgrade Package Control file will be downloaded to the node even if the Load Module MO representing the load module already exists i.e. existing load module files are replaced. This action is non-blocking i.e. the action initiates the installation and returns 'void' immediately without waiting for the installation to be completed. The result of this action is indicated in the attribute ActionResult.In case the installation fails after 'void' has been returned the attribute 'ProgressHeader' is set to 'InstallationExecutionFailed'. Already downloaded load modules (the downloaded file and the Load Module MO representing it) are not removed at installation failure. This action returns an actionID (created by the server). This actionID shall be used to locate the result of the action in attribute actionResult. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

nonBlockingSelectiveForcedInstall () : long, raises ActionNotAllowedException InstallException

This action only installs the load modules that are required in this node i.e. the load modules required after successful execution of action upgrade on this upgrade package.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 238

A load module is considered to be required if one of the following criteria is fulfilled: a) The load module is included in a Repertoire MO where the Repertoire MO is connected to a SwAllocation MO and the SwAllocation MO is connected to a Slot MO, a Fan MO, a Jvm MO, a Webserver MO or an applicable type of application MO. b) The load module is of type 'other'. All required load modules will be downloaded to the node even if the Load Module MO representing the load module already exists i.e. existing load module files are replaced. This operation is non-blocking i.e. the action initiates the installation and returns "void" immediately without waiting for the installation to be completed. The result of this action is indicated in the attribute ActionResult.In case the installation fails after 'void' has been returned the attribute 'ProgressHeader' is set to 'InstallationExecutionFailed'. Already downloaded load modules (the downloaded file and the Load Module MO representing it) are not removed at installation failure. Note. The behaviour described for this action is also obtained for the other installation actions if the Upgrade Control File indicates that the upgrade package is of type selective (which is recommended). This action returns an actionID (created by the server). This actionID shall be used to locate the result of the action in attribute actionResult. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

nonBlockingSelectiveInstall () : long, raises ActionNotAllowedException InstallException

This action only installs the load modules defined in the Upgrade Package Control file that are required in this node i.e. the load modules required after successful execution of action upgrade on this upgrade package. A load module is considered to be required if one of the following criteria is fulfilled: a) The load module is included in a Repertoire MO where the Repertoire MO is connected to a SwAllocation MO and the SwAllocation MO is connected to a Slot MO, a Fan MO, a Jvm MO, a Webserver MO or an applicable type of application MO. b) The load module is of type 'other'. Returns an actionID (created by the server). This actionID shall be used to locate the result of the action in attribute actionResult. The required load modules will only be downloaded to the node if the Load Module MO representing the load module doesn't already exist. This action is non-blocking i.e. the action initiates the installation and returns 'void' immediately without waiting for the installation to be completed. The result of this action is indicated in the attribute ActionResult. In case the installation fails after 'void' has been returned the attribute 'ProgressHeader' is set to 'InstallationExecutionFailed'. Already downloaded load modules (the downloaded file and the Load Module MO representing it) are not removed at installation failure.long Note. The behaviour described for this action is also obtained for the other installation actions if the Upgrade Control File indicates that the upgrade package is of type selective (which is recommended). Note! This action does not require a transaction.

cancelInstall () : long, raises ActionNotAllowedException This action interrupts an ongoing installation of an upgrade package. Already downloaded load modules (the downloaded file and the Load Module MO representing it) are not removed at execution of this action. This action is non-blocking i.e. the action initiates the cancel of the installation and returns 'void' immediately without waiting for the cancellation to be completed. During execution of this action the value of attribute 'ProgressHeader' is set to 'CancelOfInstallationIsExecuting'. In case the cancellation fails after 'void' has been returned this will be indicated by change of the value of attribute 'ProgressHeader' to 'CancelOfInstallationFailed'. Note! This action does not require a transaction. This action interrupts an ongoing installation of an upgrade package.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 239

Already downloaded load modules (the downloaded file and the Load Module MO representing it) are not removed at execution of this action. This action is non-blocking i.e. the action initiates the cancel of the installation and returns 'void' immediately without waiting for the cancellation to be completed. During execution of this action the value of attribute 'ProgressHeader' is set to 'CancelOfInstallationIsExecuting'.The result of this action is indicated in the attribute ActionResult.In case the cancellation fails after 'void' has been returned the attribute 'ProgressHeader' is set to 'CancelOfInstallationFailed'. This action returns an actionID (created by the server). This actionID shall be used to locate the result of the action in attribute actionResult. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

clearUpgradeLogFile () : void, raises UpgradeLogFileNotInUseException UpgradeLogFileNotAccessibleException

Is used to clear the contents of current upgrade log file. Note! This action does not require a transaction.

Vc12Ttp <<MOClass>> Vc12Ttp

SystemCreated This MO is automatically created when the configuring the Os155SpiTtp. It represents the termination of the SDH VC-12 path layer. Note: This MO is only valid when the ETSI standard is in use. The performance monitoring counters in the Vc12TtpMO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 240

Attributes: transmittedPathTrace : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 0..64

The transmitted path trace. Note: when 16 byte tracing is used, only 15 bytes should be used in the set action for this attribute.


Expected path trace. Note: when 16 byte tracing is used, only 15 bytes should be used in the set action for this attribute. Note: An empty string for this attribute means that the detection of Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM) should be disabled.



vcDegThreshold : long, Default = 30, Range = 0..100

This threshold decides how many of the received blocks that are allowed to have bit errors. The measurement is made on a per-second basis and if the threshold is passed the second is considered bad. The attribute value is in unit of % (percent).

vcDegM : long, Default = 7, Range = 2..10

Indicates how many bad seconds in a row that causes a Degraded Signal alarm. tuAisReporting : boolean, Default = false

Timing Unit Alarm Indication Signal (TU AIS) reporting. True - enable reporting. False - disable reporting.

vcRdiReporting : boolean, Default = false

VC RDI reporting. True - enable reporting. False - disable reporting.


The administrative state. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



pmVcEs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Virtual Container 12 (VC12), Errored Seconds (ES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second where one or morel blocks or equivalent with one or more errors are received. The counter is also incremented if one or several defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occur during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 241

pmVcSes : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly Description: Virtual Container 12 (VC12), Severely Errored Seconds (SES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second with a severe bit error ratio or equivalent. The counter is also incremented if one or more defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occurs during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds


User label for free use. shutDownTimeout : long, Default = 1800, Range = 0..100000


Vc4Ttp <<MOClass>> Vc4Ttp

SystemCreated This MO is automatically created as a consequence of creating an Os155SpiTtp object if any of the following conditions are true: a) standardmode = ETSI or b) standardmode = TTC and muxmode = VC4_STS3CSPE_LEVEL. It represents the termination of the SDH VC-4 path layer. The VC-4 can either be used for channelised access, in which case VC-12 MOs are created as children to the Vc4Ttp MO, or be used to carry ATM traffic, in which case there is a relationship between the AtmPort MO and the Vc4Ttp MO. Note! The performance monitoring counters in the Vc4TtpMO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large to fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 242

Attributes: pathTraceFormat : PathTraceFormat, Default = ITU_T_G707

Indicates the format of the expectedPathtrace and transmittedPathtrace attributes. The format may be in 16 or 64 characters. Usually 16 is used for ETSI and 64 for ANSI/TTC. ITU_T_G707=16 GR_253_CORE=64 Note that the 16 characters format requires the operator to specify 15 characters where no character contains the null character (the 16th character is added automatically). Note that the 64 characters format requires the operator to specify 62 ASCII characters all different from null followed by CR/LF.


The transmitted path trace. Can be defined in two formats. The format may be in 16 or 64 characters. Usually 16 is used for ETSI and 64 for ANSI/TTC. Note: The string must be of 15 or 62 characters length, or empty string ("").


Expected path trace. The string can be of 15 or 62 characters length, or empty string (""). Note: An empty string for this attribute means that the detection of Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM) should be disabled. This attribute is set to empty string every time attribute pathTraceFormat is set.



vcDegThreshold : long, Default = 30, Range = 0..100

This threshold decides how many of the received blocks that are allowed to have bit errors. The measurement is made on a per-second basis and if the threshold is passed the second is considered bad. The attribute value is in unit of % (percent).

vcDegM : long, Default = 7, Range = 2..10

Indicates how many bad seconds in a row that causes a Degraded Signal alarm. auAisReporting : boolean, Default = false

AU AIS reporting. True - enable reporting. False - disable reporting.

vcRdiReporting : boolean, Default = false

VC RDI reporting. True - enable reporting. False - disable reporting.




pmVcEs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 243

Description: Virtual Container 4 (VC4), Errored Seconds (ES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second where one or morel blocks or equivalent with one or more errors are received. The counter is also incremented if one or several defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occur during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds

pmVcSes : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Virtual Container 4 (VC4), Severely Errored Seconds (SES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second with a severe bit error ratio or equivalent. The counter is also incremented if one or more defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occurs during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds


User label for free use. reservedBy : AtmPort, NoNotification, ReadOnly


VclTp <<MOClass>> VclTp

This MO is used to represent the termination of an external VC link in the node. Note that a maximum of 10 000 MO of this kind may be configured in a node. Note! The performance monitoring counters in the VclTp MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 244


For free use. externalVci : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 32..65535

Virtual Channel Idenitifier, VCI, value for this Virtual Channel Link, VCL. Range: 32 - 65535.

atmTrafficDescriptorId : AtmTrafficDescriptor, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted

Reference to the AtmTrafficDescriptor profile. reservedBy : ManagedObject, ReadOnly

User that have reserved this VclTp.


The operational state of the VclTp. pmReceivedAtmCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received ATM cells. Condition: ATM cell received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells


Description: Number of transmitted ATM cells. Condition: ATM cell transmitted Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells


The availability status of the VclTp. The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.

Operations: eteLoopBack () : boolean

Used by VclTp to inforce a Virtual Channel end-to-end loopback. false=Failed, true=Succeded. Note! This action requires a transaction.

VpcTp <<MOClass>> VpcTp

Virtual path connection termination point, VpcTp, is used to represent the point where the VPC and associated overhead (F4 OAM cells) are terminated/originated. Note! The performance monitoring counters in this MO is set to 0 when counterMode is set to PM_MODE_ON.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 245

In PM_MODE_OFF no information at all is retrived. So any value for pm-monitoring is measured from the time of setting counterMode to PM_MODE_ON. At node restart these performance monitoring counters is reset to 0.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 246



enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the VpcTp availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


continuityCheck : boolean, Default = false

Continuity checking means that a cell is sent downstream when no user cell has been sent for a period of nominally 1 second. Continuity check both enables generation of CC cells as well as detection of LOC















1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 247










Operations: eteLoopBack () : boolean

This action performs VC end to end loopback from this VpcTp. false=Failed, true=Succeded Note! This action requires a transaction.

VplTp <<MOClass>> VplTp

This MO is used to represent the termination of a VP link. Note that a maximum of 999 MO's of this type may be configured.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 248

Note! For information on how many VplTp's that can be configured under the AtmPort MO please refer to the board that is parent to the termination reserved by the AtmPort MO. The performance monitoring counters in the VplTp MO is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node. When the value is to large to fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.


This MOs user label. atmTrafficDescriptor : AtmTrafficDescriptor, Mandatory

Reference to the Atm Traffic Descriptor. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the VplTp. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly


externalVpi : long, Mandatory, NoNotification, Restricted, Range = 0..255

This is the virtual path identifier for the external ATM cells. pmReceivedAtmCells : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

Description: Number of received ATM cells. Condition: ATM cell received Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells


Description: Number of transmitted ATM cells. Condition: ATM cell transmitted Counter type: PEG Unit: Number of cells

Vt15Ttp <<MOClass>> Vt15Ttp

SystemCreated This MO is automatically created when the configuring the Os155SpiTtp. It represents the termination of the SONET VP 1.5 path layer. This MO is automatically created when creating the Os155SpiTtp MO with the following conditions: muxmode = E1_J1_T1_LEVEL standardmode = ANSI The performance monitoring counters in the Vt15Ttp is set to 0 (zero) at start or restart of the node.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 249

When the value is too large too fit in to a long (31bit) the counter turns over and starts from 0 again.

Attributes: aisVreporting : boolean, Default = false


rdiVreporting : boolean, Default = false


shutDownTimer : long, Default = 1800, Range = 1..100000

This timer defines the time that elapses before shut down when administrativeState is se to 'shuttingDown'. operationalState : OperState, Default = disabled, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The operational state of the Vt15Ttp MO. availabilityStatus : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



The administrative state of the Vt15Ttp MO. pmEs : long, Default = 0, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly



Description: Number of Serverely Errored Seconds (SES). Condition: This counter is incremented for each second with a severe bit error ratio or equivalent. The counter is also incremented if one or more defects causing Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) insertion occurs during the second. The counter is not incremented during unavailable time Counter type: PEG Unit: Seconds


Label free for use.

WebServer <<MOClass>> WebServer

SystemCreated The WebServer MO represents the WebServer in the node.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 250

This object is used for configuration of the WebServer paths. By connecting this object to a SwAllocation MO that is connected to a Repertoire MO the WebServer paths will be automatically configured during system upgrade. The local distinguished name of this MO is ManagedElement=1, WebServer=1. The WebServer MO is created automatically by the system.


Label free for use. webServerPaths : string, Default = ""

Paths that shall be used by the WebServer separated by the delimiter character ":". reservedBySwAllocation : sequence<SwAllocation>, NoNotification, ReadOnly


Definitions

UpgradeDefs <<MOException>> AttributeMissingException

Exception thrown when an attribute is missing during upgrade. <<MOException>> EnableExistingProgramException

Exception thrown when enabling of existing programs fails. <<MOException>> ExtraIdentifiersOfNonExistingLoadModulesException <<MOException>> FileCopyException

Exception thrown when copying of files fails. <<MOException>> FileNotExistException

Exception thrown when the specified file does not exist. <<MOException>> FindAndReplaceException <<MOException>> HeapPoolSettingsException

Exception thrown when the heap or pool setting is incorrect. <<MOException>> AttributeValueOutOfRangeException

Exception thrown when an attribute value is out of range. <<MOException>> CancelInstallRequestException

Exception thrown when a cancel install equest for some reason fails. <<MOException>> ChecksumhandlerException

Exception thrown when the control of checksum for loadmodules has been rejaected due to 'null' recieved from resource layer.

<<MOException>> ClearAllPiuTypesReferencedByPlugInUnitException Exception thrown when its not possible to clear all PiuTypes referenced by PlugInUnit.

<<MOException>> ConditionallyMandatoryAttributeOrElementMissingException

Exception thrown when an conditional mandatory attribute (or element) is missing.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 251

<<MOException>> ConfigurationVersionMO_HandlerException Exception thrown when the creation of a CV during upgrade fails.

<<MOException>> ControlFileDocumentHandlerException <<MOException>> CreateLoadModuleException

Exception thrown when the creation of a load module fails. <<MOException>> DisableExistingProgramsException

Exception thrown when disabling of existing programs for some reason fails. <<MOException>> DocumentObjectProxyException <<MOException>> ExplicitReplacementInInformationForRPUsException

Exception thrown when replacement of existing RPU information fails. <<MOException>> InstallOfLoadModulesCancelledException

Exception thrown when the installation of Load Modules is cancelled. <<MOException>> InstallOfLoadModulesPartlyExcecutedException

Exception thrown when the installment of Load Modules is only partly executed. <<MOException>> InstallOfLoadModulesRejectedException

Exception thrown when the install of Load Modules is rejected. <<MOException>> InstallRejectedFTP_ServerNotAccessibleException

Exception thrown when the install is rejected due to FTP server is not accessible. <<MOException>> InstallRejectedGetLoadModuleFileException

Exception thrown when the install is rejected due to error when trying to retreive Load Module.

<<MOException>> InstallRejectedIP_AddressException Exception thrown when install is rejected due to erronous IP address.

<<MOException>> InstallRejectedInsufficientDiskSpaceException Exception thrown when the install is rejected due to insufficient disk space.

<<MOException>> InstallRejectedLoadListFileException <<MOException>> InstallRequestException

Exception thrown when the installation of a Load Module fails. <<MOException>> InsufficientDiskSpaceException

Exception thrown when the disk space is insufficient. <<MOException>> JvmMO_HandlerException <<MOException>> LoadModuleFIlePathLengthOutOfRangeException

Exception thrown when file path for the Load Module is out of length. <<MOException>> LoadModuleMO_HandlerException <<MOException>> ManagedElementDataMO_HandlerException <<MOException>> MandatoryElementIsMissingException <<MOException>> MergeControlFileException

Exception thrown when the merger of control files fails. <<MOException>> PIU_MO_HandlerException <<MOException>> ParseException <<MOException>> ParserFactoryException <<MOException>> PiuTypeDefinitionMissingInUpgradeControlFileException

Exception thrown when PiuType definitions is missing in the UCF file. <<MOException>> PiuTypeMO_HandlerException <<MOException>> ProductNumberAndRevisionAlreadyInUseException

Exception thrown when the product number and revision is already used.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 252

<<MOException>> ProgramConfigurationException <<MOException>> ReconfigureProgramsException

Exception thrown when reconfiguration of programs fails. <<MOException>> ReferencedElementMissingException

Exception thrown when the referenced element is missing. <<MOException>> RepertoireMO_HandlerException <<MOException>> ReplaceConfigSupportMOsOpException <<MOException>> ReserveLoadModulesException

Exception thrown when reserving a Load Module fails. <<MOException>> SelectiveInstallFailureException

Exception thrown when a selective install fails. <<MOException>> SlotMO_HandlerException <<MOException>> SwAllocationMO_HandlerException <<MOException>> UnexpectedAttributeException

Exception thrown when an unexpected attribute occurs at upgrade. <<MOException>> UnexpectedAttributeFormatException

Exception thrown when an unexpected format of the attribute occurs. <<MOException>> UnexpectedElementException

Exception thrown when <<MOException>> UpgradeControlFileDataException <<MOException>> UpgradeControlFileNotFoundException <<MOException>> UpgradeControlFileParserException <<MOException>> UpgradePackageDeleteException

Exception thrown when its not possible to delete the upgrade package. <<MOException>> UpgradePackageDeleteNotAllowedException

Exception thrown when its not allowed to delete the upgrade package. <<MOException>> UpgradePackageDoesNotExistException

Exception thrown when the specified upgrade package does not exist. <<MOException>> UpgradePackageFileSystemErrorException

Exception thrown when an error in the file system occurs. <<MOException>> UpgradeRejectedException

Exception thrown when the upgrade is rejected. <<MOException>> ValidateException <<MOException>> VerifyChecksumException

Exception thrown when the checksum is incorrect. <<MOException>> VerifyCreationOfCVsException

Exception thrown when its not possible to verify the creation of CV's. <<MOException>> VerifyOperationalPIUsException <<MOException>> VerifyRejectedException <<MOException>> VerifyRequestException <<MOException>> VerifySupportedPIUsException <<MOException>> VerifyUpgradeHandlerException <<MOException>> VerifyUpgradeWindowException <<MOException>> UpgradeLogFileNotAccessibleException

The upgrade trace log file is not accessible i.e. the log file exists but it is not possible to access it with write permission.

<<MOException>> UpgradeControlFileException The file parser has found that the UpgradeControlFile is incorrect.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 253

Attributes: message : string

<<MOException>> UpgradeNotPossibleException Before an upgrade is started it was found that the upgrade can not take place. A possible reason is that the upgrade package that is running in the node is not in the upgrade window of this upgrade package.


<<MOException>> UpgradeLogFileNotInUseException The upgrade trace output is currently not directed to a file. This is a property that can be changed in the trace property file (Trace_01.prop).

<<MOEnum>> UpgradePackageState Attributes: NOT_INSTALLED : long = 0

The upgrade package is not installed. INSTALL_COMPLETED : long = 1

The upgrade package is completely installed. UPGRADE_EXECUTING : long = 2

Upgrade is executing. AWAITING_CONFIRMATION : long = 3

The execution of upgrade needs confirmation before it proceeds. ONLY_DELETEABLE : long = 4

In this state an Upgrade Package can only be deleted. Its actions, when invoked, will throw the exception ActionNotAllowed.

INSTALL_EXECUTING : long = 5

Installation of the upgrade package is executing. INSTALL_NOT_COMPLETED : long = 6

The upgrade package is not completely installed i.e. parts of it has been installed. UPGRADE_COMPLETED : long = 7

The upgrade has been successfully executed.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 254

<<MOEnum>> UpgradeProgressInformation Attributes: IDLE : long = 0

No action is in progress. DOWNLOADING_FILES : long = 1

Downloading of files (load modules) in progress. SAVING_CV : long = 2

Saving a Configuration Version. RECONFIGURING_MOS : long = 3

Operation ReplaceConfigSupportMOs detected in upgrade. INITIATING_LOADER_INFO : long = 4

Trigger Initiate detected in upgrade sequence. PRELOADING : long = 5

Trigger Preload detected in upgrade sequence. CONVERSION_OF_PERSISTENT_DATA : long = 6 APPLICATION_SPECIFIC_ACTION : long = 7

'Unique trigger' for an application detected in upgrade sequence. SHUTDOWN_WAIT : long = 8 TAKING_NEW_SOFTWARE_INTO_SERVICE : long = 9 FINISH_AND_CLEANING_UP : long = 10

The error handling is switched back to normal. RESTORING_SYSTEM_STATE : long = 11 EXECUTION_FAILED : long = 12

Indicates that the execution of an install or an upgrade action has failed. CANCEL_OF_INSTALLATION_IS_EXECUTING : long = 13

Indicates that cancellation of an ongoing installation is in progress. CANCEL_OF_INSTALLATION_FAILED : long = 14

Indicates that the execution of a cancel install action failed. VERIFICATION_INITIATED : long = 15 VERIFYING_UPGRADE_FROM_VERSION : long = 16 VERIFYING_POSSIBLE_TO_CREATE_REQ_NO_CVS : long = 17 VERIFYING_PIUS_SUPPORTED : long = 18 VERIFYING_CHECKSUM_FOR_LM : long = 19 VERIFYING_PIUS_NOT_FAULTY : long = 20 VERIFICATION_FINISHED : long = 21 VERIFICATION_FAILED : long = 22

<<MOEnum>> InvokedAction Attributes: VERIFY_UPGRADE = 1

The verifyUpgrade action has been invoked. UPGRADE = 2

An upgrade action (one of the variants) has been invoked. INSTALL : long = 3

An install action (one of the variants) has been invoked. CANCEL_INSTALL : long = 4

The cancelInstall action has been invoked.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 255

<<MOStruct>> ActionResultData Attributes: time : string, Default = ""

A timestamp. Format: "Date: 2003-04-24, Time: 20:52:11.182"

typeOfInvokedAction : InvokedAction, Default = VERIFY_UPGRADE info : Information, Default = EXECUTED actionId : long, Default = 1

This id is used to link more than one result to one action additionalInfo : string, Default = ""


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 256

<<MOEnum>> Information Attributes: EXECUTED : long = 0

The invoked action has been successfully executed without warnings.One of three possible main results of executed action. Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL CANCEL_INSTALL VERIFY_UPGRADE UPGRADE

UNSPECIFIED : long = 1

A not specified error/ warning has been detected (see additional info for further details) Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL CANCEL_INSTALL VERIFY_UPGRADE UPGRADE

LM_CHECKSUM_VER_FAILED : long = 2

A load module checksum verification has failed. Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL VERIFY_UPGRADE UPGRADE

NOT_ENOUGH_AVAIL_DISK_SPACE : long = 3

There is not enough available disk space for the required number of new CVs (configuration versions) to be created automatically during an upgrade. Value valid for type of invoked action: VERIFY_UPGRADE UPGRADE

MAX_NO_CV_WILL_BE_EXCEEDED : long = 4

The maximum number of allowed CVs (configuration versions) will be exceeded if the required number of new CVs is created automatically during an upgrade. Value valid for type of invoked action: VERIFY_UPGRADE UPGRADE

UPGRADE_FROM_CURRENT_UP_NOT_ALLOWED : long = 5

The Upgrade Window element in the Upgrade Control File does not specify the current Upgrade Package as a valid 'upgrade from' version. Value valid for type of invoked action: VERIFY_UPGRADE UPGRADE

NON_SUPPORTED_PIU : long = 6

A non supported Plug In Unit (PIU) has been detected i.e. the PIU in the node is not defined in the Upgrade Control File. This is not a fault that prevents an upgrade from being executed. Value valid for type of invoked action: VERIFY_UPGRADE UPGRADE

FAULTY_PIU : long = 7

A faulty Plug In Unit (PIU) has been detected. This is not a fault that prevents an upgrade from being executed. Value valid for type of invoked action: VERIFY_UPGRADE UPGRADE


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 257

CREATION_OF_CV_FAILED : long = 8

The auto-creation of an install CV failed. Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL

ACTION_NOT_ALLOWED : long = 9

The requested action is not allowed due to an other action already is in progress for an other UP MO. Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL CANCEL_INSTALL VERIFY_UPGRADE UPGRADE

INSTALLATION_MANUALLY_CANCELLED : long = 10

An ongoing installation has been cancelled (aborted) due to request from client. Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL

FTP_SERVER_NOT_ACCESSIBLE : long = 11

The FTP server to be used for downloads of load modules is not accessible. Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL

INSUFFICIENT_DISK_SPACE_FOR_LOAD_MODULES : long = 12

The required disk space for load modules to be installed is insufficient. Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL

FTP_SERVER_IP_ADDRESS_ERROR : long = 13

Error detected in the IP address of the FTP server. Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL

DELTA_INSTALL_MERGE_ERROR : long = 14

The install of the delta Upgrade Control File (UCF) failed i.e. the analysis of the delta UCF together with current active UP's UCF failed. Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL

SELECTIVE_INSTALL_ERROR : long = 15

Error detected during the selection phase of an install. Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL

EXECUTION_FAILED : long = 16

The execution of invoked action failed.One of three possible main results of executed action. Value valid for type of invoked action: INSTALL CANCEL_INSTALL VERIFY_UPGRADE UPGRADE

EXECUTED_WITH_WARNINGS : long = 17

The action has been successfully executed but with warnings.One of three possible main results of executed action. Value valid for type of invoked action:


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 258

INSTALL CANCEL_INSTALL VERIFY_UPGRADE

SwManagementDefs <<MOException>> FtpServerNotAccessibleException

Ftp server is not accessible. This may depend on erroneous IP address, username, password, or that the IP communication with the Ftp server is down, or that the Ftp server itself is malfunctioning.


<<MOException>> GetFileException An error was encountered during FTP get file. A filePath in the upgradeControlFile may be inconsistent with a filepath on the Ftp server.


<<MOStruct>> PiuTypeProgramConfiguration Attributes: tag : string

The tag is used as a reference between the PiuType MO and the Repertoire MO to find out how to create the program object under a PlugInUnit MO.

subParentLDN : string

Local distinguished name of the program parent from the PlugInUnit. Example: 1. "Spu=1,Spm=2" (the program is to be created under: ...PlugInUnit=2,Spu=1,Spm=2") 2. "" (empty string - the program is to be created directly under the PlugInUnit)

programMoTypeName : string

The name of the Program MO that will be created. loadableProcessorName : string

The loadableProcessorName is a user friendly name of the processor.

<<MOStruct>> RepertoireLoadModuleData This structure contains load module data that belongs to a piu type.

Attributes: loadModuleDN : string

The distinguished name of the load module, which is needed and sufficient to convert the load module to a real object reference.

tag : string

The tag is used as a reference between the PiuType MO and the Repertoire MO to find out how to create the program object under a PlugInUnit MO.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 259

<<MOStruct>> ConfigurationVersionAttributes Attributes: name : string identity : string type : string upgradePackageId : string operatorName : string operatorComment : string date : string status : string

<<MOEnum>> ConfigurationVersionType Attributes: standard : long = 0 upgrade : long = 1 minimal : long = 2 test : long = 3 autocreate : long = 4 other : long = 5

<<MOEnum>> LoadModuleLoaderType Attributes: OseLoader = 0 SpmLoader = 1 Jvm = 2 WebServer = 3 Other = 99 SpmFpgaLoader = 4 XpLoader = 5

<<MOEnum>> LoadModulePreLoadType Attributes: no = 0 must = 1 wish = 2

<<MOEnum>> RPUSwitchOverMode This attribute can have the following values: AtPiuFault = Indicates the MP (where the normal RPU is configured) is faulty (HW error). This is the default value. AtPiuRestart = Indicates the MP (where the normal RPU is configured) is restarted.

Attributes: AtPiuFault = 1 AtPiuRestart = 2

<<MOEnum>> RPUNormalisationMode This enumeration can have the following values: Manual = Indicates that no normalisation is performed by cello until the operator issues a "switch" action. Automatic = Indicates that Cello performs the normalisation automatically, after the failed RPU is available again. This is the default value.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 260

Attributes: Manual = 1 Automatic = 2

<<MOEnum>> RPUReplicationMode This enumaration contains the following values: Always = Data replication is always performed. This overrides the characteristics set on the each container ( that is associated with the RPU ). Never = Data replication is never performed. This overrides the characteristics set on the each container ( that is associated with the RPU ). AtShutdown = Each time the RSH (which handles the RPU) is shut down, a complete snapshot is taken and replicated to the other MP, if necessary. Otherwise, the replication is performed according to the characteristics set on each container ( that is associated with the RPU ). ApplControlled = The data replication is made according to the characteristics set on each container ( that is associated with the RPU ). This is the default value.

Attributes: Always = 1

Always = Data replication is always performed. This overrides the characteristics set on the each container ( that is associated with the RPU ).

Never = 2

Data replication is never performed. This overrides the characteristics set on the each container ( that is associated with the RPU ).

AtShutdown = 3

AtShutdown = Each time the RSH (which handles the RPU) is shut down, a complete snapshot is taken and replicated to the other MP, if necessary. Otherwise, the replication is performed according to the characteristics set on each container ( that is associated with the RPU ).

ApplControlled = 4

ApplControlled = The data replication is made according to the characteristics set on each container ( that is associated with the RPU ). This is the default value.

<<MOEnum>> RPUOperationalMode This enumeration contains the following values: AsConfigured = The RSHs runs as the RPU is configured. SwitchOver = The RSHs has been switched over. Unavailable = No RSHs, that uses this RPU, are running.

Attributes: AsConfigured = 1 SwitchedOver = 2 Unavailable = 3

<<MOStruct>> PiuTypeMOConfiguration Attributes: subParentLDN : string moTypeName : string identity : string


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 261

<<MOStruct>> AirFlowData Control value for the fan unit. Needed by cooling function.

Attributes: normalLowTempAirFlow : float, Default = 250

Control value for the fan unit running in normal autonomous mode. This parameter is the subrack/fanunit airflow value that is required to achieve sufficient cooling at 20 degree centigrade or lower ambient temperature of the most demanding plug in unit (PIU) in the subrack. This airflow value shall be sufficient (but not unnecessarily large) to secure that no "normal overtemp" fault indication is issued. Default values = 250 m3/h. (value >=0)

normalHighTempAirFlow : float, Default = 400

Control value for the fan unit running in normal autonomous mode. This parameter is the subrack/fanunit airflow value that is required to achieve sufficient cooling at 50 degree centigrade ambient temperature of the most demanding plug in unit (PIU) in the subrack. This airflow value shall be sufficient (but not unnecessarily large) to secure that no "normal overtemp" fault indication is issued. Default values = 400 m3/h. (value >=0)

noiseReducedLowTempAirFlow : float, Default = 250

Control value for the fan unit running in noise reduction mode. This parameter is the subrack/fanunit airflow value that is required to achieve sufficient cooling at 20 degree centigrade or lower ambient temperature of the most demanding plug in unit (PIU) in the subrack. This airflow value shall be sufficient (but not unnecessarily large) to secure that no "exceptional overtemp" fault indication is issued Default values = 250 m3/h. (value >=0)

noiseReducedHighTempAirFlow : float, Default = 400

Control value for the fan unit running in noise reduction mode. This parameter is the subrack/fanunit airflow value that is required to achieve sufficient cooling at 50 degree centigrade ambient temperature of the most demanding plug in unit (PIU) in the subrack. This airflow value shall be sufficient (but not unnecessarily large) to secure that no "exceptional overtemp" fault indication is issued. Default values = 400 m3/h. (value >=0)

<<MOException>> IpAddressException Erroneous Ip Address Format


<<MOException>> AueFailureException An application upgrade engine has reported a failure.


<<MOException>> ActionNotAllowedException The action is not allowed, the UpgradePackage MO is in wrong state. For example if you try 'upgrade()' before an 'install()' or 'forcedInstall()' has been done.



1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 262

<<MOException>> CVFileSystemErrorException Exception thrown upon file system Error.


<<MOException>> CVDBErrorException Data Base Error Exception (error when creating database backup).


<<MOException>> CVLLPErrorException LLP Error Exception (error when creating ARMAMENT and LLP.LMID files).


<<MOException>> CVAlreadyExistsException The configuration version already exists (e.g. message at create).


<<MOException>> CVDoesNotExistsException The configuration version does not exist (e.g. message at setCVAsStartable).


<<MOException>> CVDeleteNotAllowedException It is not allowed to delete the configuration version, because it is in use (used as startable or in rollback list).


<<MOException>> CVInvalidCVException The configuration version is not valid (due to missing files).


<<MOException>> CVFormatErrorException Format Error in given configuration version name. The following characters are allowed within the name: [0-9], [A-Z], [a-z] and '&','%',':','.','_', '-' Note! For comment and operatorName spaces (' ') are also allowed within the strings.



1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 263

<<MOException>> CVErrorException Error Exception.


<<MOException>> InstallException Indicates that an error in an installation has occurred.

Attributes: install : string

The message of the exception.

<<MOException>> LogActivationException Exception thrown when a database error occurs.

<<MOException>> InvalidDriveNameException Exception thrown when an invalid drive name is specified or when a data base error occurs.

<<MOException>> VerifyUpgradeException <<MOException>> CVActivityLogFilePathErrorException

Exception thrown when the log file path is wrong. <<MOException>> CV_MaxNumberOfInstancesException

Exception thrown when max number of CV's in the system has been reached.

Aal2Defs <<MOException>> Aal2PathIdNotUniqueException

Attributes: message : string, Default = ""

<<MOException>> PathAlreadyRegisteredException Attributes: message : string, Default = ""

<<MOException>> NotInGroupException <<MOException>> InvalidReferenceException <<MOException>> InvalidPriorityException

Indicates an invalid priority level, i.e. the priority in question is out of the defined range. Attributes: invalidPriority : string

<<MOStruct>> QoSProfileClassA This struct contains the values applicable for QoS Class A.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 264

Attributes: boundOnProbOfDelay : long, Default = 500000, Range = 0..1000000000

Represents the upper bound on the probability that the delay in the node exceeds the delay limit given by the attribute "boundOnNodeDelay". Unit is 1/1000000000.

boundOnProbOfLoss : long, Default = 500000, Range = 0..1000000000

Represents the upper bound of the cell loss probability in the current node. Unit is 1/1000000000.

boundOnNodeDelay : long, Default = 5000, Range = 0..10000

The upper bound on the delay (delay=queueing and serving of Aal2 packets in an Aal2 mux + delay on ATM layer) through the current node. Unit is micro seconds.

<<MOStruct>> QoSProfileClassB This struct contains the values applicable for QoS Class B.





boundOnNodeDelay : long, Default = 15000, Range = 0..20000


<<MOStruct>> QoSProfileClassC This struct contains the values applicable for QoS Class C. NOTE: The attribute 'boundONodeDelay' is not applicable for QoS Class C so setting of this attribute will have no effect.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 265





boundOnNodeDelay : long, Default = 25000


<<MOStruct>> QoSProfileClassD This struct contains the values applicable for QoS Class D. NOTE: The attribute 'boundONodeDelay' is not applicable for QoS Class D so setting of this attribute will have no effect.





boundOnNodeDelay : long, Default = 50000


<<MOEnum>> SupportedQoSClasses Attributes: NO_CLASS_SUPPORTED : long = 0 CLASS_A : long = 1 CLASS_B : long = 2 CLASS_A_B : long = 3 CLASS_C : long = 4 CLASS_A_C : long = 5 CLASS_B_C : long = 6 CLASS_A_B_C : long = 7 CLASS_D : long = 8 CLASS_A_D : long = 9 CLASS_B_D : long = 10 CLASS_A_B_D : long = 11 CLASS_C_D : long = 12 CLASS_A_C_D : long = 13 CLASS_B_C_D : long = 14 CLASS_A_B_C_D : long = 15


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 266

<<MOException>> IsReservedCanNotSetPathIdException Exception thrown when an attempt is made to set or change the aal2PathId of an Aal2PathVccTp while its reserved by an other Aal2PathGrp

<<MOException>> IsUnlockedCanNotSetPathOwnerException Exception thrown when an attempt is made to set or change the aal2PathOwner of an Aal2PathVccTp while its not LOCKED.

<<MOEnum>> RemoteBlockingStates Attributes: REMOTELY_BLOCKED : long = 2 REMOTELY_UNBLOCKED : long = 1 UNDEFINED : long = 0

EquipmentDefs <<MOEnum>> SlotState

Attributes: free = 0

It is free to be pre-configured with a new PlugInUnit. used = 1

A PlugInUnit is inserted in the slot or the slot is pre-configured with a PlugInUnit. coveredByPiu = 2

Currently not supported.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 267

<<MOStruct>> AdminProductData Attributes: productNumber : string, LengthRange = 1..24

The product number of the product or document. Examples: ABC 101 001, CXC 123 456, 1/BFD 101 999 In the case of UpgradePackage this is the document number of the upgrade package.

productRevision : string, LengthRange = 1..7

The revision of the product number. Examples: R1, r1a, R1A02, P7B

productName : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 1..12

A user-friendly name of the product. productInfo : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 0..13

User-friendly information about the product. productionDate : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 1..8

The production date can be represented in two ways. 1) The preferable syntax is a four-digit representation of the year, and a two-digit representation of the month and a two-digit representation of the day. The numbers of characters in this case, is eight. Example: 19991231 2) The date can also consist of two digits for the year, followed by the letter W for week and two digits for the number of week. The numbers of characters in this case, is five. Example: 99W12


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 268

<<MOStruct>> OperProductData Attributes: productName : string, LengthRange = 1..12

A user-friendly name of the product.

productNumber : string, LengthRange = 1..24

Unique identity for each product, which is constituted by the Ericsson product number (ABC number). The maximum number of characters for a product number is 24 including 2 slashes, 2 spaces and 2 characters for origination notation. Example of product number: ABC 101 001 (1/ABC 101 01/1234) 123/ABCDE 101 1010/12345 .

productRevision : string, LengthRange = 1..7

Indicates the revision state of the product. It consists of a letter R or P, one or two digits and/or one or two letters. The maximum number of characters is four inclusive R or P. Example: R1A, R1A02, P7B A suffix may be added to the revision state. The suffix may consists of one or two digits or one letter.

serialNumber : string

The serial number consists of 13 alphanumerical characters grouped as 6 plus 7 characters. The first 6 characters are to be used for factory codes and the last 7 characters are used for an individual number or batch number.

productionDate : string, LengthRange = 5..8

The production date can be represented in two ways. 1) The preferable syntax is a four-digit representation of the year, and a two-digit representation of the month and a two-digit representation of the day. The numbers of characters in this case, is eight. Example: 19991231 2) The date can also consist of two digits for the year, followed by the letter W for week and two digits for the number of week. The numbers of characters in this case, is five. Example: 99W12

<<MOEnum>> LoadClass Defines the phase in the load and start sequence.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 269

Attributes: coreOs = 10 coreDevice = 50 loadListProvider = 100 coreEarly = 200 coreLate = 300 networkAndConnectionHandling = 400 application = 500 upgrade = 600

<<MOEnum>> StartState Attributes: disabled = 0 enabled = 1

<<MOEnum>> SubrackType Attributes: hub = 0 device = 1

<<MOEnum>> PiuRole Attributes: mp = 1

The board is a Main processor. bp = 2

The board is a device board. others = 3

The board is not a Main processor or a device board.

<<MOEnum>> RestartCause This attribute indicates the restart cause of plugInUnit. The defined values are: 1. piuRestartError: restart because of error. 2. piuRestartUpgrade: restart because of system upgrade.

Attributes: piuRestartUpgrade : long = 2

This attributes indicates that the Piu restart cause is upgrade. piuRestartError : long = 1

This attributes indicates that the Piu restart cause is error.

<<MOEnum>> FanState The Fan can be in one of three controlling state: - standalone: not manageable, full speed fans - autonomous: manageable, air-flow control - noiseReduced: time-limited low speed fan


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 270

Attributes: standalone = 1

It's running on itself, not manageable. autonomous = 2

Manageable state. noiseReduced = 3

Temporary state with reduced cooling.

<<MOEnum>> SeqRestarts Attributes: RESTARTS_WITH_NO_LIMITS : long = -1

This attributes indicates unlimited restarts and no faulty marking of the PIU. Used for critical PIU's such as TUBs, SCBs and some ET-boards.

RESTARTS_WITH_WARM : long = 3

This attributes indicates the following sequential restarts: -warm -refresh -cold -cold with fault marked (not loaded). Alarm sent.

RESTARTS_WITH_REFRESH : long = 2

This attributes indicates the following sequential restarts: -refresh -cold -cold with fault marked (not loaded). Alarm sent.

RESTARTS_WITH_COLD : long = 1

This attributes indicates the following sequential restarts: -cold -cold with fault marked (not loaded). Alarm sent.

RESTARTS_WITH_FAULT_MARKED : long = 0

This attributes indicates the following sequential restarts: -cold with fault marked (not loaded). Alarm sent.

<<MOException>> RepertoireNotFoundException This class is an exception class thrown when a equipment specific error occurs.

<<MOException>> SwAllocationNotFoundException This class is an exception class thrown when a equipment specific error occurs.

<<MOException>> WebServerPathConfigurationException This class is an exception class thrown when failed to configure the webserver root path

<<MOException>> FroLocationFailedException <<MOException>> FroShutdownException

EtDefs <<MOException>> NotUniqueLineNoException <<MOException>> WrongPhysPathTermTypeException


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 271

GeneralDefs <<MOEnum>> OperState

Attributes: disabled : long = 0 enabled : long = 1

<<MOEnum>> AdmState Attributes: locked : long = 0 unlocked : long = 1 shuttingDown : long = 2

<<MOException>> OccupiedException <<MOException>> NotReservedException <<MOException>> NotSupportedException <<MOEnum>> SilPortState

Indication of Switch Internal Link port status. Attributes: portActive : long = 1 portPassive : long = 2 portNotConnected : long = 3 portLocked : long = 4 portNotInstalled : long = 5

<<MOException>> InvalidIndexException Index specified is invalid, i.e. it is out of the range of valid indices.

Attributes: invalidIndex : string

The exception message.

<<MOException>> TransactionException <<MOException>> UndeletableMoException

Exception thrown when MO is not possible to delete. <<MOException>> FroNotAccessibleException

Exception that is thrown when a FRO (Facade Resource Object in the resource layer) cannot be accessed.

<<MOException>> FroRequestFailedException Exception that is thrown when the result of a request to a FRO (Facade Resource Object in the resource layer) is not ok.

<<MOException>> MoReservedByOtherUserException Exception thrown when the MO is already reserved by another user (MO).

<<MOException>> MoHasChildrenException Exception class thrown when an MO is requested to be deleted, but the MO has children, which must be deleted first.

<<MOException>> MoReservedNotDeletableException Exception thrown when trying to delete an MO that is reserved by another MO (user).

<<MOException>> MaxNumberExceededException Exception thrown when the maximum number of childrens for an MO is exceeded.

<<MOException>> AttrValueNotUniqueException Exception thrown when a value of an attribute is not unique.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 272

<<MOException>> EquipException <<MOException>> IpFormatException <<MOException>> IpException <<MOException>> TransactionRequiredException

Exception class thrown when an MO is accessed outside a transaction but the access method requires a transaction.

<<MOException>> ValueOutOfRangeException Exception thrown when an MO attribute is requested to be set, but the requested value is not accepted.

<<MOException>> WrongAttributeTypeException Exception thrown when an MO attribute is requested to be set, but the requested value is of the wrong type.

<<MOException>> NotHandledAttributeTypeException Exception class thrown when an attribute of not handled type is requested.

<<MOException>> NoSuchFieldException Exception class thrown when a Struct is accessed but the reqested Struct element is not found.

<<MOException>> MoCanNotBeCreatedException <<MOException>> NoSuchAttributeException

Exception thrown when an MO attribute is requested to be accessed but the access method for the is not defined (the attribute can not be accessed)

<<MOException>> MoCardinalityViolationException Exception class thrown when the creation of an MO fails due to child - parent cardinality violation. The cardinality is specified in the MIM.

<<MOException>> IllegalParentException Exception thrown when the parent of the MO is of the wrong type.

<<MOException>> AttrNotSettableAtCreateException Exception thrown when a create is ordered with attribute values that are not settable at create.

<<MOException>> AttrMissingAtCreateException Exception thrown when an attribute that is mandatory at create is missing.

<<MOException>> MoNameAlreadyTakenException Exception thrown when an MO is created and the distinguished name of the MO is already in use.

<<MOException>> IllegalArgumentTypeException Exception thrown if the argument supplied is of the wrong type, for example in an action.

<<MOException>> IllegalAttributeValueException Exception thrown if the value of the attribute is not valid.

<<MOEnum>> RestartRank Attributes: RESTART_WARM = 0 RESTART_REFRESH = 1 RESTART_COLD = 2

<<MOEnum>> AvailabilityStatus The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 273

Attributes: IN_TEST : long = 1 FAILED : long = 2 POWER_OFF : long = 4 OFF_LINE : long = 8 OFF_DUTY : long = 16 DEGRADED : long = 64 NOT_INSTALLED : long = 128 LOG_FULL : long = 256 DEPENDENCY_LOCKED : long = 544 DEPENDENCY_FAILED : long = 1056 DEPENDENCY_SHUTTINGDOWN : long = 2080 NO_STATUS : long = 0

<<MOException>> InvalidMoReferenceException Exception thrown when the submitted MO reference is invalid.

<<MOException>> FroNotLockedException Exception thrown when a fRo cannot be accessed.

<<MOException>> GeneralErrorException Exception thrown by an MO when there is a general error.

<<MOException>> IdentityNotAllowedException Exception thrown when an identity (LDN) specified at create is not allowed.

<<MOException>> IllegalMoTypeException Exception thrown when a reference to an MO is of a unexpected/wrong MO type.

<<MOException>> ImpossibleCollectAtmInfoException Exception thrown when gathering of ATM info fails.

<<MOException>> MoCanNotBeDeletedException Exception thrown when its not possible to delete an MO.

<<MOException>> MoNotPossibleToReserveException Exception thrown when by an MO if its not possible to reserve the MO.

<<MOException>> MoNotReservedByUserException Exception thrown when a user tries to release an MO that is not reserved by this user.

<<MOException>> NoDiskException Exception thrown when there is no hard disk.

<<MOException>> RemovalFailedException Exception thrown when an element cannot be removed from a sequence.

<<MOException>> RestartRejectedException Exception thrown when restart of the PlugInUnit is not allowed.

<<MOEnum>> SyncMode The Sync Mode Operation of the node.

Attributes: NOT_USED : long = 0 WCDMA : long = 2 CDMA : long = 1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 274

Mtp2Defs <<MOStruct>> Mtp2ProfileDataAnsi

Attributes: suermT : long, Default = 64, Range = 1..511

SUERM parameter T. Measured in SU units.

suermD : long, Default = 256, Range = 1..256

SUREM parameter D. Measurement units are in SUs.

suermN : long, Default = 16, Range = 1..256

SUERM parameter N. Measurement units are in SUs.

tin : long, Default = 4, Range = 1..7

Normal AERM threshold, Tin. Number of signal errors that cause abortion of a normal proving peroid. Measurement units are SUs.

tie : long, Default = 1, Range = 1..7

Emergency AERM threshold, Tie. Number of signal units errors that cause abortion of an emergency proving period. Measurement units are SUs.

provings : long, Default = 5, Range = 1..7

Proving abort limit. Number of consecutive aborted proving periods that will cause a return to the Out Of Service state. Measurement units are the number of proving periods.

timerT1 : long, Default = 12900, Range = 10..16300

Maximum time to stay in Aligned Ready state before signalling link failure. Measurement units are milliseconds.


Maximum time to stay in Not Aligned state before signalling link failure. Measurement units are milliseconds.


Maximum time to stay in Aligned state before signalling link failure. Measurement units are milliseconds.

timerT4n : long, Default = 2300, Range = 10..4000

Length of the normal proving period. Measurement units are milliseconds.

timerT4e : long, Default = 600, Range = 10..4000

Length of the emergengcy proving period. Measurement units are milliseconds.


Time between sending Status Indication "B" while in the Congested state. Measurement units are milliseconds.


Maximum time a remote site may remain in the congestated state before signalling link failure. Measurement units are milliseconds.



1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 275

Maximum time to wait for an expected acknowledgement of an MSU before signalling link failure. Measurement units are milliseconds.

bitRate : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..1

The speed of the link. Only supported values are 64 and 56 kbit/s. 0 = 64 kbit/s. 1 = 56 kbit/s.

errorCorrection : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..1

The error correction algorithm to use. Only Basic Error Correction (BEC) is supported. 0 = BEC

congestionOnSet1 : long, Default = 70, Range = 1..100

Percentage of the Transmit Buffer that will cause MTP2 to signal congestion for prio 1 messages towards client. congestionOnSet2 : long, Default = 80, Range = 1..100


Percentage of the Transmit Buffer that will cause MTP2 to signal congestion for prio 3 messages towards client. congestionAbatement1 : long, Default = 60, Range = 1..100

Percentage of the Transmit Buffer that ceases congestion for prio 1 messages. congestionAbatement2 : long, Default = 70, Range = 1..100


Percentage of the Transmit Buffer that ceases congestion for prio 3 messages. congestionDiscardLevel1 : long, Default = 100, Range = 1..100

Percentage of the Transmit Buffer where messages sent to MTP2 from client with priority less than 1 is discarded by MTP2.

congestionDiscardLevel2 : long, Default = 100, Range = 1..100




n1Onset : long, Default = 60, Range = 1..100

Number of MSUs in ReTransmit Buffer before onset of preventive retransmission in PCR. NOTE: Only valid if errorCorrection==SCC_MTP2_ERROR_CORRECTION_PCR. This value is ignored otherwise.




1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 276

<<MOStruct>> Mtp2ProfileDataItu Attributes: suermT : long, Default = 64, Range = 1..64



SUREM parameter D. Measurement units are in SUs.






















Maximum time a remote site may remain in the congestated state before signalling link failure. Measurement units are milliseconds.


Maximum time to wait for an expected acknowledgement of an MSU before signalling link failure.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 277

Measurement units are milliseconds. bitRate : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..1





















1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 278

<<MOStruct>> Mtp2ProfileDataChina Attributes: bitRate : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..1







SUERM parameter D. Measurement units are in SUs.



suermT : long, Default = 64, Range = 1..64

















Maximum time a remote site may remain in the congestated state before signalling link failure.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 279

Measurement units are milliseconds.


Maximum time to wait for an expected acknowledgement of an MSU before signalling link failure. Measurement units are milliseconds.



















NodeDefs <<MOEnum>> EmergencyStatus

This enumeration specifies the different stages of the emergency state.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 280

Attributes: NEVER_USED : long = 0

Emergency state has not been activated since installation of license key file. ACTIVE : long = 1

All capacity restrictions removed and all features enabled. The maximum time in this state is 7 days. USE_DEGRADED : long = 2

A new license key file has to be istalled in order not to jopardize future use and performance. The maximum time in this state is 7 days.

ACTIVE_AGAIN : long = 3

All features enabled again for a maximum period of 7 days then a new license key file has to be installed in order to be able to use this node.

USE_DISABLED : long = 4

Use of the node is no longer allowed since no new license key file has been installed.

<<MOStruct>> EmergencyInfo This attribute provides information about the current EmergencyState. Note: for the states NEVER_USED and USE_DISABLED the return value for time is insignificant.

Attributes: state : EmergencyStatus, Default = NEVER_USED

The current emergency state of the license server. time : long, Default = 0

This attribute holds information on the time elapsed in this state. Note: The time out values for the states ALL_OPEN, DEGADED and PROLONGED is 7 days. The unit for this attribute is seconds. 1 day = 86400 seconds 7 days = 604800 seconds.

<<MOEnum>> NodeRestartType Attributes: WARM_AT_PIU_RESTART : long = 4

Warm node restart at restart of the last PIU. COLD_AT_PIU_RESTART : long = 3

Cold node restart at restart of the last PIU. WARM_AT_PIU_FAULT : long = 2

Warm node restart at fault mark of the last PIU. COLD_AT_PIU_FAULT : long = 1

Cold node restart at fault mark of the last PIU.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 281

SaalDefs <<MOStruct>> UniSaalProfileData

Attributes: maxPD : long, Default = 25, Range = 10..10000

Maximum number of SD PDUs before a poll is sent. maxPD < initialCredit

maxStat : long, Default = 67, Range = 3..1001

Maximum number, odd integer value, of list elements placed in a STAT PDU. Note: The maxStat attribute is dependent on the AAL5 maximum SDU size defined in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. The maxStat times 4 (octets) plus additional 12 octets (for header) must not exceed the AAL5 maximum SDU size (lower of the two directions, fromUserMaxSduSize and toUserMaxSduSize). The consistency control is not performed until the UniSaalTp MO is created since there is no relation between the UniSaalProfile MO and the Aal5TpVccTp MO.

initialCredit : long, Default = 250, Range = 10..1000

Initial number of credits. Note: For 64 kbit/s use 30. Note! The value for initialCredit must be larger than the value of maxPD.

timerKeepAlive : long, Default = 2000, Range = 10..10000

Timer to be used during a period of no outstanding acknowledgements or new data pending receipt of credit. At timeout the peer is polled to see if it is alive. The timer determines the interval between polls in transient phase. This timer should be greater than the roundtripdelay and also greater than timerpoll. Time unit = milliseconds.

timerNoResponse : long, Default = 7000, Range = 10..100000

'Timer to determine the maximum time interval during which at least one STAT PDU reception is expected as a response to a poll. This timer should be at least the sum of timerKeepAlive and one roundtripdelay. Time unit = milliseconds.

timerIdle : long, Default = 15000, Range = 1000..600000

Timer running when there are no PDUs to transmit and there are no outstanding acknowledgements or data pending for credit. When this timer is running, no POLL PDUs are sent. This timer should be significantly greater than timerKeepAlive value. Time unit = milliseconds.

timerCC : long, Default = 1000, Range = 10..10000

Timer determining the time between re-transmission of PDUs: BGN, END, ER, RS. Should be slightly more than the roundtripdelay. Time unit = milliseconds.

timerPoll : long, Default = 750, Range = 10..100000

Timer that specifies the maximum time between sending of POLL PDUs to the peer receiver during other traffic (active phase). Time unit = milliseconds.

maxCC : long, Default = 4, Range = 0..100

Maximum number of re-transmissions of PDUs: BGN, END, ER, RS. Time unit = milliseconds. congestionOnSet : long, Default = 70, Range = 0..100

Attribute specifying the percentage of the buffer that must be filled in order to cause congestion. Congestion is notified to the users of this protocol layer. The part of the buffer above the congestion level is used to take care of messages that were sent before the users stopped sending. This attribute should follow the rule 0 <= congestationAbatement < congestationOnSet <= 100.

congestionAbatement : long, Default = 60, Range = 0..100

Attribute specifying the percentage of the buffer for which congestion is stopped. If the congestionAbatement level is lesser but almost equal to congestionOnSet, congestion alarms might be raised and ceased very often. This attribute should follow the rule 0 <= congestationAbatement < congestationOnSet <= 100.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 282

<<MOStruct>> NniSaalProfileData Struct holding the values for an NniSaalProfile. Note! Congestition Level 1 - 3 is supported. Note!! The following attributes is not supported and assigning any value to them has no meaning: maxNRP, timerNoCredit, timerRepeatSrec.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 283

Attributes: timerPoll : long, Default = 50, Range = 10..100000

Timer that specifies the maximum time between sending of POLL PDUs to the peer receiver during other traffic (active phase). Time unit = milliseconds.

maxCC : long, Default = 4, Range = 0..100

Maximum number of re-transmissions of PDUs: BGN, END, ER, RS. maxPD : long, Default = 25, Range = 0..10000

Maximum number of SD PDUs before a poll is sent. maxPD < initialCredit

maxStat : long, Default = 67, Range = 3..1001

Maximum number, odd integer value, of list elements placed in a STAT PDU. Note: The maxStat attribute is controlled by the AAL5 maximum SDU size defined in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. The maxStat times 4 (octets) plus additional 12 octets (for header) must not exceed the AAL5 maximum SDU size (lower of the two directions, fromUserMaxSduSize and toUserMaxSduSize). The consistency control is not performed until the NniSaalTp MO is created since there is no relation between the NniSaalProfile MO and the Aal5TpVccTp MO.

initialCredit : long, Default = 250, Range = 10..1000

Initial number of credits. Note: For 64 kbit/s use 30. Note! The value for initialCredit must be larger than the value of maxPD.

timerKeepAlive : long, Default = 100, Range = 10..10000

Timer to be used during a period of no outstanding acknowledgements or new data pending receipt of credit. At timeout the peer is polled to see if it is alive. The timer determines the interval between polls in transient phase. This timer should be greater than the roundtripdelay and also greater than timerpoll. Time unit = milliseconds.

timerNoResponse : long, Default = 500, Range = 10..100000

'Timer to determine the maximum time interval during which at least one STAT PDU reception is expected as a response to a poll. This timer should be at least the sum of timerKeepAlive and one roundtripdelay. Time unit = milliseconds.

timerIdle : long, Default = 100, Range = 10..10000

Timer running when there are no PDUs to transmit and there are no outstanding acknowledgements or data pending for credit. When this timer is running, no POLL PDUs are sent. This timer should be significantly greater than timerKeepAlive value. Time unit = milliseconds.

timerCC : long, Default = 200, Range = 10..10000

Timer determining the time between re-transmission of PDUs: BGN, END, ER, RS. Time unit = milliseconds. Should be more than the roundtrip delay.

mps : long, Default = 2, Range = 0..2

Management Proving Status which is used to decide if proving is done or not during SAAL connection setup. mps = 0 (NORMAL) If set to 0 normal proving will always be done by the node regardless of the incoming SSCOP-UU or the local User Part Proving Status set by MTPL3 mps = 1 (EMERGENCY) If set to 1 emergency proving will always be done by the node regardless of the incoming SSCOP-UU or the local User Part Proving Status set by MTPL3 mps = 2 (NEUTRAL) If set to 2 proving will depend on the incoming SSCOP-UU as well as the local User Part Proving Status set by MTPL3. With this option you have the ability to do both normal and emergency proving. More information on MPS can be found in table 7 of ITU specification Q.2140

congestionLevel1OnSet : long, Default = 70, Range = 0..100

Attribute specifying the percentage of the buffer that must be filled in order to cause congestion.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 284

Congestion is notified to the users of this protocol layer. The part of the buffer above the congestion level is used to take care of messages that were sent before the users stopped sending. Attribute specifying the percentage of the buffer that must be filled in order to cause congestion. Congestion is notified to the users of this protocol layer. The part of the buffer above the congestion level is used to take care of messages that were sent before the users stopped sending. This attribute should follow the rule 0 <= congestationLevel1OnSet <= congestationLevel2OnSet <= congestationLevel3OnSet <= 100.


Attribute specifying the percentage of the buffer that must be filled in order to cause congestion. Congestion is notified to the users of this protocol layer. The part of the buffer above the congestion level is used to take care of messages that were sent before the users stopped sending. This attribute should follow the rule 0 <= congestationLevel1OnSet <= congestationLevel2OnSet <= congestationLevel3OnSet <= 100.


Attribute specifying the percentage of the buffer that must be filled in order to cause congestion. Congestion is notified to the users of this protocol layer. The part of the buffer above the congestion level is used to take care of messages that were sent before the users stopped sending. This attribute should follow the rule 0 <= congestationLevel1OnSet <= congestationLevel2OnSet <= congestationLevel3OnSet <= 100.

congestionLevel1Abatement : long, Default = 60, Range = 0..100

Attribute specifying the percentage of the buffer for which congestionLevel1 is stopped. If the congestionAbatement level is lesser but almost equal to congestionOnSet, congestion alarms might be raised and ceased very often.

nrOfPDUsDuringProving : long, Default = 1000, Range = 0..100000

The length of proving in terms of number of transmitted PDUs (n1). noOfPDUsDuringProving x T3 < T2

maxNRP : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..100

State variable which defines max number of retransmissions of PDUs during proving to consider proving successful.

timerNoCredit : long, Default = 1500, Range = 0..100000

Maximum time of no credit. If the timer expires, the assured data transfer mode is released. timerRepeatSrec : long, Default = 3600000, Range = 0..86400000

Timer which is set whenever a report of SSCOP recovery is received from the SSCF. If the timer is running when another report of recovery is received, the assured data transfer mode is released. If the timer expires, nothing is done. Time unit = milliseconds.


Timer between the link release action and the next link re-establish action during the alignment. At expiry of timer T1, a new attempt to setup assured data transfer mode to the peer is done. Time unit = milliseconds.


Total time that SSCF will attempt alignment. At expiry of timer T2, the alignment procedure will be interrupted. Time unit = milliseconds. Note The relationship between timerT2, timerT3 and nrOfPDUsDuringProving is as follows: timerT2 > 2 * nrOfPDUsDuringProving * timerT3 * t3Factor where t3Factor describes (approximately) the relationship between the configured and actual timerT3, and is determined as follows: timerT3(ms) t3Factor 5-6 2.5 7-13 2.0 14- 1.5



1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 285

Time between proving PDUs. The timer is set such that loading of the signalling link is approximately 50% of its nominal rate. Time unit = milliseconds.

TerminationDefs <<MOException>> ListOfTimeSlotsNotUniqueException

Exception thrown when a time slot appears more than once in the time slot list.

SyncDefs <<MOEnum>> RefActivity

RefActivity can have the following values: inactive = Synchronization reference is currently not used in system clock generation. active = Synchronization is used in system clock generation.

Attributes: inactive : long = 1 active : long = 2

<<MOEnum>> RefState RefState can have the following values: failed = synchronization reference is not capable to perform its required tasks. degraded = capability of synchronization reference to perform its required tasks is degraded e.g. because of signal level degradation. This value is only applicable for traffic carrying (ET physical path termination) synchronization references. Note: attribute degradationIsFault controls whether synchronization reference degradation is interpreted as a synchronization reference fault or not. lossOfTracking = system clock regulation algorithm on TU board can not follow the 8kHz synchronization reference signal either because of the poor quality of the signal or because of a HW fault at TU board. If all synchronization references repeatedly end up to state lossOfTracking, fault is likely in TU HW. ok = synchronization reference is capable of performing its required tasks.

Attributes: failed : long = 0 degraded : long = 1 lossOfTracking : long = 2 ok : long = 3 refPathFailed_A : long = 4 refPathFailed_B : long = 5

<<MOEnum>> FaultCriteria FaultCriteria can have the following values: degrNotFault = synchronization reference degradation is NOT interpreted as a synchronization reference fault. degrIsFault = synchronization reference degradation is interpreted as a synchronization reference fault.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 286

Attributes: degrNotFault = 0 degrIsFault = 1

<<MOEnum>> ClockState ClockState can have the following values: startUp = locked = system clock signal on Timing Unit is locked: a synchronization reference is used in the system clock generation, clock accuracy is 50 ppb or better. holdOver = system clock signal on Timing Unit is hold-over: no synchronization reference is used in system clock generation, clock accuracy is 50 ppb or better. freeRunning = system clock signal on Timing Unit is free running: no synchronization reference is used in system clock generation, clock accuracy is 4.6 ppm or better. failed = system clock signal on Timing Unit is failed: fault in system clock generation function, no quarantee of clock accuracy level. not Applicable = system clock signal on Timing Unit is not applicable: TU board not present.

Attributes: unknownMode = 0 startupMode = 1 lockedMode = 2 holdOverMode = 3 freeRunningMode = 4 failedMode = 5 lossOfTrackingMode = 6 notApplicable = 7

<<MOException>> AlreadyRegisteredException Exception thrown when an object is already registered.

<<MOException>> MaxNoOfRefRegisteredException Exception thrown when the maximum number of references is reached.

<<MOException>> PriorityAlreadyInUseException Exception thrown when a priority is already in use.

<<MOException>> PriorityOutOfRangeException Exception thrown when the priority is out of range.

<<MOException>> NotPermittedException Exception thrown when an reference is not valid, null or of incorrect type.

<<MOException>> NotRegisteredException Exception thrown when trying to de-register an object that is not registered in the database.

<<MOEnum>> SystemClockRedundancy Attributes: SYSTEM_CLOCK_USERS_USE_PLANE_A : long = 0 SYSTEM_CLOCK_USERS_USE_PLANE_B : long = 1 SYSTEM_CLOCK_USERS_USE_PLANE_A_AND_B : long = 2

<<MOException>> NotUniqueFroIdException Exception thrown when a fro Id is not unique.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 287

SwitchDefs <<MOEnum>> ActiveSwitchPlane

Attributes: switchPlaneA : long = 0 switchPlaneB : long = 1 switchPlaneBoth : long = 2

<<MOEnum>> SwitchReliableGroup A predefined group consisting of working links and their corresponding protecting links. These links form the n+m link redundancy.

Attributes: physicalLinkStatusWorking : long = 1

Defines physical link status.

physicalLinkStatusProtecting : long = 2


physicalLinkStatusUndefined : long = 3



1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 288

SccpDefs <<MOStruct>> GlobalTitleData

Attributes: indicator : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..4

Global title indicator should have following values for both ITU and TTC: The values for the GT Indicator Value Comment 0 No new global title 2 TT only 3 TT-NP-ES 4 TT-NP-ES-NOA Explanation: TT = translation type NP = numbering plan ES = encoding scheme NOA = nature of address indication

natureOfAddress : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..4

Indicates number type, i.e. national or international number. Coding of the Nature Address: 0 = "unknown" 1 = "Subscriber number" 2 = "Reserved for national use" 3 = "National significant number" 4 = "International number"

numberingPlan : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..7

Indicates which numbering plan that is used. Coding of the Numbering Plan: 0 = "Unknown" 1 = "ISDN/Telephony Numbering Plan" 2 = "Spare" 3 = "Data Numbering Plan" 4 = "Telex Numbering Plan" 5 = "Maritime Mobile Numbering Plan" 6 = "Land Mobile Numbering Plan" 7 = "ISDN/Mobile Numbering Plan"

translationType : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..254

Used to direct the message to the appropriate Global Title translation function. addressInformation : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 1..37

Digit string of 1-37 digits, where each digit is 0-9, and B, C. B and C are for Code 11 and Code 12. The addressInformation may also contain wild card symbols: "*" or "?". Wild cards are only allowed for defining Global Title Translations, they are not allowed for specifying SCCP SAPs (built with SPC and Global Title or SPC + SSN + Global Title).

encodingScheme : long, Default = 0, Range = 0..2

Indicates if the number of address signals are an odd or even number, and is coded as follows: 0 = "Unknown" 1 = "BCD, odd number of digits" 2 = "BCD, even number of digits" Other values in the encoding scheme will result in the error "Wrong Nature Of Address", (Routing failure reason=No translation for an address of such nature).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 289

<<MOEnum>> SharingMode Attributes: loadShare = 0

The when sharing mode is set to loadShare the SCCP traffic is load shared between the two entities (access points).

dupliDominant = 1

When the sharing mode is set to dupliDominant the second entity (access point) is a backup for the first entity.

<<MOEnum>> EncodingScheme Possible values for number signalling.

Attributes: UNKNOWN : long = 0

Unkown encoding scheme. ODD_NUMBER : long = 1

BCD, odd number of digits. EVEN_NUMBER : long = 2

BCD, even number of digits.

<<MOEnum>> GlobalTitleIndicator Global title indicator values for China, ITU, TTC and ANSI. Note: China, ITU and TCC will use TT_ONLY, TT_NP_ES, TT_NP_ES_NOA, NOA_ONLY. ANSI will use: ANSI_TT_NP_ES = 5 ANSI_TT_ONLY = 6


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 290

Attributes: TT_ONLY : long = 2

Translation Type only. Only valid for China, ITU and TTC.

TT_NP_ES : long = 3

Translation Type, Numbering Plan and Encoding Scheme. Only valid for China, ITU and TTC.

TT_NP_ES_NOA : long = 4

Translation Type, Numbering Plan, Encoding Scheme, and Nature Of Address indication. Only valid for China, ITU and TTC.

NOA_ONLY : long = 1

Nature of Address indicator only. Only valid for China, ITU and TTC.

ANSI_TT_NP_ES : long = 5

Translation Type, Numbering Plan and Encoding Scheme. Only valid for ANSI.

ANSI_TT_ONLY : long = 6

Translation Type only. Only valid for ANSI.

<<MOEnum>> NatureOfAddress Phone number types.


Unknown number type. SN : long = 1

Subscriber number type.

RN : long = 2

Reserved for national use, number type. NSN : long = 3

National Significant Number type. IN : long = 4

International number type.

<<MOEnum>> NumberingPlan Numbering plans.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 291


Unknown numbering plan. TELEPHONY : long = 1

ISDN/Telephony numbering plan.

SPARE : long = 2 DATA : long = 3

Data numbering plan. TELEX : long = 4

Telex numbering plan.

MOBILE_MARITIME : long = 5

Maritime mobile numering plan.

MOBILE_LAND : long = 6

Land mobile numbering plan.

MOBILE_ISDN : long = 7

ISDN/Mobile numbering plan.

<<MOEnum>> SccpCountType Attributes: MESSAGES : long = 0 OCTETS : long = 1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 292

<<MOStruct>> Scmg Attributes: sendSST : long, Default = 1

Controls when to send SST (SCCP Subsystem Test message). 0 = Wait for tStatInfo timer to expire once after MTP_RESUME before sending SST. 1 = Send SST immediately after MTP_RESUME, then start tStatInfo timer. Note! Set sendSST=0 for the TTC standard.

sendSSA : long, Default = 0

Controls when to send SSA (SCCP Subsystem Allowed message). 0 = Do not send SSA. 1 = Send SSA immediately when client attaches. Note! Set sendSSA=0 for the TTC standard.

sendSSP : long, Default = 3

Controls whether to send SSP (SCCP Subsystem Prohibited message). 0 = Do not send SSP when client detaches. 1 = Send SSP immediately when client detaches. 2 = Do not send SSP when receiving MTP_TRANSFER_ind and user is detached and do not send when user detaches. 3 = Send SSP when receiving MTP_TRANSFER_ind and client is detached and send when user detaches. Note! Set sendSSP=2 for the TTC standard.

useSST : long, Default = 0

Controls whether to send SST messages or not (SCCP Subsystem Test message). 0 = Send SST as indicated by sendSST. 1 = (not used) 2 = (not used) 3 = Do not initiate SST. Note! Set useSST=3 for the TTC standard

allowRemoteBroadcast : long, Default = 0

Controls the remote broadcast. 0 = allow remote broadcast. 1 = do not allow remote broadcast. Note! Set allowRemoteBroadcast=1 for the TTC standard.

initiateTimerTcon : long, Default = 0

Controls whether to initiate hardcoded congestion timer or not. 0 = start timer when SSC is received. 1 = do not start timer. Note! Set initiateTimerTcon=1 for the TTC standard .

<<MOEnum>> DiscardReturnServiceMsg Attributes: DISCARD : long = 0 RETURN : long = 1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 293

PhysPathTermDefs <<MOException>> WrongUserTypeException <<MOException>> UsageNotPermittedException <<MOEnum>> J1Type

J1Type can have the following values: J1_G = 0 according to TTC JT-G703/G704 J1_I = 1 according to TCC JT-I431

Attributes: j1_G = 0

J1 according to TTC JT-G703/G704 j1_I = 1

J1 according to TCC JT-I431

<<MOEnum>> StandardMode Indicates what standard the MAO is operating to.

Attributes: TTC : long = 2

The standard mode is Telecommunication Technology Committee (TTC). ANSI : long = 0

The standard mode ANSI. ETSI : long = 1

The standard mode is ETSI.

<<MOEnum>> MuxMode Indicates what multiplexing is being used.

Attributes: STANDBY : long = 0

Standby for protection. E1_J1_T1_LEVEL : long = 1

Multiplexing terminated at the E1/J1/T1 level. VC4_STS3CSPE_LEVEL : long = 2

Multiplexing terminated at the VC-4/STS3CSPE level.

<<MOEnum>> Os155LoopBack The loopback method available for use by the Os155SpiTtp MO.

Attributes: NONE : long = 0

No loopback in use. LINE : long = 1

Loopingback using line.

<<MOEnum>> SwitchModes The switch modes.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 294

Attributes: AUTOMATIC : long = 0

Automatic switching. LOCKED : long = 1

Locked for swtiching.

<<MOException>> FailedResourceException <<MOException>> LockedResourceException <<MOException>> UnknownReasonException <<MOException>> AlreadyLockedException <<MOException>> IncorrectOsi155SpiIdException <<MOEnum>> PathTraceFormat

Path Trace Formats. Attributes: ITU_T_G707 : long = 16

16 byte path trace format according to ITU-T G707 table 4. GR_253_CORE : long = 64

64 byte path trace format according to section 3.3.2.3, Telecordia GR-253-CORE.

<<MOEnum>> Crc4Mode Cyclical Redundancy Checks 4 modes.

Attributes: OFF : long = 0

CRC 4 is off. ON : long = 1

CRC 4 is on. AUTOMATIC : long = 2

CRC 4 is automatic.

<<MOEnum>> IdlePattern Idle patterns.

Attributes: A_LAW : long = 1

A law idle pattern. U_LAW : long = 2

Micro law idle pattern. UNDEFINED : long = 0

Undefined idle pattern.

<<MOEnum>> LoopbackState The possible loopback states for E1/J1/T1/E3/T3PhysPathTerm MOs.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 295

Attributes: none : long = 0

This is the normal state, no loop back is preformed (and ordinary traffic is running). line : long = 1

The phyiscal path is looped on the line side, the external incoming path is looped back to the external outgoing path.

system : long = 2

The physical path is looped on the system side, the (node-) internal incoming path is looped back to the internal outgoing path.

<<MOEnum>> TransmissionMode L stands for long haul interface and S stands for short haul interface. The subsequent figure specifies the cable distance in feets.

Attributes: L_6000 : long = 8

Long Haul 6000 ft, -0 dB L_4000 : long = 7



Long Haul 0 ft, -22 dB S_133 : long = 0

Short Haul 0..133 ft S_266 : long = 1




Short Haul 534..655 ft

Mtp3bDefs <<MOStruct>> Mtp3bSpItuPriorityData

Priority attributes for MTP3b SP of the ITU standard.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 296

Attributes: prioSlt : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The prioSlt attribute sets the priority for the Signalling Link Test Message and Acknowledge (SLTM / SLTA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3

prioCo : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The prioCo attribute sets the priority for the ChangeOver Order and Acknowledge (COO/COA) or eXtended Change over Order and Acknowledge (XCO/XCA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet) lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3

prioCb : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The prioCb attribute sets the priority for the Change Back Declaration and Acknowledge (CBD / CBA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3

prioEc : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The prioEc attribute sets the priority for the Emergency Change over Order and Acknowledge (ECO / ECA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3

prioRst : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The prioRst attribute sets the priority for the signalling Route Set Test (RST) message when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3

prioTra : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The prioTra attribute sets the priority for the Traffic Restart Allowed signal (TRA) message when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3

prioUpu : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The prioUpu attribute sets the priority for the User Part Unavailable (UPU) message when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 297

lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3

prioLink : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The prioLink attribute sets the priority for link related messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. The messages are : Link INhibit (LIN), Link UNinhibit (LUN), Link Inhibit Denied (LID), Link Inhibit Acknowledge (LIA), Link Uninhibit Acknowledge (LUA), Link Forced Uninhibit (LFU), Link Local inhibit Test (LLT) and Link Remote inhibit Test (LRT) When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3

<<MOStruct>> Mtp3bSpItuTimerData ITU timers for MTP3bSpItu. Timervalues in 1/10 s (deciseconds). The TFA, TFP and TFR messages get the same message priority as the priority configured for TRA.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 298

Attributes: timerT1 : long, Default = 10, Range = 1..65535

Delay to avoid message mis-sequencing on changeover. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer for waiting for a COO or a COA. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Delay to avoid message mis-sequencing on a time controlled diversion change back. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer for waiting for CBA, first attempt. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer for waiting for CBA, second attempt Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer for delay to avoid message mis-sequencing on controlled rerouting. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer for delay to prohibit sending of TFP messages via the response method. This is a STP specific parameter, which is ignored when configured as an endpoint. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer for waiting to repeat sending of RST periodically. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Waiting for uninhibit acknowledgement. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer for waiting for force uninhibit. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer for waiting for inhibition acknowledgement. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Delay to avoid oscillation of initial alignment failure and link restart. The value for this timer should be less than the value for timerT2. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerTBsnt : long, Default = 10, Range = 1..65535

Waiting for BSNT value from MTP-2 or SAAL (not standard timer). Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 299

timerTRetrieval : long, Default = 10, Range = 1..65535 Timer for waiting for completion of buffer retrieval from MTP-2 or SAAL (not standard timer). Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerTStart : long, Default = 1200, Range = 1..65535

Timer for retransmission of DL_START_req if no answer received. Started when timerT17 expires. (not standard timer). Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerTc : long, Default = 50, Range = 1..65535

Controlling the period a route set is considered congested when a Transfer Controlled message has been received. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Supervision timer for the first phase of a restarting STP. This is an STP specific parameter, which is ignored when configured as an endpoint. The value for this timer should be less than the value for timerT2. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second). Note! If the attribute version is set to ITU_T_88 the value must be set to 200.


Controlling the response of the receipt of a traffic restart message from an adjacent node. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second). Note! If the attribute version is set to ITU_T_88 the value must be set to 40.


Overall MTP restart timer at the restarting MTP. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second). Note! If the attribute version is set to ITU_T_88 the value must be set to 40.


Overall MTP restart timer at an adjacent signalling point to a restarting MTP. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second). Note! If the attribute version is set to ITU_T_88 the value must be set to 300.


Local inhibit test timer. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Remote inhibit test timer. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerSlta : long, Default = 100, Range = 1..65535

Supervision timer for SLTA message (time within SLTA should arrive). Timer T1 in ITU Q.707 standard. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerSltm : long, Default = 400, Range = 1..65535

Timer for sending SLTM periodically. Timer T2 in ITU Q.707 standard.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 300

Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerM3uaTack : long, Default = 20, Range = 1..65535

Timer used for message acknowledgement. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerM3uaPeriodicAudit : long, Default = 300, Range = 1..65535

Timer used for audit procedure. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerM3uaT1 : long, Default = 5, Range = 1..65535

Delay to avoid mis-sequencing of messages when an association fails. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Delay to avoid mis-sequencing of messages when an association becomes active. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Delay to avoid mis-sequencing on controlled rerouting. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Delay to prohibit sending of DUNA messages via the response method. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Delay to avoid message mis-sequencing on controlled/forced rerouting. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer controlloing the traffic activation delay during restart phase. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


The forever interval period for trying association after an unsiccessfull trial. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerM3uaTc : long, Default = 50, Range = 1..65535

Timer controlling the period a route set is considered congested when a SCON message has been received. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer waiting to start signaling route set congestiontest. Used only if the Route Set Congestion Test Selectoption is set to "Use Route Set Congestion test". Guiding value 20 - 30. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer waiting for route set congestion status update. Used only if the Route Set Congestion Test Selectoption is set to "Use Route Set Congestion test" Guiding value 14 - 22. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerTDlack : long, Default = 20, Range = 1..65535


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 301

Timer pending an acknowledge from the network layer for a DL_ACK_REQ. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerM3uaTassocack : long, Default = 20, Range = 1..65535

Timer used for SCTP_ASSOCIATE_REQ message acknowledgement. This is the maximum time to wait for the SCTP_COMMUP_IND mesage before considering it to be an error. It should be longer than the time a message spends to reach the most distant destination, be processed and returned.

<<MOEnum>> CongestLevel The supported congestion levels.

Attributes: level_0 : long = 0

No Congestion. level_1 : long = 1

Congestion level low. level_2 : long = 2

Congestion level medium. level_3 : long = 3

Congestion level high.

<<MOException>> ActivationFailedException <<MOException>> NoAvailRouteException <<MOEnum>> Mtp3bCongestLevel

Attributes: notCongested : long = 0 congested : long = 1

<<MOEnum>> Mtp3bNetworkInd Indicates which type of geographical network, e.g. national, international, etc.. Note: Not applicable for TTC.

Attributes: INTERNATIONAL_NETWORK : long = 0

International Network. SPARE : long = 1

Spare (for international use only). NATIONAL_NETWORK : long = 2

National network. RESERVED_FOR_NATIONAL_USE : long = 3

Reserved for national use.

<<MOEnum>> Mtp3bTfrHandling Indicates how a TransFer Restricted (TFR) signal is handled.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 302

Attributes: HANDLE_AS_TFA : long = 1

Treat the TransFer Restricted (FTR) signal as a TransFer Allowed (TFA) signal. IGNORED : long = 0

Ignore the TransFer Restricted (TFR) signal. HANDLE_BY_STANDARD : long = 2

Handle the incoming TRF messages according to the standard.

<<MOEnum>> Mtp3bSioSpareBitsUse Indicates whether the two spare bits in the Service Information Octet (SIO) should be treated as spare or for indicating a priority level.

Attributes: SPARE : long = 0

The two spare bits in the SIO are treated as spare. PRIO : long = 1

The two spare bits in the SIO are to be used for indicating a priority level.

<<MOEnum>> Mtp3bItuVersion Indicates which version of the ITU standard.

Attributes: ITU_T_88 : long = 0

ITU-T -88. ITU_T_03_93 : long = 1

ITU-T 03/93. ITU_T_07_96 : long = 2

ITU-T 07/96 CHINA : long = 5

Use this value to specify the ITU verion on the Mtp3bSpChina MO when configuring for dual standards.

<<MOStruct>> Mtp3bSpAnsiTimerData ANSI timers for MTP3bSpAnsi. Timervalues in 1/10 s (deciseconds). The TFA, TFP and TFR messages get the same message priority as the priority configured for TRA


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 303


























Timer waiting for route set congestion status update. Used only if the Route Set Congestion Test Selectoption is set to "Use Route Set Congestion test"


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 304

Guiding value 14 - 22. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).





timerTRetrieval : long, Default = 10, Range = 1..65535

Timer for waiting for completion of buffer retrieval from MTP-2 or SAAL (not standard timer). Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).






Timer to limit sending of TFPs and TFRs in response to unexpected TRA and TRW. This timer is specific for STP functionality and is ignored when configured as an endpoint. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Delay extension timer invoked on reciept of a Traffic Restart Waiting message from an adjacent SP which is restarting. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Controlling the periodic resend of Traffic Restart Waiting messages during restart of the local node. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer enforcing a minimum node unavailablility period during MTP restart. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Delay timer controlling a timed reaction of the restart of an adjacent node. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer controlling the response of the receipt of Traffic Restart messages from an adjacent node. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Controlling the periodic resend of Local Inhibit Change Message. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 305

timerT21 : long, Default = 1000, Range = 1..65535 Controlling the periodic resend of Remote Inhibit Test Message. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Delay on commencement of MTP Restart to allow the node to rebuild an accurate routing table based on messages for adjacent nodes. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Supervision timer for routing updates on MTP Restart. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer controlling the detection of false link congestion. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).




Timer for sending SLTM periodically. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).

timerSlta : long, Default = 100, Range = 1..65535

Supervision timer for SLTA message (time within SLTA should arrive). Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).
















1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 306









<<MOStruct>> Mtp3bSpTtcTimerData TTC timers for MTP3bSpTtc. Timervalues in 1/10 s (deciseconds). The TFA, TFP and TFR messages get the same message priority as the priority configured for TRA.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 307

















timerSrt : long, Default = 100, Range = 1..65535

Timer pending a Signalling Route Test Acknowledgement. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).








Controlling the period a route set is considered congested when a Transfer Controlled message has been received.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 308

Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second). timerT15 : long, Default = 20, Range = 1..65535






<<MOStruct>> Mtp3bSpAnsiPriorityData Priority attributes for MTP3b SP of the ANSI standard.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 309


The prioSlt attribute sets the priority for the Signalling Link Test Message and Acknowledge (SLTM / SLTA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet).


The prioCo attribute sets the priority for the ChangeOver Order and Acknowledge (COO/COA) or eXtended Change over Order and Acknowledge (XCO/XCA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet)


The prioCb attribute sets the priority for the Change Back Declaration and Acknowledge (CBD / CBA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet).


The prioEc attribute sets the priority for the Emergency Change over Order and Acknowledge (ECO / ECA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet).


The prioRst attribute sets the priority for the signalling Route Set Test (RST) message when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet).


The prioTra attribute sets the priority for the Traffic Restart Allowed signal (TRA) message when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet).




The prioLink attribute sets the priority for link related messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. The messages are : Link INhibit (LIN), Link UNinhibit (LUN), Link Inhibit Denied (LID), Link Inhibit Acknowledge (LIA), Link Uninhibit Acknowledge (LUA), Link Forced Uninhibit (LFU), Link Local inhibit Test (LLT) and Link Remote inhibit Test (LRT) When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 310

<<MOStruct>> Mtp3bSpTtcPriorityData Priority attributes for MTP3b SP of the TTC standard.

Attributes: prioCo : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The prioCo attribute sets the priority for the ChangeOver Order and Acknowledge (COO/COA) or eXtended Change over Order and Acknowledge (XCO/XCA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet) .


The prioCb attribute sets the priority for the Change Back Declaration and Acknowledge (CBD / CBA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet).


The prioEc attribute sets the priority for the Emergency Change over Order and Acknowledge (ECO / ECA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet).


The prioRst attribute sets the priority for the signalling Route Set Test (RST) message when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet).

prioTfa : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The prioTfa attribute sets the priority for the Transfer Allowed, TFA, messages.

prioRt : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The priority indicator used for indicating message priority for signalling route test messages (SRT/SRA).

prioTfc : Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel, Default = HIGHEST

The priority indicator used for indicating the message prioirity for TFC.

<<MOEnum>> Mtp3bSpPriorityLevel Indicates the priority level for MTP 3.

Attributes: LOWEST : long = 0

Lowest priority setting. LOW : long = 1

Low priority setting. HIGH : long = 2

High priority setting. HIGHEST : long = 3

Highest priority setting.

<<MOStruct>> Mtp3bSpChinaTimerData China timers for MTP3bSpChina. Timervalues in 1/10 s (deciseconds).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 311

The TFA, TFP and TFR messages get the same message priority as the priority configured for TRA.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 312

Attributes: timerSlta : long, Default = 100, Range = 1..65535

Supervision timer for SLTA message (time within SLTA should arrive). Timer T1 in ITU Q.707 standard. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Timer for sending SLTM periodically. Timer T2 in ITU Q.707 standard. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).












Delay to avoid oscillation of initial alignment failure and link restart. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Supervision timer for the first phase of a restarting STP. This is an STP specific parameter, which is ignored when configured as an endpoint. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Controlling the response of the receipt of a traffic restart message from an adjacent node. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).




Overall MTP restart timer at the restarting MTP. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Overall MTP restart timer at an adjacent signalling point to a restarting MTP.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 313

Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Local inhibit test timer. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).


Remote inhibit test timer. Unit: deciseconds (1/10 second).
























1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 314


























1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 315

<<MOEnum>> Mtp3bNetworkIndTtc Indicates which type of geographical network, e.g. national, international, etc.. Note: Only for TTC.

Attributes: NATIONAL_NETWORK : long = 0

National network. SPARE : long = 1

Spare (for international use only). INTERNATIONAL_NETWORK : long = 2

International Network. SPARE_1 : long = 3

Spare.

<<MOEnum>> Mtp3bUsageState There are three possible states for the usageState attribute: - idle, the Mtp3bSl carries no traffic. - active, the Mtp3bSl is working normally, and there is traffic, and it is not congested. - busy, the Mtp3bSl is working but is congested (traffic is routed on other links).

Attributes: IDLE : long = 0

idle, the Mtp3bSl carries no traffic. ACTIVE : long = 1

active, the Mtp3bSl is working normally, and there is traffic, and it is not congested. BUSY = 2

busy, the Mtp3bSl is working but is congested (traffic is routed on other links).

<<MOEnum>> Mtp3bProceduralState The procedural state of the link. 0 - not initialized 1 - initialized

Attributes: NOT_INITIALIZED : long = 0

0 - not initialized. INITIALIZED : long = 1

1 - initialized.

<<MOEnum>> NodeBehaviourType The nodeBehaviorType attribute represents the MTP3b node type.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 316

Attributes: SEP : long = 0

Signaling End Point. SEP_STP : long = 4

Signalling Transfer and End Point, i.e the signalling point is of both type Signalling End Point (SEP) and Signalling Transfer Point (STP).

SGW_STP_SEP : long = 5

Signaling GateWay, Signaling End Point and Signalling Transfer Point, i.e the signalling point is of both type Signalling Transfer Point (STP), Signaling End Point (SEP) and Signaling GateWay (SGW).

<<MOStruct>> Mtp3bSpChinaPriorityData Priority attributes for MTP3b SP of the China standard.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 317


The prioSlt attribute sets the priority for the Signalling Link Test Message and Acknowledge (SLTM / SLTA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3


The prioCo attribute sets the priority for the ChangeOver Order and Acknowledge (COO/COA) or eXtended Change over Order and Acknowledge (XCO/XCA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet) lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3


The prioCb attribute sets the priority for the Change Back Declaration and Acknowledge (CBD / CBA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3


The prioEc attribute sets the priority for the Emergency Change over Order and Acknowledge (ECO / ECA) messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3


The prioRst attribute sets the priority for the signalling Route Set Test (RST) message when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3


The prioTra attribute sets the priority for the Traffic Restart Allowed signal (TRA) message when issued by the MTP3b itself. When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3




1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 318

lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3


The prioLink attribute sets the priority for link related messages when issued by the MTP3b itself. The messages are : Link INhibit (LIN), Link UNinhibit (LUN), Link Inhibit Denied (LID), Link Inhibit Acknowledge (LIA), Link Uninhibit Acknowledge (LUA), Link Forced Uninhibit (LFU), Link Local inhibit Test (LLT) and Link Remote inhibit Test (LRT) When a message is transferred from the MTP3b the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO (Service Information Octet). lowest:0 low:1 high:2 highest:3

<<MOEnum>> Mtp3bRouteType The type of Signalling Route.

Attributes: TDM_ATM : long = 0 IP : long = 1

<<MOEnum>> HomingState Attributes: SINGLE_HOMED_1 : long = 1

Single-homed with ipAddress1. SINGLE_HOMED_2 : long = 2

Single-homed with ipAddress2. MULTI_HOMED : long = 3

Multihomed association with ipAddress1 and ipAddress2

<<MOEnum>> RouteState The state of the signaling route.

Attributes: NOT_BLOCKED : long = 0

The signaling route is not blocked. BLOCKED : long = 1

The signaling route is blocked.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 319

IpDefs <<MOEnum>> WorkingMode

Attributes: hostMode = 0 routerMode = 1

<<MOEnum>> OspfMetricType Open Shortest Path First metric type.

Attributes: comparableCost = 0 nonComparable = 1

<<MOEnum>> RouteType The types of the routes found in the IP routing table.

Attributes: INET_RTPROTO_OTHER : long = 1

The source of information is unknown. INET_RTPROTO_LOCAL : long = 2

Route created from local configuration data (both static and interface routes). Each interface created gets an entry in the routing table of the RO.

INET_RTPROTO_NETMGMT : long = 3

Route added by SNMP. INET_RTPROTO_OSPF : long = 13

Route added by OSPF. INET_RTPROTR_ICMP : long = 4

Route added by ICMP redirect message.

<<MOException>> RouteNotFoundException Invalid IP route has been given as a parameter to an action.

Attributes: routeNotFound : string

Exception message.

<<MOException>> InvalidRouteException Invalid IP route has been given as a parameter to an action.

Attributes: invalidRoute : string

<<MOEnum>> MauDuplexMode Attributes: HALF_DUPLEX : long = 0 FULL_DUPLEX : long = 1

<<MOEnum>> ControllerMode The controller mode of a physical interface.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 320

Attributes: CONTROLLER_E1 : long = 1 CONTROLLER_T1 : long = 2 CONTROLLER_J1 : long = 3

<<MOStruct>> OspfAreaRange ipAddress - the subnet address of the range. subnetMask - IP subnet mask of the range to be added. advertise - indicates whether the area range should be advertised into OSPF.

Attributes: ipAddress : string subnetMask : string

Note! The subnet has to be contigious. That is, has the LSB set to 0 (zero). Example: 255.255.255.X Contiguous subnet mask: 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111110 (X = 254) 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252) Not-contiguous subnet mask: 11111111.11111111.11111111.11111010 (X = 250)

advertise : boolean

<<MOStruct>> RoutingTableEntry IP routing table entry.

Attributes: destinationIpAddr : string

The destination IP address. destinationNetworkMask : string

The destination IP network mask. nextHopIpAddr : string

The next hop IP address. routeMetric : long

The route metric. routeType : RouteType

The route type. interfaceName : string

The interface name. redistribute : boolean

Indicates if the route should be redistributed. active : boolean

Indicates if the route is active.

<<MOEnum>> AutoConfigurationMode Denotes whether the autoConfiguration mode for the IpAccessHost is turned on or off.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 321

Attributes: ON : long = 1 OFF : long = 2

<<MOEnum>> Aal5TpSelectionModes In case 'NO_PREFERENCE', 'LOCAL_MP_SELECT_VCC_AT_LINK_UP', LOCAL_MP_PEER_SELECTION_VCC' or 'LOCAL_MP_ACTIVE_RESELECTION' is selected the IpAtmLink MO will prefer Aal5TpVccTp on local MP (i.e. Aal5TpVccTp executing on the same MP as the IpAtmLink), but other Aal5TpVccTp will be accepted if needed. In case 'ONLY_LOCAL_MP' is selected, the ipAtmLink (Inet Link) will consider Aal5TpVccTp residing on other MPs as a malfunction and discard the usage of them. No InvArp sending will be performed on them and all incomming trafic on them will be discarded. If no local Aal5TpVccTp exists the operational state of the link will be changed to disabled.

Attributes: NO_PREFERENCE : long = 0 LOCAL_MP_SELECT_VCC_AT_LINK_UP : long = 1

Prefer termination on local MP, select Vcc when link goes up. LOCAL_MP_PEER_SELECTION_VCC : long = 2

Prefer termination on local MP, follow peer selection of Vcc. LOCAL_MP_ACTIVE_RESELECTION : long = 3

Prefer termination on local MP, active reselection to new Aal5TpVccTp as soon as a better choice exists. ONLY_LOCAL_MP : long = 4

Restricted to local MP, follow peer selection if termination is on local MP.

AtmDefs <<MOEnum>> AlarmReport

Alarm report for the Virtual path connection termination point. RDI - Remote defect indication LOC - Loss of continuity AIS - Alarm indication signal

Attributes: ALARM_LOC : long = 2

For alarms of type Loss of continuity. ALARM_LOC_RDI : long = 3

For alarms of type Loss of continuity and Remote defect indication. ALARM_AIS_LOC : long = 6

For alarms of type Alarm indication signal and Loss of continuity. ALARM_AIS_RDI_LOC : long = 7

For alarms of type Alarm indication signal, Remote defect indication and Loss of continuity.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 322

<<MOEnum>> AtmCounterMode Attributes: PM_MODE_OFF : long = 0

Performance monitoring is turned off. PM counters give irrelevant values. PM_MODE_ONLYCOUNT : long = 1

Performance monitoring counters are active

PM_MODE_FPM : long = 2

FPM, Forward Performance Monitoring activated. Performance monitoring counters are active

PM_MODE_BR : long = 4

Backward reporting, BR, cells are generated. Performance monitoring counters are active

PM_MODE_FPM_BR : long = 6

FPM, Forward Performance Monitoring activated. Backward reporting, BR, cells are generated. Performance monitoring counters are active

<<MOEnum>> AtmNomPmBlkSize Nominal performance monitoring, PM, blocksize. The minimum number of ATM cells to send before sending a Forward Performance Monitoring, FPM, cell.

Attributes: NOM_PM_BLKSIZE_2_7 : long = 128

Nominal performance monitoring, PM, block size, 2e7 (2 to the power of 7). NOM_PM_BLKSIZE_2_8 : long = 256








Nominal performance monitoring, PM, block size, 2e15 (2 to the power of 15).


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 323

<<MOEnum>> ServiceCategory Attributes: SERVICE_CATEGORY_CBR : long = 1

Service category Constant Bit rate, CBR. SERVICE_CATEGORY_UBR : long = 2

Service category Unspecified Bit rate, UBR. SERVICE_CATEGORY_UBR_PLUS : long = 3

Service category Unspecified Bit rate+, UBR+. UBR+ guarantees a certain bandwidth. If higher bandwidth is used it will be handled as UBR.

<<MOEnum>> AtmQos ATM's Quality of Service classes. The ATM layer system provides four QoS classes, numbered 1 to 4, where CLASS_ONE gives the best QoS in regards to Cell Loss Ratio <CLR> and Cell Delay Variation <CDV> and CLASS_FOUR doesn't give any QoS guarantees. CLASS_ONE and CLASS_TWO are the only classes applicable for real time traffic.

Attributes: CLASS_ONE : long = 1

CDV < 1 ms (milliseconds), CLR < 10e-8. Typically used by timing unit. CLASS_TWO : long = 2

CDV < 1 ms, CLR < 10e-7. Typically used for speech. CLASS_THREE : long = 3

CLR < 10e-5. Typically used for signalling. CLASS_FOUR : long = 4

Typically used for IP.

<<MOStruct>> ValueOfUnex The attributes in this struct represents the ATM header, (vpi, vci, pti), of the last recieved unexpected cell.

Attributes: vpi : long, Default = 0

The ATM header vpi. vci : long, Default = 0

The ATM header vci. pti : long, Default = 0

The ATM header pti.

Cbu <<MOClass>> Cbu

This MO models the Cbu (Control Base Unit) board in CPP. The Cbu board integrates the functionality of TUB, SCB, GPB and ETB (ET-MC1) into one Plug-In Unit.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 324

Note! The 'operationalState' is set to disabled if one of the functional parts is faulty. Even if the Cbu is marked with 'operationalState' DISABLED, parts of the Cbu can still be operational. Note! A functional part on a Cbu board can only be redundant with the same functional part on another Cbu board and thus not with that functional part implemented on a discrete board. Also note that redundancy is only applicable for the GPB part and the TimingUnit part of the Cbu board.. Note! On the Cbu board it is only possible to configure a maximum of 4 physical path terminations. These can be of type E1PhysPathTerm, J1PhyspathTerm or T1PhyspathTerm. It is not possible to create physical path terminations of different standards on the same board. Note! The Gpu part of the Cbu board (General Processor Unit) retrieves its 'availabilityStatus' from the PlugInUnit MO, thus not represented on the Cbu MO. Note! When the ET-MC1 is part of the Cbu board it is only possible to configure 4 physical ports as either E1 (ETSI), J1 (TTC) or T1 (ANSI). Note! This unit may only be inserted in slot 1 and 24 (or more accurately at APN=1 and 0 in a non-standard subrack). If redundant configuration is needed, two Cbu's must be inserted in the subrack. If only one Cbu is used it must be placed in slot 1 (in a non-standard subrack) to be able to read the product information data of the subrack. Note! The attribute "syncModeOperation" in ManagedElementData MO has to be set to "WCDMA" or "CDMA" prior to creating the Cbu MO. Note: The CBU does not support TDM traffic.

Attributes: userLabel : string, Default = "", LengthRange = 0..128

Provides the possibility to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance. Note! This attribute cannot be used for uniquely identifing the MO.


Enabled or disabled according to the actual operational state of the NCB board. availabilityStatusEt : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled. The 'availabilityStatusEt' gives the availability status for the ET part of the NCB board.

availabilityStatusTu : AvailabilityStatus, Default = NO_STATUS, NoNotification, NonPersistent, ReadOnly

The availability status is used to qualify the operational state. It indicates why the operational state has changed its value to disabled. The 'availabilityStatusTu' gives the availability status for the Timing Unit part of the NCB board.


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 325

Views

Aal0View

TransportNetwork(from TransportNetw...)

<<MOClass>>

Aal0TpVccTp(from Aal0TpVccTp)

<<MOClass>>0..22000..2200

VclTp(from VclTp)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

Spm(f rom Spm)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

0..1

ManagedObject(from ManagedObject)

<<MOClass>>

0..1PlugInUnit

(from PlugInUni t)

<<MOClass>> 0..n0..1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 326

Aal1View

VclTp(f rom VclTp)

<<MOClass>>

VpcTp(f rom VpcTp)

<<MOClass>>

0..50000..5000

Vp lT p(f rom VplTp)

<<MOClas...

0..1

1

0..1

1

AtmPort(f rom AtmPort)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

1

0..n

1

AtmTrafficDescriptor(f rom AtmTraf f icDescriptor)

<<MOClass>>

0..10000

1

1

0 ..n

0..10000

1

TransportNe twork(f rom TransportNetwork)

<<MOClass>>

1

0..1000

1

0..1000

0..10000..1000

Aal1TpVccTp(f rom Aal1TpVccTp)

<<MOClass>> 0..1 1

0..10000..1000

E1PhysPathTerm(f rom E1Phy sPathTerm)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0..1

J1PhysPathTerm(f rom J1Phy sPathTerm)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0..1

T1PhysPa th Te rm(f rom T1Phy sPathTerm)

<<MOClass>>

0 ..1

0..1

Ds0Bundl e(f rom Ds0Bundle)

<<MOClass>>

0..310..310..240..24

0..11

0 ..2 40 ..2 4

0..1

0..1

E1 Ttp(f rom E1Ttp)

<<MOCla ss>>

0..310..31

0..1

0..1

Vc12Ttp(f rom Vc12Ttp)

<<MOClass>>

0 ..10 ..1

Os155SpiTtp(f rom Os155SpiTtp)

<<MOClass>>


<<MOClas...

0,630,63

0..10..1

1

0..1

1

0..1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 327

Aal2View

VclTp(from VclTp)

<<MOClass>>

Mtp3bAp(from Mtp3bAp)

<<MOClass>>

ReliableProgramUniter(f rom Re li abl eProgramUn iter)

<<MOClass>>

Aal2PathDis tribut ionUnit(f rom Aal2PathDistri butionUn it)

<<MOClass>> 0..280 1

Aal2Ap(from Aal2Ap)

<<MOClass>>0..1 0..1

0..280

10..280..28

UniSaalTp(from UnisaalTp)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0..2

Aal2PathVccTp(from Aal2PathVccTp)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0..632

Aal2Sp(f ro m Aal2Sp )

<<MOClass>>

0..8500..850

Aal2RoutingCase(from Aal2RoutingCa...)

<<MOClass>> 0..5

Aal2QosCodePointProfile(from Aal2QosCodePointProfile)

<<MOClass>>

0..850

0..1

Aal2QosProfile(f rom Aa l2 QosProf il e)

<<MOClass>>

TransportNetwork(from TransportNetwork)

<<MOClass>>

0..48000..4800

0..20000..2000

0..10..1

0..9000..900

0..200..20

0..200..20

0..1

0..2000

1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 328

Aal5View

VclTp(from VclTp)

<<MOClass>>

Spm(from Spm)

<<MOClass>>

TransportNetwork(from TransportNetw...)

<<MOClass>>


<<MOClass>>0..1

0..60000..6000

1..19


<<MOClass>>

0..1PlugInUnit

(from PlugInUnit)

<<MOClass>>

0..500


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 329

AtmAndPhysicalView

0..8

VclTp(f rom VclTp)

<<MOClass>>

VpcTp(f rom VpcTp)

<<MOClass>>

0..50000..5000

VplTp(f rom VplTp)

<<MOClas. ..

0..1

1

0..1

1

AtmTrafficDescriptor(f rom AtmTraf f icDescriptor)

<<MOClass>>

0..10000

1

0..10000

1

1

0..n

AtmPort(f rom AtmPort)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

1

0..n

1


<<MOClass>>

0..1


<<MOClass>>

0..1

Aal2PathVccTp(f rom Aal2PathVccTp)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

AtmCrossConnection

(f rom AtmCrossConn...)

<<MOClass>>0..1

2


<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

Mtp2Tp Itu(f rom Mtp2TpI tu)

<<MOClass>>

Mtp2TpAnsi(f rom Mtp2TpAns i)

<<MOClass>>

Mtp2TpChina(f rom Mtp2TpChina)

<<MOClass>>

Mspg(f rom Mspg)

<<MOClass>>

Im aLin k(f rom ImaLink)

<<MOClass>>

TransportNetwork(f rom TransportNetwork)

<<MOClass>>

0..10000..1000

1

0..1000

1

0..1000

0..60000..6000

0..22000..2200

0..20000..2000

0..50000..5000

0..10000..1000

0..2560..256

0..2560..256

0..2560..256

0..n0..n

ImaGroup(f rom ImaGroup)

<<MOClass>>

0..8

1

0..8

1

0..2000..200

E3PhysPathTerm(f rom E3Phy sPathTe...)

<<MOClass>>T3PhysPathTerm

(f rom T3Phy sPathTerm)

<<MOClass>>

Etm3(f rom Etm3)

<<MOClas...

0..20..20..20..2

0..10..1

0..1

0..1

0..1

0..1


<<MOClass>>

Cbu(f rom Cbu)

<<MOClass>>

Etm1(f rom Etm1)

<<MOClass>>

Etmc1(f rom Etmc1)

<<MOClas...11

J1PhysPathTerm(f rom J1Phy sPathTerm)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0.. 1

0..80..8

0..1

0..1

0..80..8

T1PhysPathTerm(f rom T1Phy sPathTerm)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0..1

0.. 80.. 8

0..1

0..1

0..80..8

E1PhysPathTerm(f rom E1Phy sPathTerm)

<<MOClass>>

0..80..8

0..1

0..1

0..1

0..1

0..80..8

T1Ttp(f rom T1Ttp)

<<MOClas. ..

0..1

0..1

0..1

0..1

0..1

0..1

Ds0Bundle(f rom Ds0Bundle)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0..1

1

0..1

1

0.. 1

1

0..1

0..1

0..240..240..240..24

0..310..31

0..240..24

Vt15Ttp(f rom Vt15Ttp)

<<MOClass>>

11

E1Ttp(f rom E1Ttp)

<<MOClas...

0..1

0..1

0..1

0..1

0..310..31

Etm c41(f rom Etmc41)

<<MOClass>>

Sts1Sp eTtp(f rom Sts1SpeTtp)

<<MOClass>>

0,280,28


<<MOClass>>

0..10..1


<<MOClass>>0.. 10.. 1

0..30..3

Vc4Ttp(f rom Vc 4Ttp)

<<MOClas...

0..1

0..1

0..1

0..1

0,630,63

1

0..1

1

0..1

Sts3CspeTtp(f rom Sts3C speTtp)

<<MOClass>>0..1 0..1


<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0..1

1

0..1

2

Etm4(f rom Etm4)

<<MOClass>>

0..20..2

AtmCrossConnectView

VclTp(f rom VclT p)

<<MOClass>>

TransportNetwork(f ro m TransportNetw...)

<<MOClass>>

AtmCrossConnection(f ro m AtmCro ssConn ect io n)

<<MOClass>>

0..50000..5000

0..1 2


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 330

CbuView

Note that when the Etmc1 board is part of the Cbu it is only possible to configure 4 physical ports of type E1, J1 or T1 on the Etmc1 board.

T1PhysPathTerm(from T1PhysPa thT e...)

<<MOClass>>J1PhysPathTerm

(from J1PhysPathTe...)

<<MOClass>>E1PhysPathTerm

(from E1PhysPathTe.. .)

<<MOClass>>TuSyncRef

(from TuSyncRef)

<<MOClass>>

Etmc1(f rom Etmc1)

<<MOClass>>

0..80..80..80..80..80..8

GeneralProcessorUnit(from GeneralProccessorUnit)

<<MOClass>>TimingUnit

(from TimingUnit)

<<MOClass>>

0..20..2

<<MOContain>>

Cbu(from Cbu)

<<MOClass>>

11

<<MOContain>>

11

<<MOContain>>

11

<<MOContain>>


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 331

EquipmentView


<<MOClass>>

SwAllocation(from SwAllocation)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0..n

WebServer(from WebServer)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

1..1

Jvm(from JavaVirtualMachine)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

1..1

Fan(from Fan)

<<MOClass>>

0..10..n


<<MOClass>>

Equipment(from Equipment)

<<MOClass>>

11

Spm(from Spm)

<<MOClass>>

ManagedObject(from M anag edObject)

<<MOClass>>

Subrack(from Subrack)

<<MOClass>>

0..10..1

0..10..1

<<MOContain>>

0..90..9

SwitchCoreUnit(from SwitchCoreUnit)

<<MOClass>>Spu

(from Spu)

<<MOClass>>

0..5

1

0..5

1

TimingUnit(from TimingUnit)

<<MOClass>>


<<MOClass>>

Etm4(f rom Etm4)

<<MOClass>>SwitchExtensionUnit

(from SwitchExtensionUnit)

<<MOClass>>

Etm1(f rom Etm1)

<<MOClass>>

Etmc1(from Etmc1)

<<MOClass>>

Etmc41(from Etmc41)

<<MOClass>>

Slot(from Slot)

<<MOClass>> <<MOContain>>

0..1

0..n

1..281..28

Cbu(from Cbu)

<<MOClass>>Etm3

(from Etm3)

<<MOClass>>

PlugInUnit(from PlugInUnit)

<<MOClass>>

0..10..1 0..10..1

0..10..1

0..10..1 0..10..10..10..10..10..1

0..10..1

0..10..1

0..10..10..10..1

0..10..1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 332

EthernetLinkView

IpSystem(fro m IpSyste m)

<<MOClass>>

Ip(f rom Ip )

<<MOClass>>0..10..1

EthernetLink(f rom EthernetLink)

<<MOClass>>

0..10..1

OspfInterface(from OspfInterface)

<<MOClass>> 0..1 1..1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 333

IpOverAtmLinkView

IpSystem(from IpSystem)

<<MOClass>>

Ip(from Ip)

<<MOClass>>0..10..1

IpAtmLink(from IpAtmLink)

<<MOClass>>

0..5000..500

Aal5TpVccTp(f ro m Aal5Tp VccT p)

<<MOClass>>0..1 1..4OspfInterface

(from OspfInterface)

<<MOClass>> 0..1 1..1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 334

IpRouterView


<<MOClass>>

IpRoutingTable(from IpRoutin gTable)

<<MOClass>>

IpAtmLink(from IpAtmLink)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1..4

EthernetLink(f rom Etherne tLi nk)

<<MOClass>>OspfInterface

(from OspfInterface)

<<MOClass>>0..1

1..1

0..11..1 0..11..1

0..1

1..1

0..11..1OspfArea

(from OspfArea)

<<MOClass>>0..8 1

Ip(f rom Ip)

<<MOClass>>

0..10..1

0..5000..500

0..10..1

Ospf(from Ospf)

<<MOClass>>

0..320..32

0..11

1..41..4

IpAccessHostGpb(from IpAccessHostG...)

<<MOClass>>

IpAccessHostMsb(f rom IpAccessHo stM...)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

2..4

IpAccessAutoConfig(from IpAccessAutoConfig)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

0..2

IpSystem(f ro m IpSystem)

<<MOClass>>

0..10..10..10..1

0..1280..128

0..1280..128

0..320..32

Sctp(f rom Sctp)

<<MOClass>>

M3uAssociation(from M3uAssociation)

<<MOClass>>0..512

0..1


<<MOClass>>

0..n

0..2

0..1

0..1

Mtp2View

Mtp3bSlAnsi(f rom M tp3bSl Ansi )

<<MOClass>>

Mtp3bSlItu(from Mtp3bSlItu)

<<MOClass>>Ds0Bundle

(from Ds0Bundle)

<<MOClass>>

PlugInUnit(from PlugInUnit)

<<MOClass>>

Mtp2ProfileItu(f rom Mtp2ProfileItu)

<<MOClass>>

Mtp2TpAnsi(from Mtp2TpAnsi)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0..32

1

0..1

1

Mtp2TpItu(from Mtp2TpItu)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

Mtp2ProfileAnsi(from Mtp2ProfileAnsi)

<<MOClass>>0..n 1

Mtp2TpChina(from Mtp2TpChina)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0..32

1

TransportNetwork(from Tran sportNetwork)

<<MOClass>>

0..2560..256

0. .2560. .256

0. .2560. .256

0..2560..256 0..2560..256

Mtp2ProfileChina(from Mtp2Profi leChina)

<<MOClass>>

0..2560..256

0..n1

Mtp3bSlChina(from Mtp3bSlChina)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0. .11

0..n

1

0..32

1

0..1

1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 335

Mtp3bView

Aal2Ap(f rom Aal2Ap)

<<MOClass>>

SccpEntitySet(f rom SccpEntity Set)

<<MOClass>>

ReliableProgramUniter(f rom ReliableProgramUniter)

<<MOClass>>

0..280

1

ManagedObject(f rom ManagedObject)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

SccpApRemote(f rom SccpApRemote)

<<MOClass>>

0..510

0..2


<<MOClass>>

NniSaalTp(f rom NniSaalTp)

<<MOClass>>Mtp2TpItu(f rom Mtp2TpItu)

<<MOClass>>

Mtp2TpAnsi(f rom Mtp2TpAnsi)

<<MOClass>>

Mtp3bSr(f rom Mtp3bSr)

<<MOClass>>

Sctp(f rom Sctp)

<<MOClass>>

Mtp3bSlAnsi(f rom Mtp3bSlAnsi)

<<MOClass >>

0..1

1

0..1

1

Mtp3bSlTtc(f rom Mtp3bSlTt c)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

Mtp3bSlItu(f rom Mtp3bSlItu)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0..1

1

Mtp3bSlChina(f rom Mtp3bSlChina)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0..1

1

0..1

1

Mtp3bSpTtc(f rom Mtp3bSpTtc)

<<MOClass>>Mtp3bSpItu

(f rom Mtp3bSpItu)

<<MOClass>>Mtp3bSpChina

(f rom Mtp3bSpChina)

<<MOClass>>

Mtp3bAp(f rom Mtp3bAp)

<<MOCla...>>

0..1

0..1

0..1

1

1 1..2

0..510

0..2

0..5100..510 0..5100..510

0..5100..510

Mtp3bSrs(f rom Mtp3bSrs)

<<MOCla...>>

0..50..5

0..3 1

0..2550..2550..2550..2550..2550..255

M3uAssociation(f rom M3uAssociation)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

0..1

0..n

0..1

0..5120..512

0..5120..5120..512

0..1

TransportNetwork(f rom TransportNetw...)

<<MOClass>>

0..240..24 0..240..240..240..24 0..100..10

Mtp3bSls(f rom Mtp3bSls)

<<MOCla...>>

0..161

0..160..16 0..160..160..160..16 0..160..160..1275

1

0..2550..2550..2550..2550..2550..255

Mtp3bSpAnsi(f rom Mtp3bSpAnsi)

<<MOClass>>

0..5100..510

0..2550..255

0..5120..512

0..240..24

0..2550..255

<<MOContain>>


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 336

SaalView

Mtp3bSlItu(from Mtp3bSlItu)

<<MOClass>>Mtp3bSlTtc

(from Mtp3bSlTtc)

<<MOClass>>

NniSaalTp(from NniSaalTp)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0..1

1

NniSaalProfile(from NniSaalProfile)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

1

UniSaalTp(from UnisaalTp)

<<MOClass>>Aal5TpVccTp

(from Aal5TpVccTp)

<<MOClass>>

0..11

0..1 1

TransportNetwork(from TransportNetwork)

<<MOClass>>

0..6000..600

0..500..50

0..48000..4800 0..60000..6000

UniSaalProfile(from UnisaalProfile)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

1

0..3000..300


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 337

SccpView

SccpGlobalTitle(f rom SccpGlobalTitle)

<<MOClass>>

SccpEnt it ySet(f rom SccpEntity Set)

<<MOClass>>

0. .n

1..1

SccpApLocal(f rom SccpApLocal)

<<MOClass>>

0..510

0..2


<<MOClass>>

0..510

0..2

SccpPolici ng(f rom SccpPolicing)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0..1

SccpAccountingCri teria(f rom SccpAccountingCriteria)

<<MOClass>>

1

SccpScrc(f rom SccpScrc)

<<MOCl ass>>

0..20480..2048

0..20480..2048

0..70..70..2000..200

0..10240..1024

0..1000..100

SccpSp(f rom SccpSp)

<<MOCl ass>>

11

Mtp3bSpChina(f rom Mtp3bSpChina)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1..1

Mtp3bSpItu(f rom Mtp3bSpItu)

<<MOCl ass>>

0..1

1..1

Mtp3bSpAnsi( from Mtp3bSpAnsi)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1..1


<<MOClass>>

1

1..20..5100..510

0..5 100..5 100..5100..510

Transp ortNetwork(f rom TransportNetwork)

<<MOClass>>

0..240..24

0..240..24

0..2 40..2 4

0..240..24


<<M OClass>>

0..5100..510

0..1

1..1

0..240..24

SS7View


<<MOClass>>

Aal2Ap(f rom Aal2Ap)

<<MOClass>>

Ds0Bundle(f rom D s0Bundle)

<<MOClass>>

PlugInUnit(f rom PlugInUnit)

<<MOClass>>

0..280

1

Mtp2TpItu(f rom Mtp2TpI tu)

<<MOClass>>

Mtp2ProfileItu(f rom Mtp2Prof ileItu)

<<MOClass>>


<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0..32

1

Mtp2ProfileAns i(f rom Mtp2Prof ileAnsi)

<<MOClass>>

Mtp2TpAnsi(f rom Mtp2TpAnsi)

<<MOClass>>


<<MOClass>>

0..2560..256

0..2560..256

0..2560..2560..2560..256

0..2560..256

Mtp2ProfileChina(f rom Mtp2Prof ileChina)

<<MOClass >>

0..n1

0..2560..256

0..n 1

0..1

10..32

1

0..1

1

0..32

1

0..n

1

SccpApLocal(f rom SccpApLocal)

<<MOClass>>

SccpEntitySet(f rom SccpEnt ity Set )

<<MOClass>>

0..510

0..2

SccpGlobalTitle(f rom SccpGlobalTitle)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

1..1


<<MOClass >>

0..510

0..2

SccpAccountingCriteria(f rom SccpAccountingCriteria)

<<MOClass>>

1

0..1

0..1

SccpPolicing(f rom SccpPolicing)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0..1

SccpScrc(f rom SccpScrc)

<<MOClass>>

0..70..7

0..20480..2048

0..20480..20480..2000..2000..1000..100

0..10240..1024

Mtp3bSr(f rom Mtp3bSr)

<<MOClass>>

Sctp(f rom Sct p)

<<MOClass>>

NniSaalTp(f rom NniSaalTp)

<<MOClass >>

NniSaalProfile(f rom NniSaalProf ile)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

1

Un iSaalTp(f rom UnisaalTp)

<<MOClass>>

0..10..2

SccpSp(f rom SccpSp)

<<MOClass>>

11

0..510

0..1

0..1

0..1

UniSaalProfile(f rom UnisaalProf ile)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

1

Mtp3bSlItu(f rom Mtp3bSlItu)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0..1

1

Mtp3bSlChina(f rom Mtp3bSlChina)

<<MOClass>>

0..11

0..1

1

0..1

1

Mtp3bSlTtc(f rom Mtp3bSlTtc)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0..1

1

Mtp3bSlAnsi(f rom Mtp3bSlAnsi)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

1

0..1

1

Mtp3bSpItu(f rom Mtp3bSpItu)

<<MOClass>>

0..1 1..1


<<MOClass>>

0..1 1..1

Mtp3bSpChina(f rom Mtp3bSpChina)

<<MOClass>>

0..11..1

M3uAssociation(f rom M3uAs soc iation)

<<MOClass >>

0..n

0..1

0..512

0..1

0..5120..5120..5120..512


<<MOClass>>0..1 0..1

1

1..2

0..510

0..2

0..5100..5100..5100..5100..5100..510

Mtp3bSrs(f rom Mtp3bSrs )

<<MOClass>>

0..50..5

0..n

0..1

0..3 1

0..1 0..1

0..2550..255 0..2550..2550..2550..255


<<MOClass >>

0..100..10

0..6000..600

0..500..50

0..48000..4800

0..240..24

0..3000..300

0..240..24 0..240..24 0..240..24

Mtp3bSls(f rom Mtp3bSls)

<<MOClass>>

0..160..160..160..160..160..16

0..160..16 0..1275

1

0..16 1

0..2550..2550..2550..2550..2550..255

Mtp3bSpAnsi(f rom Mtp3bSpAnsi)

<<MOClass>>

0..1 1..1

0..5120..512

0..5100..5100..2550..255

0..240..24

0..2550..255

<<MOContain>>


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 338

StructureView

Equipment(from Equipmen t)

<<MOClass>>TransportNetwork

(from TransportNetw...)

<<MOClass>>IpSystem

(from IpSystem)

<<MOClass>>SwManagement

(from SwManagement)

<<MOClass>>SwitchFabric

(from SwitchFabric)

<<MOClass>>ManagedElementData

(from ManagedElementData)

<<MOClass>>

SystemFunct ions(from Syste mFunctions)

<<MOClass>>

ManagedElement(from ManagedElement)

<<MOClass>>

1111 1111 11 11 11

SwitchFabricView

SwitchCoreUnit(from SwitchCoreUnit)

<<MOClass>>

Subrack(from Subrack)

<<MOClass>>

SwitchExtensionUnit(from SwitchExtensionUnit)

<<MOClass>>

SwitchModule(f ro m Swi tchM od ule )

<<MOClass>>0..1 1

SwitchFabric(from SwitchFabric)

<<MOClass>>

0..320..32

SwitchInternalLink(from SwitchInternalLink)

<<MOClass>>

InternalLinkGroup(f rom InternalLin kGroup)

<<MOClass>>

0..310..31

0..12

0..80..8

0..4

1..2

0..4

0..1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 339

SwManagementView

Jvm(f rom Jav aVirtualMac...)

<<MOClass>>

ConfigurationVersion(f rom Conf igurat ionVers ion)

<<MOClass>>

UpgradePackage(f rom UpgradePackage)

<<MOClass>>

0. .1

1

LoadModule(f rom LoadModule)

<<MOClass>>

0..n0..n

1

0..n

Repertoire(f rom Repertoire)

<<MOClass>>SwAllocation

(f rom SwAllocation)

<<MOClass>> 0. .n 1..n

PiuType(f rom PiuTy pe)

<<MOClas...


<<MOClass>>

SwManagement(f rom SwManagement)

<<MOCla ss>>

0..10..1

0..n0..n

0..n0..n

0..n0..n

0..n0..n

0..n0..n

0..n0..n

1

1

0..n

1. .1

WebServer(f rom WebServ er)

<<MOClass>>

0..n

1..1

0..n

0. .n

SwitchCoreUnit(f rom SwitchCoreUnit)

<<MOClass>>

Slo t(f rom Slot)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0. .n

0. .n

1..2

ManagedObject(f rom ManagedObject)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0. .n

<<MOContain>>

0..n

Cbu(f rom Cbu)

<<MOClass>>

Spm(f rom Spm)

<<MOClass>>TimingUnit

(f rom TimingUnit)

<<MOClass>>Etm1

(f rom Etm1)

<<MOClass>>Etm4

(f rom Etm4)

<<MOClass>>

Fan(f rom Fan)

<<MOClas. ..

0..1

0. .n

1

0. .11..2Etmc41

(f rom Etmc41)

<<MOClass>>Etmc1

(f rom Etmc1)

<<MOClas. ..11

PlugInUnit(f rom PlugInUnit)

<<MOClass>>

0..10..1

0. .10. .1

0..10..1 0..10..1 0. .10. .1

0..10..1

0..10..1

<<MOCon tain>>

0..n

1

0..10..1

0. .10. .1

Program(f rom Program)

<<MOClas. ..

0..n0..n0..n0..n 0. .n0. .n 0. .n0. .n

1. .21. .2

0..n

0..*0..*

0..n0..n0. .*0. .*

0. .n

0..n

Etm3(f rom Etm3)

<<MOClass>>0..10..1

0..n0..n


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 340

SynchronizationView

TransportNetwork(from TransportNetw.. .)

<<MOClass>>

Synchronizat ion(from Syn chroniza tion)

<<MOClass>>

11

J1PhysPathTerm(from J1PhysPathTe...)

<<MOClass>>

E1PhysPathTerm(from E1PhysPathTe.. .)

<<MOClass>>

ManagedObjec t(f rom M ana gedOb ject)

<<MOClass>>T1PhysPathTerm

(from T1PhysPath Te...)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0..8

Os155SpiTtp(from Os155SpiTtp)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0..8

0..1

0..8

0..1

0..8

0..1

0..8

TuSyncRef(from TuSyncRef)

<<MOClass>>

TimingUnit(f rom Ti ming Uni t)

<<MOClass>>

0..20..2

0..1

0..4

E3PhysPathTerm(from E3PhysPathTe...)

<<MOClass>>0..1 0..8

T3PhysPathTerm(from T3PhysPathTe...)

<<MOClass>>

0..1

0..8


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 341

TotalView

Cello 4.3-5 -

VclT(from VclT p)

<<MOCla

Vpc(from VpcT p)

<<MOCla

0..500..50Aal2PathDistribu(from Aal2PathDistributi onU nit)

<<MOCla

SccpApL(from SccpApLocal) <<MOCla

SccpEntit(from SccpEntitySet) <<MOCla

0..5

0..

SccpGloba(from SccpGlobalTitle) <<MOCla

0..

1..SccpApRe

(from SccpApR emote) <<MOCla

0..50..

SccpPoli(from SccpPolici ng) <<MOCla

0..

0..

SccpAccounting(from SccpAccounti ngCriteria) <<MOCla

1

SwitchIntern(from Swi tchInter nal Link)

<<MOCla

IpAtmL(from IpAtmLi nk)

<<MOCla

IpRouting(from IpRouti ngTable)

<<MOCla

Ethernet(from EthernetLink)

<<MOCla

OspfInter(from OspfInterface)

<<MOCla

OspfAr(from OspfArea)

<<MOCla

SwitchMo(from Swi tchM odul e)

<<MOClaInternalLink(from InternalLi nkGr oup)

<<MOCla

0..0..

0.. 2

PiuTy(from Pi uT ype) <<MOCla

Repert(from Repertoir e)

<<MOCla

0..0..

LoadMo(from LoadM odul e)

<<MOCla

ConfigurationV(from Configur ati onVersion)

<<MOCla

UpgradePa(from UpgradePackage)

<<MOCla

0..1

0..

0..

ReliableProgra(from Reli abl ePr ogramUni ter)

<<MOCla

0..2

1

SwAlloc(from SwAllocati on)

<<MOCla

0..1..

WebSer(from WebSer ver)

<<MOCla

0..

1..

Licensi(from Licensing)

<<MOCla

I(from Ip)

<<MOCla...>

0..50..50..0..

0..0..

Os(from Ospf)

<<MOCla...>

0..30..3

1..1..

IpAccessAuto(from IpAccessAutoConfig)

<<MOCla

IpAccessHo(from IpAccessHos tGpb)

<<MOCla

IpAccessHo(from IpAccessHos tMsb)

<<MOCla0..

0..

Vc12(from Vc12Ttp)

<<MOClaVt15T

(from Vt15Ttp) <<MOCla

Jv(from JavaVirtualM achi ne) <<MOCla 1

0..

1 1 0..

1..

E1T(from E1Ttp)

<<MOCla...>0..0..

T1Tt(from T1Ttp) <<MOCla1 1

Vc4T(from Vc4T tp)

<<MOCla...>

0,60,6

Sts1Spe(from Sts1SpeT tp) <<MOCla

0,20,2

Ds0Bun(from Ds0Bundl e)

<<MOCla

0..30..30..20..2

Sts3Csp(from Sts3C speTtp) <<MOCla

Os155Sp(from Os155SpiTtp) <<MOCla

0..

1 0..

1 Vc4T

(from Vc4T tp) <<MOCla

Vpl(from VplT p)

<<MOCla...>

0..

1

0..

1Aal2

(from Aal2Ap)

<<MOCla...>

0..20..2

0..2

1

ImaLi(from ImaLi nk)

<<MOCla

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

SccpS(from SccpScrc) <<MOCla

0..0..

0..200..20

0..200..20

0..20..2

0..100..10

0..10..1

SwitchFa(from Swi tchF abric)

<<MOCla

0..30..30..30..3

ManagedElem(from ManagedEl ementD ata) <<MOCla

SwManage(from SwM anagement)

<<MOCla

0..0..

0..0..

0..0..

0..0..

0..0..

0..0..

1

0..0..

SystemFun(from SystemFuncti ons)

<<MOCla

1111

IpSyst(from IpSystem)

<<MOCla...>

0..0..

0..0..

0..30..3

0..10..1

0..10..10..10..10..10..1

Equipm(from Eq uipment) <<MOCla

1 1

Mtp3b(from Mtp3bSr) <<MOCla

AtmTrafficDes(from AtmTrafficDescriptor)

<<MOCla

0..100

1

1

0..

0..100

1

AtmP(from AtmPort)

<<MOCla

0..

1

0..

1

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

Aal5TpVc(from Aal5TpVccT p)

<<MOCla

0..

0..

1..

0..

2..


<<MOCla

0..

Aal2PathV(from Aal2PathVccTp)

<<MOCla

0..

0..6

0..

AtmCrossCon(from AtmCrossC onnecti on)

<<MOCla0.. 2

Synchroniz(from Synchronization)

<<MOCla

UniSaa(from UnisaalTp)

<<MOCla

0..

1

0..

0..

NniSaa(from Nni SaalT p)

<<MOCla

0..

1

NniSaalP(from Nni Saal Profil e)

<<MOCla0.. 1

Aal2(from Aal2Sp)

<<MOCla

0..80..8

Mtp2Tp(from Mtp2T pAnsi) <<MOCla

0.. 1

Mtp2T(from Mtp2T pItu) <<MOCla

0.. 1

Mtp2Profil(from Mtp2ProfileAnsi) <<MOCla

0..

1 Mtp2Profi

(from Mtp2ProfileI tu) <<MOCla

0..

1

Aal2Routing(from Aal2R outi ngCase)

<<MOCla

0..


<<MOCla

0..

1

0..

1

Mtp2Profile(from Mtp2ProfileC hina) <<MOCla

Mtp2TpC(from Mtp2T pC hina) <<MOCla

0..

1

0..

1

Msp(from Mspg)

<<MOCla

0..

2

ImaGr(from ImaGr oup)

<<MOCla

0..

1

0..

1

0..

0..

Sct(from Sc tp) <<MOCla

Aal2QosCodePoi(from Aal2QosCodePointPr ofile)

<<MOCla0..8 0..

Aal2QosP(from Aal2QosPr ofile)

<<MOCla0..20

1

Sccp(from SccpSp) <<MOCla

1 1

UniSaalP(from UnisaalPr ofile)

<<MOCla0.. 1

ManagedEl(from ManagedEl ement)

<<MOCla

11

1 1 1 1

11

11

1 1

Mtp3bSl(from Mtp3bSl Ansi) <<MOCla

0..1 0..

1

Mtp3bSl(from Mtp3bSlT tc) <<MOCla

0.. 1 0..1

Mtp3bS(from Mtp3bSl Itu) <<MOCla

0..

1 0..

1

Mtp3bSlC(from Mtp3bSlC hina) <<MOCla

0.. 1 0..

1

Mtp3bS(from Mtp3bSpItu) <<MOCla

0..1..

Mtp3bS(from Mtp3bSpT tc) <<MOCla

0..1..

Mtp3bSpC(from Mtp3bSpC hina) <<MOCla

0..

1..

M3uAssoci(from M3uAssociati on) <<MOCla

0..

0..

0..5

0..0..50..5

0..50..5

Mtp3b(from Mtp3bAp) <<MOCla

1 1..

0..0..

0..5

0..

0..50..50..50..50..50..5

Mtp3b(from Mtp3bSrs) <<MOCla

0..0..

0..1 0..

0..

0..

0..

0..20..20..20..2

0..20..2

TransportNe(from TransportN etwor k)

<<MOCla

0..100..10

1

0..10

1

0..10

0..600..600..220..22 0..200..20

0..500..50

11

0..480..480..60..6 0..50..5

0..0..

0..20..2

0..20..2

0..20..20..20..2

0..90..9 0..100..10

0..20..2

0..20..2

0..0..

0..20..2

0..10..1

0..20..2

0..20..2

0..20..2 0..20..20..20..2

0..20..2

0..30..3

11

Mtp3b(from Mtp3bSls) <<MOCla

0..10..1 0..10..10..10..1 0..10..1

0..12

1 0..1 1 0..20..20..20..2

0..20..2

Mtp3bSp(from Mtp3bSpAnsi) <<MOCla

0..50..5

0..50..50..20..2

0..1..

0..20..2

0..20..2

<<MOCont

0..

0..E3PhysPath(from E3PhysPathTer m) <<MOCla

0..

0..

T3PhysPath(from T3PhysPathT er m) <<MOCla

0..

0..Os155Sp

(from Os155SpiTtp)

<<MOCla

1

0..

1

0..

0..0..

Subra(from Subrack) <<MOCla...>

0..1

0..0..

J1PhysPath(from J1PhysPathT er m)

<<MOCla

0..20..2

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

T1PhysPath(from T1PhysPathT er m)

<<MOCla

0..20..2

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

E1PhysPath(from E1PhysPathTer m)

<<MOCla

0..30..3

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

MediumAcce(from MediumAccessU nit)

<<MOCla

SwitchCor(from Swi tchC oreU nit)

<<MOCla

0..

1..

SwitchExtensi(from Swi tchExtensionU nit)

<<MOCla

0..

0..

Sl(from Sl ot) <<MOCla

0..1..

1..21..20..0..

Sp(from Spm)

<<MOCla

1..10..

0..

Etm(from Etm1)

<<MOCla

0..0..0..0.. 0..0..

Etm(from Etm3) <<MOCla...>

0..0..0..0..Etmc

(from Etmc41)

<<MOCla...>

0..0..

Sp(from Spu)

<<MOCla...>

0..

1

0..

1

Fa(from Fan) <<MOCla...> 1 0..0..

0..0.. 0..

1..

Etm(from Etm4) <<MOCla

Progr(from Pr ogram)

<<MOCla...>

0..0..

0..0..

0..0..0..0.. 0..0..

1..1.. 0..

0..

0..

0..0..

TuSync(from TuSyncR ef)

<<MOCla

0..

0..

Etm(from Etmc1)

<<MOCla

0..0..0..0..0..0..

0..0..

GeneralProces(from Gener alProccessorU nit)

<<MOCla

0..0..

PlugIn(from Pl ugInU nit) <<MOCla

0..0..0..0..0..0..

0..0..

0..0..0..0..

0..0.. 0..

1

0..50..

0..

0..1

1

0..3

1

0..3

1

0..3

1

0..0..

0..0..

0..0..

0..0..

Timing(from Ti mingUni t)

<<MOCla0..0..

<<MOCont

0..0..

<<MOCont

0..0..

<<MOCont

Cb(from Cbu)

<<MOCla...>

11

11

0..0..

11

<<MOCont

0..

0..

0..

0..

0..

1

0..

1..

0..

1..

0..

1..

0..

1..

0..

1..

0..

1


1/1551-1/CSX 101 09 UEN D4 2006-03-14 342

Documents

CPP Managed Object